Rev. 09 Del AOM-1502-017. VOL. 2
Rev. 09 Del AOM-1502-017. VOL. 2
VOLUME 2
Embraer S.A.
TACA
This manual is applicable to the EMBRAER 190 airplanes AR model equipped with
CF34-10E6 engines and operating under FAA certification.
AOM-1502-017
MARCH 25, 2008
REVISION 9 - JULY 02, 2013
In connection with the use of this document, Embraer does not provide
any express or implied warranties and expressly disclaims any warranty
of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
Copyright © 2013 by EMBRAER S.A. All rights reserved.
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
Vol.2-LEP-INTRO
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 1
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP-INTRO
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 2 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-01-20 1 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-01-20 2 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-01-20 3 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-01-20 4 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-01-20 5 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-01-20 6 Rev. 8
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) * 13 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
Vol.2-LEP (rev) * 14 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
Vol.2-TOC 1 Original 14-01-22 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
Vol.2-TOC 2 Original 14-01-22 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-01-TOC (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9
14-01-TOC (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9
14-01-TOC (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9
14-01-TOC (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9
14-01-01 1 Rev. 3 14-01-22 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9
14-01-01 2 Rev. 3 14-01-22 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 19 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 20 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 21 Rev. 9
14-01-05 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 22 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 23 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 24 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 25 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 26 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 27 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 28 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 29 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-01-22 (rev) * 30 Rev. 9
14-01-10 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-01-25 1 Rev. 8
14-01-10 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-01-25 2 Rev. 8
14-01-10 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-01-25 3 Rev. 8
14-01-10 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-01-25 4 Rev. 8
14-01-15 1 Rev. 2 14-01-25 5 Rev. 8
14-01-15 2 Rev. 2 14-01-25 6 Rev. 8
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 1
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-01-25 7 Rev. 8 14-01-35 13 Rev. 8
14-01-25 8 Rev. 8 14-01-35 14 Rev. 8
14-01-25 9 Rev. 8 14-01-37 1 Rev. 4
14-01-25 10 Rev. 8 14-01-37 2 Rev. 4
14-01-25 11 Rev. 8 14-01-37 3 Rev. 4
14-01-25 12 Rev. 8 14-01-37 4 Rev. 4
14-01-25 13 Rev. 8 14-01-37 5 Rev. 4
14-01-25 14 Rev. 8 14-01-37 6 Rev. 4
14-01-25 15 Rev. 8 14-01-38 1 Rev. 3
14-01-25 16 Rev. 8 14-01-38 2 Rev. 3
14-01-25 17 Rev. 8 14-01-38 3 Rev. 3
14-01-25 18 Rev. 8 14-01-38 4 Rev. 3
14-01-25 19 Rev. 8 14-01-38 5 Rev. 3
14-01-25 20 Rev. 8 14-01-38 6 Rev. 3
14-01-25 21 Rev. 8 14-01-38 7 Rev. 3
14-01-25 22 Rev. 8 14-01-38 8 Rev. 3
14-01-25 23 Rev. 8 14-01-40 1 Rev. 7
14-01-25 24 Rev. 8 14-01-40 2 Rev. 7
14-01-25 25 Rev. 8 14-01-40 3 Rev. 7
14-01-25 26 Rev. 8 14-01-40 4 Rev. 7
14-01-28 1 Rev. 5 14-01-40 5 Rev. 7
14-01-28 2 Rev. 5 14-01-40 6 Rev. 7
14-01-28 3 Rev. 5 14-01-40 7 Rev. 7
14-01-28 4 Rev. 5 14-01-40 8 Rev. 7
14-01-28 5 Rev. 5 14-01-40 9 Rev. 7
14-01-28 6 Rev. 5 14-01-40 10 Rev. 7
14-01-28 7 Rev. 5 14-01-40 11 Rev. 7
14-01-28 8 Rev. 5 14-01-40 12 Rev. 7
14-01-28 9 Rev. 5 14-01-40 13 Rev. 7
14-01-28 10 Rev. 5 14-01-40 14 Rev. 7
14-01-35 1 Rev. 8 14-01-40 15 Rev. 7
14-01-35 2 Rev. 8 14-01-40 16 Rev. 7
14-01-35 3 Rev. 8 14-01-45 1 Rev. 8
14-01-35 4 Rev. 8 14-01-45 2 Rev. 8
14-01-35 5 Rev. 8 14-01-45 3 Rev. 8
14-01-35 6 Rev. 8 14-01-45 4 Rev. 8
14-01-35 7 Rev. 8 14-01-45 5 Rev. 8
14-01-35 8 Rev. 8 14-01-45 6 Rev. 8
14-01-35 9 Rev. 8 14-01-45 7 Rev. 8
14-01-35 10 Rev. 8 14-01-45 8 Rev. 8
14-01-35 11 Rev. 8 14-01-45 9 Rev. 8
14-01-35 12 Rev. 8 14-01-45 10 Rev. 8
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 2 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-01-45 11 Rev. 8 14-01-65 1 Rev. 4
14-01-45 12 Rev. 8 14-01-65 2 Rev. 4
14-01-45 13 Rev. 8 14-01-65 3 Rev. 4
14-01-45 14 Rev. 8 14-01-65 4 Rev. 4
14-01-45 15 Rev. 8 14-01-70 1 Rev. 2
14-01-45 16 Rev. 8 14-01-70 2 Rev. 2
14-01-45 17 Rev. 8 14-01-80 1 Rev. 7
14-01-45 18 Rev. 8 14-01-80 2 Rev. 7
14-01-45 19 Rev. 8 14-01-80 3 Rev. 7
14-01-45 20 Rev. 8 14-01-80 4 Rev. 7
14-01-45 21 Rev. 8 14-02-TOC 1 Rev. 8
14-01-45 22 Rev. 8 14-02-TOC 2 Rev. 8
14-01-50 1 Rev. 3 14-02-01 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-01-50 2 Rev. 3 14-02-01 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-01-50 3 Rev. 3 14-02-05 1 Rev. 8
14-01-50 4 Rev. 3 14-02-05 2 Rev. 8
14-01-50 5 Rev. 3 14-02-05 3 Rev. 8
14-01-50 6 Rev. 3 14-02-05 4 Rev. 8
14-01-50 7 Rev. 3 14-02-05 5 Rev. 8
14-01-50 8 Rev. 3 14-02-05 6 Rev. 8
14-01-50 9 Rev. 3 14-02-05 7 Rev. 8
14-01-50 10 Rev. 3 14-02-05 8 Rev. 8
14-01-60 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-02-05 9 Rev. 8
14-01-60 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-02-05 10 Rev. 8
14-01-60 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-02-05 11 Rev. 8
14-01-60 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-02-05 12 Rev. 8
14-01-60 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (add) * 13 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (add) * 14 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (add) * 15 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9
14-01-60 (add) * 16 Rev. 9 14-02-10 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9
14-01-63 1 Rev. 8 14-02-15 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-01-63 2 Rev. 8 14-02-15 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-01-63 3 Rev. 8 14-02-15 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-01-63 4 Rev. 8 14-02-15 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 3
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-02-15 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-03-10 1 Rev. 8
14-02-15 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-03-10 2 Rev. 8
14-02-15 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-03-10 3 Rev. 8
14-02-15 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-03-10 4 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-03-10 5 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-03-10 6 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-03-10 7 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-03-10 8 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-03-10 9 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-03-10 10 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-03-10 11 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-03-10 12 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-03-10 13 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-03-10 14 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-03-10 15 Rev. 8
14-02-20 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-03-10 16 Rev. 8
14-02-25 1 Rev. 1 14-03-10 17 Rev. 8
14-02-25 2 Rev. 1 14-03-10 18 Rev. 8
14-02-25 3 Rev. 1 14-03-10 19 Rev. 8
14-02-25 4 Rev. 1 14-03-10 20 Rev. 8
14-03-TOC 1 Rev. 8 14-03-10 21 Rev. 8
14-03-TOC 2 Rev. 8 14-03-10 22 Rev. 8
14-03-01 1 Rev. 1 14-03-10 23 Rev. 8
14-03-01 2 Rev. 1 14-03-10 24 Rev. 8
14-03-05 1 Rev. 8 14-03-10 25 Rev. 8
14-03-05 2 Rev. 8 14-03-10 26 Rev. 8
14-03-05 3 Rev. 8 14-03-10 27 Rev. 8
14-03-05 4 Rev. 8 14-03-10 28 Rev. 8
14-03-05 5 Rev. 8 14-03-10 29 Rev. 8
14-03-05 6 Rev. 8 14-03-10 30 Rev. 8
14-03-05 7 Rev. 8 14-03-10 31 Rev. 8
14-03-05 8 Rev. 8 14-03-10 32 Rev. 8
14-03-05 9 Rev. 8 14-03-20 1 Rev. 7
14-03-05 10 Rev. 8 14-03-20 2 Rev. 7
14-03-05 11 Rev. 8 14-03-20 3 Rev. 7
14-03-05 12 Rev. 8 14-03-20 4 Rev. 7
14-03-05 13 Rev. 8 14-03-20 5 Rev. 7
14-03-05 14 Rev. 8 14-03-20 6 Rev. 7
14-03-05 15 Rev. 8 14-03-20 7 Rev. 7
14-03-05 16 Rev. 8 14-03-20 8 Rev. 7
14-03-05 17 Rev. 8 14-03-20 9 Rev. 7
14-03-05 18 Rev. 8 14-03-20 10 Rev. 7
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 4 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-03-20 11 Rev. 7 14-05-20 1 Rev. 2
14-03-20 12 Rev. 7 14-05-20 2 Rev. 2
14-03-30 1 Rev. 8 14-05-30 1 Rev. 8
14-03-30 2 Rev. 8 14-05-30 2 Rev. 8
14-03-30 3 Rev. 8 14-05-30 3 Rev. 8
14-03-30 4 Rev. 8 14-05-30 4 Rev. 8
14-04-TOC 1 Original 14-05-30 5 Rev. 8
14-04-TOC 2 Original 14-05-30 6 Rev. 8
14-04-01 1 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-04-01 2 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-04-05 1 Rev. 3 14-05-35 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-04-05 2 Rev. 3 14-05-35 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-04-10 1 Rev. 7 14-05-35 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-04-10 2 Rev. 7 14-05-35 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-04-10 3 Rev. 7 14-05-35 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-04-10 4 Rev. 7 14-05-35 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-04-15 1 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-04-15 2 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-05-TOC 1 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9
14-05-TOC 2 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9
14-05-01 1 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9
14-05-01 2 Rev. 1 14-05-35 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9
14-05-05 1 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9
14-05-05 2 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9
14-05-05 3 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9
14-05-05 4 Rev. 4 14-05-35 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9
14-05-05 5 Rev. 4 14-05-40 1 Rev. 2
14-05-05 6 Rev. 4 14-05-40 2 Rev. 2
14-05-05 7 Rev. 4 14-05-40 3 Rev. 2
14-05-05 8 Rev. 4 14-05-40 4 Rev. 2
14-05-05 9 Rev. 4 14-05-40 5 Rev. 2
14-05-05 10 Rev. 4 14-05-40 6 Rev. 2
14-05-05 11 Rev. 4 14-05-40 7 Rev. 2
14-05-05 12 Rev. 4 14-05-40 8 Rev. 2
14-05-05 13 Rev. 4 14-05-40 9 Rev. 2
14-05-05 14 Rev. 4 14-05-40 10 Rev. 2
14-05-10 1 Rev. 8 14-05-40 11 Rev. 2
14-05-10 2 Rev. 8 14-05-40 12 Rev. 2
14-05-10 3 Rev. 8 14-05-40 13 Rev. 2
14-05-10 4 Rev. 8 14-05-40 14 Rev. 2
14-05-15 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-05-40 15 Rev. 2
14-05-15 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-05-40 16 Rev. 2
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 5
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-05-45 1 Rev. 2 14-06-35 1 Rev. 8
14-05-45 2 Rev. 2 14-06-35 2 Rev. 8
14-06-TOC 1 Rev. 8 14-06-35 3 Rev. 8
14-06-TOC 2 Rev. 8 14-06-35 4 Rev. 8
14-06-01 1 Rev. 8 14-07-TOC 1 Rev. 2
14-06-01 2 Rev. 8 14-07-TOC 2 Rev. 2
14-06-05 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-07-01 1 Rev. 1
14-06-05 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-07-01 2 Rev. 1
14-06-05 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-07-05 1 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-07-05 2 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-07-05 3 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-07-05 4 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-07-10 1 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-07-10 2 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-07-10 3 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-07-10 4 Rev. 3
14-06-05 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-07-15 1 Rev. 8
14-06-05 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-07-15 2 Rev. 8
14-06-05 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9 14-07-15 3 Rev. 8
14-06-05 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9 14-07-15 4 Rev. 8
14-06-10 1 Rev. 1 14-07-20 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-06-10 2 Rev. 1 14-07-20 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-06-10 3 Rev. 1 14-07-20 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-06-10 4 Rev. 1 14-07-20 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-06-15 1 Rev. 8 14-07-25 1 Rev. 6
14-06-15 2 Rev. 8 14-07-25 2 Rev. 6
14-06-20 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-07-25 3 Rev. 6
14-06-20 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-07-25 4 Rev. 6
14-06-20 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-07-25 5 Rev. 6
14-06-20 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-07-25 6 Rev. 6
14-06-25 1 Rev. 3 14-07-30 1 Rev. 3
14-06-25 2 Rev. 3 14-07-30 2 Rev. 3
14-06-30 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-07-35 1 Rev. 2
14-06-30 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-07-35 2 Rev. 2
14-06-30 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-08-TOC (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-06-30 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-08-TOC (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-06-30 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-08-01 1 Rev. 1
14-06-30 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-08-01 2 Rev. 1
14-06-30 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-08-05 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-06-30 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-08-05 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-06-30 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-08-05 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-06-30 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-08-05 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 6 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-08-05 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-08-20 5 Rev. 3
14-08-05 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-08-20 6 Rev. 3
14-08-05 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-08-25 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-08-05 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-08-25 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-08-05 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-08-25 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-08-05 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-08-25 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-08-05 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-08-30 1 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-08-30 2 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9 14-08-30 3 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9 14-08-30 4 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9 14-08-30 5 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9 14-08-30 6 Rev. 5
14-08-05 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9 14-08-35 1 Rev. 1
14-08-05 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9 14-08-35 2 Rev. 1
14-08-05 (del) * 19 Rev. 9 14-08-35 3 Rev. 1
14-08-05 (del) * 20 Rev. 9 14-08-35 4 Rev. 1
14-08-10 1 Rev. 7 14-08-45 1 Rev. 7
14-08-10 2 Rev. 7 14-08-45 2 Rev. 7
14-08-10 3 Rev. 7 14-08-45 3 Rev. 7
14-08-10 4 Rev. 7 14-08-45 4 Rev. 7
14-08-10 5 Rev. 7 14-08-45 5 Rev. 7
14-08-10 6 Rev. 7 14-08-45 6 Rev. 7
14-08-10 7 Rev. 7 14-09-TOC (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-08-10 8 Rev. 7 14-09-TOC (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-08-10 9 Rev. 7 14-09-01 1 Rev. 2
14-08-10 10 Rev. 7 14-09-01 2 Rev. 2
14-08-15 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (add) * 11 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9
14-08-15 (add) * 12 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9
14-08-20 1 Rev. 3 14-09-05 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9
14-08-20 2 Rev. 3 14-09-05 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9
14-08-20 3 Rev. 3 14-09-05 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9
14-08-20 4 Rev. 3 14-09-05 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 7
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-09-05 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 59 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 60 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 19 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 61 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 20 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 62 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 21 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 63 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 22 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 64 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 23 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 65 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 24 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 66 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 25 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 67 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 26 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 68 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 27 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 69 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 28 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 70 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 29 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 71 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 30 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 72 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 31 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 73 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 32 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 74 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 33 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 75 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 34 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 76 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 35 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 77 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 36 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 78 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 37 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 79 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 38 Rev. 9 14-09-05 (rev) * 80 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 39 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 40 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 41 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 42 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 43 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 44 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 45 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 46 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 47 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 48 Rev. 9 14-09-10 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 49 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 50 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 51 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 52 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 53 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 54 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 55 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 56 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 57 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-09-05 (rev) * 58 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 8 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-09-15 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 53 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 54 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 55 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 56 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 57 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (rev) * 58 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 59 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 60 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 19 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 61 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 20 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 62 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 21 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 63 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 22 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 64 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 23 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 65 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 24 Rev. 9 14-09-15 (add) * 66 Rev. 9
14-09-15 (rev) * 25 Rev. 9 14-09-20 1 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 26 Rev. 9 14-09-20 2 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 27 Rev. 9 14-09-20 3 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 28 Rev. 9 14-09-20 4 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 29 Rev. 9 14-09-20 5 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 30 Rev. 9 14-09-20 6 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 31 Rev. 9 14-09-20 7 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 32 Rev. 9 14-09-20 8 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 33 Rev. 9 14-09-20 9 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 34 Rev. 9 14-09-20 10 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 35 Rev. 9 14-09-20 11 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 36 Rev. 9 14-09-20 12 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 37 Rev. 9 14-09-20 13 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 38 Rev. 9 14-09-20 14 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 39 Rev. 9 14-09-20 15 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 40 Rev. 9 14-09-20 16 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 41 Rev. 9 14-09-20 17 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 42 Rev. 9 14-09-20 18 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 43 Rev. 9 14-09-20 19 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 44 Rev. 9 14-09-20 20 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 45 Rev. 9 14-09-20 21 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 46 Rev. 9 14-09-20 22 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 47 Rev. 9 14-09-20 23 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 48 Rev. 9 14-09-20 24 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 49 Rev. 9 14-09-20 25 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 50 Rev. 9 14-09-20 26 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 51 Rev. 9 14-09-20 27 Rev. 7
14-09-15 (rev) * 52 Rev. 9 14-09-20 28 Rev. 7
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 9
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-09-20 29 Rev. 7 14-09-25 41 Rev. 8
14-09-20 30 Rev. 7 14-09-25 42 Rev. 8
14-09-25 1 Rev. 8 14-09-25 43 Rev. 8
14-09-25 2 Rev. 8 14-09-25 44 Rev. 8
14-09-25 3 Rev. 8 14-09-25 45 Rev. 8
14-09-25 4 Rev. 8 14-09-25 46 Rev. 8
14-09-25 5 Rev. 8 14-09-25 47 Rev. 8
14-09-25 6 Rev. 8 14-09-25 48 Rev. 8
14-09-25 7 Rev. 8 14-09-25 49 Rev. 8
14-09-25 8 Rev. 8 14-09-25 50 Rev. 8
14-09-25 9 Rev. 8 14-09-25 51 Rev. 8
14-09-25 10 Rev. 8 14-09-25 52 Rev. 8
14-09-25 11 Rev. 8 14-09-25 53 Rev. 8
14-09-25 12 Rev. 8 14-09-25 54 Rev. 8
14-09-25 13 Rev. 8 14-09-25 55 Rev. 8
14-09-25 14 Rev. 8 14-09-25 56 Rev. 8
14-09-25 15 Rev. 8 14-09-25 57 Rev. 8
14-09-25 16 Rev. 8 14-09-25 58 Rev. 8
14-09-25 17 Rev. 8 14-09-25 59 Rev. 8
14-09-25 18 Rev. 8 14-09-25 60 Rev. 8
14-09-25 19 Rev. 8 14-09-25 61 Rev. 8
14-09-25 20 Rev. 8 14-09-25 62 Rev. 8
14-09-25 21 Rev. 8 14-09-25 63 Rev. 8
14-09-25 22 Rev. 8 14-09-25 64 Rev. 8
14-09-25 23 Rev. 8 14-09-25 65 Rev. 8
14-09-25 24 Rev. 8 14-09-25 66 Rev. 8
14-09-25 25 Rev. 8 14-09-25 67 Rev. 8
14-09-25 26 Rev. 8 14-09-25 68 Rev. 8
14-09-25 27 Rev. 8 14-09-25 69 Rev. 8
14-09-25 28 Rev. 8 14-09-25 70 Rev. 8
14-09-25 29 Rev. 8 14-09-25 71 Rev. 8
14-09-25 30 Rev. 8 14-09-25 72 Rev. 8
14-09-25 31 Rev. 8 14-09-25 73 Rev. 8
14-09-25 32 Rev. 8 14-09-25 74 Rev. 8
14-09-25 33 Rev. 8 14-09-25 75 Rev. 8
14-09-25 34 Rev. 8 14-09-25 76 Rev. 8
14-09-25 35 Rev. 8 14-09-25 77 Rev. 8
14-09-25 36 Rev. 8 14-09-25 78 Rev. 8
14-09-25 37 Rev. 8 14-09-25 79 Rev. 8
14-09-25 38 Rev. 8 14-09-25 80 Rev. 8
14-09-25 39 Rev. 8 14-09-25 81 Rev. 8
14-09-25 40 Rev. 8 14-09-25 82 Rev. 8
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 10 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-09-25 83 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) *7 Rev. 9
14-09-25 84 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) *8 Rev. 9
14-09-25 85 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) *9 Rev. 9
14-09-25 86 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9
14-09-25 87 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9
14-09-25 88 Rev. 8 14-10-10 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9
14-09-25 89 Rev. 8 14-10-15 1 Rev. 3
14-09-25 90 Rev. 8 14-10-15 2 Rev. 3
14-09-25 91 Rev. 8 14-10-15 3 Rev. 3
14-09-25 92 Rev. 8 14-10-15 4 Rev. 3
14-09-25 93 Rev. 8 14-11-TOC 1 Original
14-09-25 94 Rev. 8 14-11-TOC 2 Original
14-09-25 95 Rev. 8 14-11-01 1 Rev. 1
14-09-25 96 Rev. 8 14-11-01 2 Rev. 1
14-09-25 97 Rev. 8 14-11-05 1 Rev. 3
14-09-25 98 Rev. 8 14-11-05 2 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-11-05 3 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-11-05 4 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-11-05 5 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-11-05 6 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (add) *5 Rev. 9 14-11-05 7 Rev. 3
14-09-35 (add) *6 Rev. 9 14-11-05 8 Rev. 3
14-10-TOC 1 Rev. 8 14-11-10 1 Rev. 8
14-10-TOC 2 Rev. 8 14-11-10 2 Rev. 8
14-10-01 1 Rev. 1 14-11-10 3 Rev. 8
14-10-01 2 Rev. 1 14-11-10 4 Rev. 8
14-10-05 1 Rev. 5 14-11-10 5 Rev. 8
14-10-05 2 Rev. 5 14-11-10 6 Rev. 8
14-10-05 3 Rev. 5 14-11-10 7 Rev. 8
14-10-05 4 Rev. 5 14-11-10 8 Rev. 8
14-10-05 5 Rev. 5 14-11-15 1 Rev. 1
14-10-05 6 Rev. 5 14-11-15 2 Rev. 1
14-10-05 7 Rev. 5 14-12-TOC 1 Rev. 4
14-10-05 8 Rev. 5 14-12-TOC 2 Rev. 4
14-10-05 9 Rev. 5 14-12-01 1 Rev. 1
14-10-05 10 Rev. 5 14-12-01 2 Rev. 1
14-10-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-12-05 1 Rev. 3
14-10-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-12-05 2 Rev. 3
14-10-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-12-05 3 Rev. 3
14-10-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-12-05 4 Rev. 3
14-10-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-12-05 5 Rev. 3
14-10-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-12-05 6 Rev. 3
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 11
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-12-05 7 Rev. 3 14-13-15 1 Rev. 2
14-12-05 8 Rev. 3 14-13-15 2 Rev. 2
14-12-10 1 Rev. 8 14-13-15 3 Rev. 2
14-12-10 2 Rev. 8 14-13-15 4 Rev. 2
14-12-10 3 Rev. 8 14-13-15 5 Rev. 2
14-12-10 4 Rev. 8 14-13-15 6 Rev. 2
14-12-10 5 Rev. 8 14-13-20 1 Rev. 3
14-12-10 6 Rev. 8 14-13-20 2 Rev. 3
14-12-10 7 Rev. 8 14-13-20 3 Rev. 3
14-12-10 8 Rev. 8 14-13-20 4 Rev. 3
14-12-10 9 Rev. 8 14-13-20 5 Rev. 3
14-12-10 10 Rev. 8 14-13-20 6 Rev. 3
14-12-10 11 Rev. 8 14-13-20 7 Rev. 3
14-12-10 12 Rev. 8 14-13-20 8 Rev. 3
14-12-15 1 Rev. 4 14-13-25 1 Rev. 4
14-12-15 2 Rev. 4 14-13-25 2 Rev. 4
14-12-20 1 Rev. 1 14-13-25 3 Rev. 4
14-12-20 2 Rev. 1 14-13-25 4 Rev. 4
14-13-TOC 1 Rev. 2 14-13-25 5 Rev. 4
14-13-TOC 2 Rev. 2 14-13-25 6 Rev. 4
14-13-01 1 Rev. 1 14-13-30 1 Rev. 8
14-13-01 2 Rev. 1 14-13-30 2 Rev. 8
14-13-05 1 Rev. 6 14-14-TOC 1 Rev. 5
14-13-05 2 Rev. 6 14-14-TOC 2 Rev. 5
14-13-05 3 Rev. 6 14-14-01 1 Rev. 1
14-13-05 4 Rev. 6 14-14-01 2 Rev. 1
14-13-05 5 Rev. 6 14-14-05 1 Rev. 3
14-13-05 6 Rev. 6 14-14-05 2 Rev. 3
14-13-05 7 Rev. 6 14-14-05 3 Rev. 3
14-13-05 8 Rev. 6 14-14-05 4 Rev. 3
14-13-05 9 Rev. 6 14-14-05 5 Rev. 3
14-13-05 10 Rev. 6 14-14-05 6 Rev. 3
14-13-05 11 Rev. 6 14-14-05 7 Rev. 3
14-13-05 12 Rev. 6 14-14-05 8 Rev. 3
14-13-05 13 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-13-05 14 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-13-05 15 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-13-05 16 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-13-05 17 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-13-05 18 Rev. 6 14-14-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-13-10 1 Rev. 1 14-14-15 1 Rev. 4
14-13-10 2 Rev. 1 14-14-15 2 Rev. 4
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 12 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE LIST OF
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-14-15 3 Rev. 4 14-15-10 (rev) * 15 Rev. 9
14-14-15 4 Rev. 4 14-15-10 (rev) * 16 Rev. 9
14-14-15 5 Rev. 4 14-15-10 (rev) * 17 Rev. 9
14-14-15 6 Rev. 4 14-15-10 (rev) * 18 Rev. 9
14-14-20 1 Rev. 1 14-15-10 (rev) * 19 Rev. 9
14-14-20 2 Rev. 1 14-15-10 (rev) * 20 Rev. 9
14-15-TOC 1 Rev. 8 14-15-15 1 Rev. 4
14-15-TOC 2 Rev. 8 14-15-15 2 Rev. 4
14-15-01 1 Rev. 2 14-15-15 3 Rev. 4
14-15-01 2 Rev. 2 14-15-15 4 Rev. 4
14-15-05 1 Rev. 2 14-15-20 1 Rev. 3
14-15-05 2 Rev. 2 14-15-20 2 Rev. 3
14-15-05 3 Rev. 2 14-15-25 1 Rev. 2
14-15-05 4 Rev. 2 14-15-25 2 Rev. 2
14-15-05 5 Rev. 2 14-15-30 1 Rev. 8
14-15-05 6 Rev. 2 14-15-30 2 Rev. 8
14-15-05 7 Rev. 2 14-15-30 3 Rev. 8
14-15-05 8 Rev. 2 14-15-30 4 Rev. 8
14-15-05 9 Rev. 2 14-15-30 5 Rev. 8
14-15-05 10 Rev. 2 14-15-30 6 Rev. 8
14-15-05 11 Rev. 2 14-15-30 7 Rev. 8
14-15-05 12 Rev. 2 14-15-30 8 Rev. 8
14-15-05 13 Rev. 2 14-15-30 9 Rev. 8
14-15-05 14 Rev. 2 14-15-30 10 Rev. 8
14-15-05 15 Rev. 2 14-15-30 11 Rev. 8
14-15-05 16 Rev. 2 14-15-30 12 Rev. 8
14-15-07 1 Rev. 2 14-15-30 13 Rev. 8
14-15-07 2 Rev. 2 14-15-30 14 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) *1 Rev. 9 14-15-30 15 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) *2 Rev. 9 14-15-30 16 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) *3 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *1 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *4 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *2 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *5 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *3 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *6 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *4 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *7 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *5 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *8 Rev. 9 14-15-35 (rev) *6 Rev. 9
14-15-10 (rev) *9 Rev. 9 14-15-40 1 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) * 10 Rev. 9 14-15-40 2 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) * 11 Rev. 9 14-15-40 3 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) * 12 Rev. 9 14-15-40 4 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) * 13 Rev. 9 14-15-40 5 Rev. 8
14-15-10 (rev) * 14 Rev. 9 14-15-40 6 Rev. 8
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9 Page 13
LIST OF AIRPLANE
EFFECTIVE PAGES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
BLOCK PAGE REVISION
14-15-40 7 Rev. 8
14-15-40 8 Rev. 8
14-15-45 1 Rev. 2
14-15-45 2 Rev. 2
* Asterisk indicates pages revised (rev), added (add), or deleted (del), by the current revision.
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-LEP
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 14 REVISION 9
AIRPLANE TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
VOLUME 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vol.2-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
Vol.2-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-01
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
REINFORCED COCKPIT DOOR.......................... 14-01-22 .... 25
Airplanes equipped with Cabin Surveillance System
CABIN SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (CSS)............. 14-01-22 .... 27
PC POWER/IFE PANEL........................................ 14-01-22 .... 28
WATER DUMP PANEL.......................................... 14-01-22 .... 29
Electronic Display System.................................. 14-01-25 .... 1
ELECTRONIC DISPLAY SYSTEM (EDS)............. 14-01-25 .... 1
PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY (PFD)...................... 14-01-25 .... 4
MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY (MFD)...................... 14-01-25 .... 7
ELECTRONIC CHECKLIST................................... 14-01-25 .... 11
ENGINE INDICATION AND CREW ALERTING
SYSTEM (EICAS) DISPLAY............................ 14-01-25 .... 15
MULTIFUNCTION CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT
(MCDU)............................................................ 14-01-25 .... 20
CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE (CCD)................... 14-01-25 .... 21
GUIDANCE PANEL................................................ 14-01-25 .... 22
MODULAR AVIONICS UNIT (MAU)...................... 14-01-25 .... 22
Electronic Flight Bag (EFB)................................ 14-01-28 .... 1
ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG (EFB)....................... 14-01-28 .... 1
CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS........................... 14-01-28 .... 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION..................................... 14-01-28 .... 7
NORMAL OPERATION.......................................... 14-01-28 .... 9
Passenger Cabin.................................................. 14-01-35 .... 1
PASSENGER CABIN............................................. 14-01-35 .... 1
ATTENDANT STATIONS AND SEATS.................. 14-01-35 .... 5
WARDROBE.......................................................... 14-01-35 .... 8
STOWAGE............................................................. 14-01-35 .... 9
PASSENGER SERVICE UNIT............................... 14-01-35 .... 10
LAVATORY............................................................. 14-01-35 .... 11
WHEELCHAIR STOWAGE.................................... 14-01-35 .... 13
PC Power System................................................ 14-01-37 .... 1
CABIN PC POWER SYSTEM............................... 14-01-37 .... 1
CABIN PC POWER OUTLET................................ 14-01-37 .... 1
CABIN PC POWER PROTECTIONS.................... 14-01-37 .... 1
COCKPIT PC POWER SYSTEM.......................... 14-01-37 .... 4
AOM-1502-017
Block Page
COCKPIT PC POWER PROTECTIONS............... 14-01-37 .... 6
In-Flight Entertainment........................................ 14-01-38 .... 1
IN-FLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT (IFE)..................... 14-01-38 .... 1
PASSENGER COMPONENTS.............................. 14-01-38 .... 2
IFE RACK............................................................... 14-01-38 .... 4
CREW PANEL........................................................ 14-01-38 .... 7
Lighting................................................................. 14-01-40 .... 1
LIGHTING.............................................................. 14-01-40 .... 1
EXTERNAL LIGHTING.......................................... 14-01-40 .... 1
INTERNAL LIGHTING............................................ 14-01-40 .... 4
EMERGENCY LIGHTING...................................... 14-01-40 .... 10
CARGO COMPARTMENTS LIGHTS..................... 14-01-40 .... 14
Doors..................................................................... 14-01-45 .... 1
DOORS.................................................................. 14-01-45 .... 1
PASSENGER AND SERVICE DOORS................. 14-01-45 .... 1
EMERGENCY EXITS............................................. 14-01-45 .... 15
CARGO DOORS.................................................... 14-01-45 .... 19
ACCESS DOORS.................................................. 14-01-45 .... 22
DOORS WARNING SYSTEM................................ 14-01-45 .... 22
Escape Slide......................................................... 14-01-50 .... 1
ESCAPE SLIDE..................................................... 14-01-50 .... 1
ESCAPE SLIDE DISCONNECTION...................... 14-01-50 .... 4
ABNORMAL OPERATION..................................... 14-01-50 .... 7
DEFLATED ESCAPE SLIDE OPERATION........... 14-01-50 .... 8
Cockpit Door......................................................... 14-01-60 .... 1
REINFORCED COCKPIT DOOR.......................... 14-01-60 .... 1
Cabin Surveillance System (CSS)...................... 14-01-63 .... 1
CABIN SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (CSS)............. 14-01-63 .... 1
VIDEO UNIT........................................................... 14-01-63 .... 1
VIDEO CAMERAS................................................. 14-01-63 .... 2
Water and Waste.................................................. 14-01-65 .... 1
WATER................................................................... 14-01-65 .... 1
WASTE................................................................... 14-01-65 .... 2
AOM-1502-017
Block Page
POTABLE AND GRAY WATER SCHEMATIC....... 14-01-65 .... 3
Cargo Compartment............................................ 14-01-70 .... 1
CARGO COMPARTMENTS................................... 14-01-70 .... 1
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-01-80 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-01-80 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-01-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL INFORMATION
This section provides a general overview of the airplane. More details of
the airplane and its systems are given within each section of this manual.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
10.57 m
(34 ft 8 in)
13.83 m
(45 ft 4 in)
36.24 m
(118 ft 11 in)
12.08 m
(39 ft 8 in)
EM170AOM140501B.DGN
5.94 m
(19 ft 6 in)
28.72 m
(94 ft 3 in)
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSS SECTION
46.3 cm 5.1 cm
(18.25 in) (2 in)
2.00 m
(6 ft 7 in)
1.44 m
(4 ft 9 in)
3.35 m
(11 ft 0 in)
48.9 cm
(19.25 in)
0.94 m
(3 ft 1 in)
2.52 m
(8 ft 3 in)
EM170AOM140003.DGN
3.01 m
(9 ft 11 in)
STANDARD CABIN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
0.86 m
(3 ft)
0.6 m 0.69 m
(1 ft 10 in.) (2 ft 3 in.)
0.20 m 0.51 m 0.07 m
1.44 m
(8 in.) (1 ft 8 in.) (3 in.)
(4 ft 9 in.)
1.1 m
(3 ft 8 in.)
0.61 m
(2 ft)
EM170AOM080002.DGN
2.6 m
(8 ft 5 in.)
3.01 m
(9 ft 11 in.)
FIRST CLASS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AIRPLANE ANTENNAS
TDR 1
TCAS
TDR 2
COM 1
LSS
GPS 1
ADF 1 GPS 2
ADF 2
GLIDESLOPE
DME 1
TCAS
TDR 2
TDR 1
DME 2
MB
COM 2
EM170AOM140534D.DGN
RAT 3
RAT 1
RAR 3
RAR 1
RAT 2
RAR 2
AIRPLANE ANTENNAS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WASTE TANK
ACCESS DOOR
AFT
SERVICE
DOOR
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
WATER TANK
ACCESS DOOR
AFT
CARGO
DOOR
FWD
SERVICE
DOOR
EM170AOM140536A.DGN
FWD
CARGO
DOOR
14-01-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT ARRANGEMENT
OVERHEAD
GLARESHIELD
PANEL
PANEL CENTER
PANEL
FIRST
CAPTAIN OFFICER
PANEL PANEL
FIRST
CAPTAIN OFFICER
CONSOLE CONSOLE
LANDING GEAR
EM170AOM140778A.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT PARTITION
COCKPIT
DOOR
HANGER HANGER
OBSERVER
SEAT
OBSERVER
HEADSET
EM170AOM140006B.DGN
OBSERVER
CONSOLE
COCKPIT PARTITION
AOM-1502-017
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT SEATS
Pilot seats are fixed to slide rails that permit fore and aft adjustments.
When the seats are in their aft most position, a lateral movement is also
available in order to ease crew access to the seat.
Manual adjustments of pilot seats are possible for vertical, lateral and aft
and fore movements. A crank handle is located under the seat and
allows vertical adjustments by attaching it to the plug at the aft lower part
of the seat. The manual control handle allows aft and fore adjustments.
Lateral movement is provided actuating both lateral locking pins.
PULL AT HINGE
LEVEL FOR ARMREST
SPREADING OUT
THIGHREST
UPWARD LUMBAR SUPPORT
SETTING PUSH BUTTON
THIGHREST
DOWNWARD
INERTIAL SETTING
REAL
UNLOCKED
INERTIAL
REAL
LOCKED
SEAT
UPWARD SPARE
SETTING BACKREST
SEAT
DOWNWARD LOCKING
SEAT
EM170AOM140007A.DGN
HEIGHT SETTING
LOCKING BACKREST
LOCKING
SEAT BACKREST
LONGITUDINAL RECLINING
UNLOCKING
SEAT
LATERAL SEAT LOCKING
UNLOCKING (NEUTRAL POSITION)
COCKPIT SEATS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MANUAL CONTROL
HANDLE
LATERAL
LOCKING
PIN
PLUG
EM170AOM140372.DGN
CRANK HANDLE
(UNDER THE SEAT)
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
1 Hold the armrest at the hinge level. 2 Move it from the stowed position.
3 4
EM170AOM141158A.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BLACK
WHITE WHITE
FRONT VIEW
LOWER VIEW
EM170AOM140008.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
Spring-loaded switches installed on the captain’s and first officer’s panels
allow rudder pedal adjustments performed by electric actuators. When
operating the switch, the actuator moves the pedals forward or aft, to
assure pilot comfort and full rudder throw from the adjusted seat position.
For rudder pedal manual adjustment call maintenance.
EM170AOM140789B.DGN
PEDAL ADJUSTMENT
AOM-1502-017
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RAMP HORN
The ramp horn buttons installed on the captain’s and first officer’s
consoles allow the cockpit crew to call the ground personnel attention.
While the button is pressed, a continuous horn sounds.
EM170AOM141288A.DGN
RAMP HORN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OBSERVER SEAT
The observer seat is located aft of and between the captain’s and first
officer’s seats. When in use, it’s positioned in front of the cockpit door.
The seat can be stowed by folding and rotating it away from the door
area against the left side of the cockpit partition behind the captain’s
seat. The cockpit door can be opened or closed when the observer seat
is either stowed or in use.
2
B
F C
F
D
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
B E
E CLOSE THE STRAP
B
D
2 COCKPIT DOOR
F G
EM170AOM141083B.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT WINDOW
Cockpit windows may be opened in case of loss of visibility through the
windshield, or for cockpit emergency evacuation on the ground.
A pin protrudes near the opening handle when the window is not properly
locked in the closed position.
NORMAL OPENING
RED PIN
2
EM170AOM140011.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EMERGENCY OPENING
1 2
2
1
3 3 4 5
6 7
EM170AOM140228B.DGN
14-01-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT PHILOSOPHY
The airplane flight deck is designed to:
• Provide the necessary means to accomplish the required tasks.
• Provide acceptable and reasonable workloads.
• Minimize pilot errors and its consequences.
• Facilitate training with the commonality among the E-Jets Family.
• Provide optimized ergonomics aimed at safety, ease of operation,
control and comfort requirements.
Both pilots can access all essential information and necessary controls
for safe flying and landing. Control of the airplane systems is done via
the overhead panel.
Some knobs on the overhead panel have detent protection and must be
pulled out to allow knob rotation. This protection prevents inadvertent
knob rotation and is indicated with a detent mark between knob positions.
Knob stationary positions are marked with a white rectangle, and knob
momentary positions are marked with a white triangle. To assure proper
signal transmission when using the selector knobs that have momentary
positions, hold the knob for at least two seconds at the positions before
releasing it.
System failures are primarily monitored via EICAS message. The CCD
and synoptics are included as an aid to the pilot monitoring systems
status.
Critical systems give total authority to the pilot by employing intuitive
procedures for maximum airplane performance with minimum workload.
Cockpit design facilitates simple tasks as much as possible, thus leading
to increased control of situation and systems. Automation is used only to
improve the task accomplishment, complementing but not substituting
for the crew.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INSTRUMENTS PANELS
The Instruments Panels presented in this block are the
Main/Glareshield/Control Pedestal Panels and the Overhead Panel.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VS
HSI WX FMS FD NAV HDG AP A/T VNAV ALT FPA DN VS FD HSI WX FMS
BARO SET MINIMUMS BARO SET MINIMUMS
IN hPa RA BARO IN hPa RA BARO
SPEED
PREV V/L CRS APP HDG YD FMS MAN
ALT SEL FPA SEL CRS PREV V/L
BRG BRG
FLCH
AS WARN CAUT FPR FPR CAUT WARN
EIC PUSH STD PUSH TEST BANK SRC PUSH STD PUSH TEST
UP
PUSH DIR PUSH SYNC PUSH FT−M PUSH DIR
MFD PUSH IAS−MACH
PFD BRT
DIM
TORM BRT
D/S
FLOO DIM
T BRT
CHAR
DIM
BRT ILS STD
OFF RST CHR CHR
BRT ILS1 1013 hPa 8199 M
OFF 340
PTT + 28000 87.O FLEX TO-2 87.O
Map Plan Systems Fuel ATTCS
MIN SEC Map Plan Systems Fuel
320
SPD T AP HDG ALT 10 39 UTC GPS
SPD T AP HDG ALT
FMS1 36 O FMS1 O1O
INT
15 SAT ^C 15 SAT ^C
125 AT LOC GS 35 OO 1OOO 5 25 TAT ^C
2
28 O 269 OO
2O
SET
SET 5 25 TAT ^C 125 AT LOC GS 35 OO 1OOO
ZUN 280 ZUN
3OO TAS KTS DATE HR/MO MIN/DY SEC/Y
3OO TAS KTS
16O 4OOO 4 55.6 NM PUMPS − 10 26000 AUTO 55. 6 NM PUMPS 16O 4OOO 4
2O 2O
23 MIN N DME1 260
500
RST 23 MIN N DME1 2O 2O
15O LAX 87.O N1 87.O LAX 15O
33
2 .57 M IRS1 2
GUP44 65.3 NM GUP44 65.3 NM
33
1O 1O 1 HR ET MIN
1O 1O 1
14O 14O
2O MIN CAGE BARO 2O MIN
3O
GUP GUP
3O
-3.O -3.O
ZUN ZUN
11O 1
11O 1
78O ITT 78O UP
1OO 1O 1O 2 1OO 1O 1O 2
AUTOBRAKE
W
88.O N2 88.O
3OOO 4 1OO 1OO 1OO 3OOO 4
9O 2O 2O WEATHER
57OO FF PPH 57OO
WEATHER 9O 2O 2O
5 A O.O5 L OFF LG/AUTOBRAKE 5 A O.O5 L
19O M 29.92 IN PROGRESS LO
FUEL QTY
DN ARTEX
WX/R/T S
PROGRESS
19O M 29.92 IN
WX/R/T S WPT DIST ETE FUEL MED 5OOO FQ LB 5OOO
DN
LOCK ELT WPT DIST ETE FUEL WATER CABIN LT TIMER
GSPD HDG CRS CHR RTO
STAB TGT GSPD HDG CRS CHR
STAB TGT NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 REL NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 DUMP ARM
3OO KT 33O 21O O8:12 LX DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 HI 1OOOO
DN DN
LX DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 3OO KT 33O 21O O8:12
21O ON
21O RESET
1O OIL APU
1OO % 45O C FSBY OVRD LX LX Clear 1O
PRESS PSI 64
ILS1 21
64 ARM
ILS1 21
S 97 TEMP 97
CABIN S
ALT 21OO FT
DN
TEST/RESET
PRESS ON WX SECT TGT
15
15
WAIT 1 SECOND
12
12
1.O HP O.9 LFE 8OO FT
REVERSIONARY PANEL VOR1 STBY VAR Gain ACT VOR1 REVERSIONARY PANEL
TRIMS
SPDBRK ROLL PITCH
VOR2 VOR2
E
DISPLAYS SENSORS S F Off Gain 92 TURB DISPLAYS SENSORS
GND PROX EMERG/ UP LG WRN
AUTO ADS IRS 6 GND PROX 6 AUTO ADS IRS
PFD MFD VHF1 3 NAV1 TERR INHIB PRKG BRAKE 3.O G/S INHIB INHIB VHF1 3 NAV1 PFD MFD
118 5O 119 1O TCAS Weather 4 YAW TCAS Weather 118 5O 119 1O
EICAS 119 25 119 15 S/F 119 25 119 15 EICAS
A B C D E F 1 2 A B C D E F
G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ − G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ −
IGNITION
AUTO AUTO
M N O P Q R 4 5 6 / OFF OVRD OFF OVRD M N O P Q R 4 5 6 /
S T U V W 7 8 9 S T U V W 7 8 9
X Y Z 0 1 2 X Y Z 0
T/O CONFIG
EICAS
FULL
DISPLAY DISPLAY
MAX
TO/GA
CLOSE
0 0
RAT
MANUAL
1/2
IDLE DEPLOY
MIN REV
MAX REV
FULL FULL
OPEN
GND PROX
FLAP OVRD
MIC MIC
AUD AUD
EMER EMER
NAV1 NAV2 NAV3 ADF1 ADF2 ID NAV1 NAV2 NAV3 ADF1 ADF2 ID
RAMP RAMP
DME1 DME2 MKR DME1 DME2 MKR
VHF1: 47 VHF1: 47 0 0
NORM BKUP AUTO MASK NORM BKUP AUTO MASK
1 1
TRIM COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL
ROLL PITCH
BACKUP SW LOCK INHIB UNLOCKED
DN TEST
SLAT /
ON
FLAP
LWD RWD
UP
5 5
YAW SYS 1 SYS 2
CUTOUT CUTOUT FULL FULL
LEFT RIGHT
DOWN
OPEN
PUSH
PAX PAX
OFF
ELEVATOR AILERON
DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
EM170AOM140004B.DGN
PUSH TO CLOSE
AIRT
RST
TEST
PPR
ADV
OPEN
PUSH
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Instrument Panels Page 3
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS
MANUAL
!Non-ETOPS Commercial airplanes equipped with NO SMKG switch and Honeywell or L3 DVDR
FWD
DISC DISC
LANDING
OFF BRT OFF BRT OFF BRT PASSENGER OXYGEN
LEFT NOSE RIGHT
DUMP AUTO MASK
ANNUNCIATORS DOME STOP DEPLOYED
STERILE NO SMKG FSTN BELTS
ON ON DOWN UP OFF OVRD
TEST
ON ON ON
EM170AOM140005.DGN
OVERHEAD PANEL
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 4 Instrument Panels REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AIRPLANE GENERAL
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
!Non-ETOPS Commercial airplanes equipped with NO SMKG switch and Universal DVDR
PASS/
FAIL
PASS/
FAIL
FIRE EXTINGUISHER WINDSHIELD HEATING
FDR 1 FDR 2
CVR 1 CVR 2 CARGO SMOKE
FWD AFT 1 2
EVENT HEADPHONE TEST ERASE AUDIO
1 APU
2 ICE PROTECTION
ELECTRIC TEST
AC POWER ENGINE 1 WING ENGINE 2
IDG 1 IDG 2
AUTO AUTO
OFF OFF
DISC DISC
LANDING
OFF BRT OFF BRT OFF BRT PASSENGER OXYGEN
LEFT NOSE RIGHT
DUMP AUTO MASK
ANNUNCIATORS DOME STOP DEPLOYED
STERILE NO SMKG FSTN BELTS
ON ON DOWN UP OFF OVRD
TEST
ON ON ON
EM170AOM141187A.DGN
OVERHEAD PANEL
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Instrument Panels Page 5
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 6 Instrument Panels REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AIRPLANE GENERAL
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
1 2
1
EICAS
2
MFD
PFD 3
EM170AOM140116.DGN
4 4
LEFT RIGHT
CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE
1 - TUNING KNOB
– Outer and inner knobs select value or mode in the data field
enclosed by the cursor.
3 - TOUCH PAD
– Used to move cursor.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - ENTER KEYS
– Used to select soft keys.
3 1
Navaids
36O 5
15 SAT ^C
25 TAT ^C
Airports 3OO TAS KTS
PUMPS
WPT Ident X N DME1
65.3 NM
Progress GUP44 LAX
Missed APPR
2 TCAS GUP
Weather ZUN
Terrain
] [ 1OO ]
Off
O.O5 L
EM170AOM140115E.DGN
TCAS Weather
1 - SOFT KEYS
– Selected through the CCD cursor and enter key.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - MENU CONTROLS
– Consist of checkboxes that can be selected and deselected for
each function by using the CCD cursor and enter key. Square
checkboxes are mutually selectable, while circle checkboxes are
exclusively selectable.
3 - EXIT KEY
– Allows quick exit of each MFD soft key’s respective menu.
MFD
1
EM170AOM140495A.DGN
4
TAT -4O C SAT -56 C
G.W. 315OO KG
3 2
1 - FLIGHT
– Displays airplane flight abbreviation, number and time.
3 - GROSS WEIGHT
– Displays airplane gross weight – information obtained from FMS.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVERSIONARY PANEL
MAIN PANEL
REVERSIONARY PANEL
DISPLAYS SENSORS
1
EM170AOM140117.DGN
AUTO ADS IRS 3
PFD MFD
EICAS
MFD MODE
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
EICAS
FULL 1
EM170AOM140350.DGN
1 - EICAS FULL PUSHBUTTON
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COCKPIT LIGHTING
COCKPIT LIGHTS CONTROL PANEL
OVERHEAD PANEL
1 2 3
COCKPIT LIGHTS
ANNUNCIATORS
DOME
EM170AOM140037A.DGN
TEST
ON
OFF
5 4
3 - PEDESTAL KNOB
– Turns on/off and regulates pedestal lighting brightness.
NOTE: When the DIM POT is at OFF position, the button/window
indications remain illuminated full bright as a default
operations configuration.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PTT
RT
BRT
CHA
OFF
4
M
TOR
OD/S
BRT
FLO
OFF
3
PFD
BRT
DIM
MFD
BRT
2
DIM
LK
Y/C
BRT
STB
DIM
1
MAIN PANEL
BRT
AS
DIM
EIC
BRT
2
MFD
DIM
BRT
3
PFD
DIM
BRT
M
TOR
OFF
D/S
4
LOO
BRT
F
RT
EM170AOM140039.DGN
OFF
CHA
PTT
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140040A.DGN
1
2
1 - OUTER RING
– Turn on/off and provides dimming control.
2 - INNER RING
– Adjusts aperture size of light pattern.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PASSENGER CABIN
PASSENGER SIGNS CONTROL PANEL
OVERHEAD PANEL
PASSENGER SIGNS
EMER LT
ARMED ATTND CALL
1 2
OFF ON
3
STERILE NO SMKG FSTN BELTS
5 ON ON
EM170AOM140241.DGN
OFF OFF
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TEMPERATURE SETTING
ATTENDANT
SEAT
(REF.)
C H
ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE
2
ON ON ON ON
14 3
FWD FWD GALLEY
CEILING SIDEWALL
ENTRANCE AREA
PANEL LIGHTS
ATTND CALL
10
RESET
8
9
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Turns off the lights previously turned on by the PSU test switch.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LAVATORY
DOOR
(REF.)
TEMPERATURE SETTING
ATTENDANT
SEAT
(REF.)
C H
ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE
2
ON ON ON
16 3
AFT
CEILING SIDEWALL
ENTRANCE
PANEL LIGHTS
13 ARMED TEST 6
AUTO
WASTE SYSTEM
12 7
TANK SERVICE
FWD AFT FAULT
FULL TANK
LAVATORY FAULT
8
EM170AOM140424.DGN
11
ATTND CALL WATER SYSTEM
WATER QUANTITY
9
10 RESET
FAULT
ATTENDANT
PANEL
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
8 - FAULT INDICATION
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2 3 4
HANDSET
PA ATTND PILOT EMER CRADLE
PILOT
ATTENDANT
HANDSET
EM170AOM970023A.DGN
1 - PA BUTTON
– Provides passenger announcements.
2 - ATTND BUTTON
– Provides communication among flight attendants.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - PILOT BUTTON
– Provides communication among flight attendant and cockpit crew
in normal condition (normal mode).
NOTE: If the “PILOT” button is pressed in the electrical emergency
configuration (RAT deployed), the green light will illuminate
and the call chime will be annunciated, but the
communication channel will be unavailable. The “EMER
PILOT” button can be used normally.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EXTERNAL LIGHTING
EXTERNAL LIGHTS CONTROL PANEL
OVERHEAD PANEL
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
ON ON
2
OFF OFF
LANDING
EM170AOM140038.DGN
3
OFF OFF
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
FWD AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
ACCESS HATCH
FWD SERVICE
DOORS DOOR
FWD
PASSENGER
DOOR FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT
DOOR
FUELING/DEFUELING
OVERWING COMPARTMENT
EMERGENCY ACCESS DOOR
EXITS
AFT CARGO
MID AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT DOOR
ACCESS DOOR
AFT SERVICE
DOOR
EM170AOM140542B.DGN
AFT PASSENGER
DOOR REAR FUSELAGE
DOOR
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DOOR
– On synoptic page, the door is shown as a colored solid square.
GREEN: the associated door is closed.
RED: the associated passenger, service or cargo door is open.
AMBER: the associated access door is open.
AMBER DASHED: the associated door status is undetermined.
NOTE: An annunciation is displayed at the right top of the doors
status windows whenever the respective door is not
properly closed.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL
LOCK INHIB UNLOCKED
TEST
ON
EM170AOM140331.DGN
4 3 2 1
1 - TEST BUTTON
– Continually tests the DING-DONG alarm while the test button is
pressed, regardless of audio selection.
2 - UNLOCKED INDICATION
– Turns on when door is unlocked.
– Starts flashing when the EMERG ENTRY pushbutton on the
passenger cabin control panel is pressed.
– Turns off when the INHIB pushbutton is pressed.
3 - INHIB PUSHBUTTON
– Inhibits the EMERG ENTRY command from cockpit door control
panel in the passenger cabin for 500 s.
– Lights up the red LED in the passenger cabin control panel.
– The cockpit door opens if the INHIB pushbutton is not pressed
up to 30 s after the EMERG ENTRY pushbutton on the
passenger cabin control panel is pressed.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4
3
EM170AOM140579B.DGN
2
1 - WHITE LED
– Indicates that the unlock sequence has been started.
2 - RED LED
– Indicates that the INHIB pushbutton in the cockpit was pressed
and EMERG ENTRY is temporarily inhibited.
3 - GREEN LED
– Indicates the cockpit door is unlocked.
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VSS DISPLAY
DISPLAY CAMERA
AUTO
DOOR
GALLEYS
CKPT
EM170AOM140518A.DGN
DOOR
OFF BRT
PASS FWD
2 1
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PC POWER/IFE PANEL
CONTROL
PEDESTAL PC POWER / IFE
CABIN PC POWER IFE
EM170AOM140571A.DGN
2 1
1 - IFE
2 - PC POWER BUTTON
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
EM170AOM140690A.DGN
1
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-22
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTO AUTO
EM170AOM140488D.DGN
AUTO AUTO
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VS
HSI WX FMS FD NAV HDG AP A/T VNAV ALT FPA DN VS FD HSI WX FMS
BARO SET MINIMUMS BARO SET MINIMUMS
IN hPa RA BARO IN hPa RA BARO
SPEED
PREV V/L CRS APP HDG YD FMS MAN
ALT SEL FPA SEL CRS PREV V/L
BRG BRG
S FLCH
WARN CAUT FPR FPR CAUT WARN
EICA PUSH STD PUSH TEST BANK SRC PUSH STD PUSH TEST
UP
PUSH DIR PUSH SYNC PUSH FT−M PUSH DIR
MFD PUSH IAS−MACH
PFD BRT
DIM
RM
D/STO BRT
FLOO DIM
T BRT
CHAR
DIM
BRT ILS STD
OFF RST CHR CHR
BRT ILS1 1013 hPa 8199 M
OFF 340
+ 28000 87.O FLEX TO-2 87.O
PTT Map Plan Systems Fuel ATTCS
MIN SEC Map Plan Systems Fuel
320
SPD T AP HDG ALT 10 39 UTC GPS
SPD T AP HDG ALT
FMS1 36O FMS1 O1O
INT
15 SAT ^C 15 SAT ^C
125 AT LOC GS 35 OO 1OOO 5 25 TAT ^C
2
28 O 269 OO
2O
SET
SET 5 25 TAT ^C 125 AT LOC GS 35 OO 1OOO
ZUN 280 ZUN
3OO TAS KTS DATE HR/MO MIN/DY SEC/Y
3OO TAS KTS
16O 4OOO 4 55.6 NM PUMPS − 10 26000 AUTO 55. 6 NM PUMPS 16O 4OOO 4
2O 2O
23 MIN N DME1 260
500 RST 23 MIN N DME1 2O 2O
15O 2 LAX 87.O N1 87.O LAX 15O 2
1
33 GUP44 65.3 NM
.57 M IRS1
GUP44 65.3 NM 1
14O 1O 1O HR ET MIN
33 14O 1O 1O
2O MIN CAGE BARO 2O MIN
GUP GUP
3O
-3.O -3.O
ZUN ZUN
11O 1
11O 1
78O ITT 78O UP
1OO 1O 1O 2 1OO 1O 1O 2
AUTOBRAKE
W
88.O N2 88.O
3OOO 4 1OO 1OO 1OO 3OOO 4
9O 2O 2O WEATHER
57OO FF PPH 57OO
WEATHER 9O 2O 2O
5 A O.O5 L OFF LG/AUTOBRAKE 5 A O.O5 L
19O M 29.92 IN PROGRESS LO
FUEL QTY
DN ARTEX
WX/R/T S
PROGRESS
19O M 29.92 IN
WX/R/T S WPT DIST ETE FUEL MED 5OOO FQ LB 5OOO
DN
LOCK ELT WPT DIST ETE FUEL WATER CABIN LT TIMER
GSPD HDG CRS CHR RTO
STAB TGT GSPD HDG CRS CHR
STAB TGT NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 REL NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 DUMP ARM
3OO KT 33O 21O O8:12 LX DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 HI 1OOOO
DN DN
LX DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 3OO KT 33O 21O O8:12
21O ON
21O RESET
1O OIL APU
1OO % 45O C FSBY OVRD LX LX Clear 1O
PRESS PSI 64
ILS1 21
64 ARM
ILS1 21
S 97 TEMP 97
CABIN S
ALT 21OO FT TEST/RESET
PRESS ON WX SECT TGT
DN
15
15
WAIT 1 SECOND
12
A B C D E F 1 2 A B C D E F
MCDU
REVERSIONARY
G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ − G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ −
IGNITION
AUTO AUTO
M N O P Q R 4 5 6 / OFF OVRD OFF OVRD M N O P Q R 4 5 6 /
S T U V W 7 8 9 S T U V W 7 8 9
PANEL X Y Z 0 1
T/O CONFIG
2 X Y Z 0
EICAS
FULL
DISPLAY DISPLAY
MAX
TO/GA
CLOSE
0 0
RAT
MANUAL
1/2
IDLE DEPLOY
MIN REV
MAX REV
FULL FULL
OPEN
GND PROX
FLAP OVRD
MIC MIC
AUD AUD
EMER EMER
NAV1 NAV2 NAV3 ADF1 ADF2 ID NAV1 NAV2 NAV3 ADF1 ADF2 ID
RAMP RAMP
DME1 DME2 MKR DME1 DME2 MKR
VHF1: 47 VHF1: 47 0 0
NORM BKUP AUTO MASK NORM BKUP AUTO MASK
1 1
TRIM
ROLL PITCH
BACKUP SW
DN
SLAT /
FLAP
LWD RWD
UP
5 5
YAW SYS 1 SYS 2
CUTOUT CUTOUT
FULL FULL
LEFT RIGHT
DOWN
OPEN
PUSH
PAX PAX
OFF
ELEVATOR AILERON
DISCONNECT DISCONNECT
PUSH TO CLOSE
AIRT
RST
TEST
PPR
ADV
OPEN
PUSH
EICAS
FULL
PANEL
MCDU
EM170AOM140112B.DGN
CCD
AIRPLANE DISPLAYS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
AVIATE
APPR2
SPD T AP LOC GS − AUTOPILOT APPROACH STATUS
115 3O OO ANNUNCIATOR
AT 1OOO
− FLIGHT MODE ANNUNCIATOR
16O 4OOO 4 − ATTITUDE AND SIDE SLIP
2O 2O − ALTITUDE
15O 2
FS − AIRSPEED/MACH
1O 1O 1
14O − AIRSPEED TREND VECTOR
AC
− VERTICAL SPEED
125 AP 35OO − FLIGHT PATH ANGLE
− FPA ACCELERATION POINTER
-3.O
11O RF
− FLIGHT DIRECTOR
1
− TCAS RESOLUTION ADVISORY
1OO 1O 1O 2
− WINDSHEAR
9O 2O 2O
3OOO 4 − RADIO ALTIMETER
− MINIMUMS
19O M 29.92 IN
EM170AOM140190C.DGN
3O
N − WIND
VHF1 NAV1
6 3 − ELAPSED TIME
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15 − GROUND SPEED
− RNP (FMS)
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
APPR1
SPD T AP LOC GS
115 AT 3O OO 1OOO
16O 4OOO 4
2O 2O
15O 2
FS
1O 1O 1
14O
AC
-3.O
11O RF
1
1OO 1O 1O 2
9O 2O 2O BARO 3OOO 4
W
12
3O
VOR1
EM170AOM140401A.DGN
VOR2
33
E
N
VHF1 NAV1
6 3
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15
PFD DISPLAY
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
FMS1 36 O 15 SAT ^C
5 25 TAT ^C
ZUN
3OO TAS KTS
55.6 NM PUMPS
23 MIN N DME1 NAVIGATE
33 3 LAX
GUP44 65.3 NM − MAP
2O MIN
− PLAN
− SYSTEM SYNOPTIC PAGES
3O
GUP
6
− TCAS
ZUN − WEATHER RADAR
− EGPWS (TERRAIN)
− PROGRESS
W
1OO 1OO
WEATHER
5 A O.O5 L
PROGRESS
NAVIGATE (Vnav)
EM170AOM140192B.DGN
− TCAS ZOOM
− WEATHER RADAR CONTROLLER
− TCAS CONTROLLER
− VERTICAL PROFILE
TCAS Weather
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
RDE NM
SATNB
25
Maypoint Center
6.6R
PROGRESS
360 00
SATNB
340 00
320 00
MFD DISPLAY
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STATUS PAGE
A dedicated page on MFD is available for pilots to achieve status
information about:
• Flight;
• Battery;
• Engine Oil level;
• Brake;
• Crew oxygen;
• Door and Access Panel.
Refer to the associated section of the AOM for more information:
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
!EMBRAER 190/195 models except ECJ Model, units in kg, equipped with Load 21.2
and on
S EMER S
Y ACCU Y
S PSI S
14−13 1 2
LANDING GEAR 3OOO 3OOO
AND BRAKES
TEMP
C
OB IB IB OB
25O 25O 25O 25O
EM170AOM140920A.DGN
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTRONIC CHECKLIST
The airplane’s Electronic Checklist (ECL) presents the checklists on the
lower part of the MFDs. The ECL permits automation of checklist’s items
reducing crew workload.
The flight crew uses both the CCDs to respond manual checklist items
and to navigate through the checklist pages.
CHECKLIST DB
ERJ17OQRH15O8OOA.ecl Chkl
Funct
Ovrd
CAS
MSG
Main
Menu
CHECKLIST DB
LOADING Chkl
EM170AOM140563A.DGN
Ovrd
CAS
MSG
Main
Menu
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ECL OPERATION
Clicking the CHECKLIST softkey on the MFD allows access to ECL
pages. When both MFDs are displaying the ECL pages, they are
synchronized, however only one side at a time has control over the ECL.
The first side to access the ECL has the control over it through its
respective CCD. In this condition, the ECL can be opened on the
cross-side MFD, however, the cross-side CCD cannot do any input on
the ECL.
If the side with control over the ECL allows one second without providing
any input, the first side to do an input in ECL gains the control over it.
The ECL combines automatic and manual response functions. Automatic
responses receive information from the airplane systems and sensors to
verify an item’s accomplishment (Closed Loops); manual responses are
flight crew inputs from the CCD.
The following controls have closed loops in the normal checklists:
– Autobrake knob position (RTO selected or not).
– Brake Temperature (acceptable or not for takeoff).
– Engine Start/Stop Selectors.
– Fuel AC Pumps Knobs position.
– Gear Lever position.
– Hydraulic Pumps Knobs position
– Pack Buttons status.
– Parking Brake Lever status.
– Flap/Slat Lever position (0 or FULL or neither 0 nor FULL).
– TLA Levers position (IDLE or TOGA or neither IDLE nor TOGA).
For the emergency and abnormal checklists there are no closed loops
available.
The following softkeys are available on the ECL:
– Main Menu: Opens a new menu presenting the following checklist
categories:
– Normal.
– Non Annunciated.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Emergency.
– Abnormal.
– User Defined.
Selecting one of the categories opens an index with all the associated
procedures.
– CAS MSG: Opens the ECL ACTIVE ABNORMAL page.
– Ovrd: Allows the pilot to override a checklist step or an entire
checklist.
– Chkl Funct: Opens three more softkeys:
• Undo: Undoes last pilot action on the checklist.
• Chkl Reset: Resets current or a selected checklist.
• Reset All: Resets all checklists.
Along the execution of each checklist, smart features are available to
reduce crew workload. They are:
– Timers: automatically started when a checklist item requires so.
– Branches: the “if” clauses that, upon the “Yes or No” response from
the pilot, displays only the applicable actions to be followed from that
point on.
– Hyperlinks: links to synoptic pages are available (green button in the
left side of the checklist item) when applicable during the procedures.
– Closed loops: items that are automatically checked by airplane
systems upon action completion. (Closed loops are only available for
NORMAL checklists).
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BEFORE START
Pax Signs Panel ................................. SET Chkl
Pressurization Panel ......................... SET Funct
Oxygen Masks ...................................... CKD
Ovrd
Flight Instruments ......................... X-CKD
Thrust Lever 1 ................................... IDLE CAS
Thrust Lever 2 .................................. IDLE MSG
Trim panel ................................... CHK/SET Main
............................................................... Menu
NORMAL PROCEDURE
END
CHECKLIST COMPLETE Main
Menu
ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
ECL PROCEDURES
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ACTIVE ABNORMAL 2 9 1
ENG 1 OIL LO PRESS Chkl
ENG 2 OIL LO PRESS Funct
BLEED 1 FAIL
Ovrd
PRESN AUTO FAIL
EM170AOM140738A.DGN
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
87.O N1 87.O
MANAGEMENT
− ENGINE
FUEL QTY
DN
5OOO FQ LB 5OOO
DN DN
1OOOO
OIL APU
1OO % 45O C
64 PRESS PSI 64
CABIN
97 TEMP 97
ALT 21OO FT GEAR
VIB RATE -3OO FPM FLAPS
1.4 LP O.7 P O.1 PSI
EM170AOM140194.DGN
3.O
4 YAW
S/F
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
87.O N1 87.O
FUEL QTY
DN
25OO FQ KG 25OO
DN DN
5OOO
OIL APU
1OO % 45O C
64 PRESS PSI 64
CABIN
97 TEMP 97
ALT 21OO FT
VIB RATE -3OO FPM
1.4 LP O.7 P O.1 PSI
1.O HP O.9 LFE 8OO FT
EM170AOM140430A.DGN
TRIMS
SPDBRK ROLL PITCH
S F
UP
5.5
4 YAW
S/F
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
87.O N1 87.O
FUEL QTY
25OO FQ KG 25OO
5OOO
APU
1OO % 45O C
CABIN
ALT 21OO FT
RATE -3OO FPM
P O.1 PSI
LFE 8OO FT
EM170AOM140431C.DGN
TRIMS
ROLL PITCH
UP
5.5
YAW
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 1 / 2
COM1 SQ COM2
123 . 200 123 . 200
A B C D E F
G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ −
EM170AOM140196A.DGN
M N O P Q R 4 5 6 /
S T U V W 7 8 9
X Y Z 0
AOM-1502-017
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
!MAU load 4.5 and on AND previous than load 19.3 OR SB 0190-31-0007 AND
PRE-MOD SB 0190-31-0009;
Touching the touch pad moves the cyan box selector around the display.
The touch pad has six hot spots: one in each corner and at top and
bottom centers. Touching a hot spot instantly moves the cursor to
correspondent position on the selected screen. A cyan box shows the
menu in control whenever a display is selected.
"
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CURSOR
Navaids
36O 5
15 SAT ^C
25 TAT ^C
Airports 3OO TAS KTS
PUMPS
WPT Ident X N DME1
3 65.3 NM
Progress GUP44 LAX
Missed APPR
6
TCAS GUP
Weather ZUN
EM170AOM980099A.DGN
Terrain
E
] [ 1OO ]
Off
O.O5 L
"
GUIDANCE PANEL
The guidance panel houses the display controllers, used for display
control, autopilot and yaw damper engagement functions, flight director
mode engagement and selection of display data source for the flight
director.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
The typical layout of the MAUs, showing the location of each module, is
provided on the next page.
Where each MAU module is named as:
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2 3 4
O/I
Application 2 Application 7
Application 3 Application 8
Application 4 Application 9
Application 5 Application 10
Shutdown Help
14 13 12 11 8 7
10 9
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - BRIGHTNESS/DIM BUTTON
These are the sun and moon shaped keys. Press to manually
lighten or darken the display screen.
4 - CLOSE BUTTON
This key is located at the top right corner of the bezel and when
pressed closes the currently active application.
6 - BEZEL KEYS
Bezel keys provide direct access to key navigational functions of
the PilotView™. These keys are used to facilitate easy access to
information across applications.
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
10 - APPS
Shows a list of current active applications. Use the left and right
arrow keys to select an application and then press the ENTER key
to open the desired application.
11 - ESC
This key allows the user to cancel certain functions within an
application. This will depend if the application supports this key.
12 - MAIN
This key shows the main menu.
13 - VIDEO (UNAVAILABLE)
A message “No video source found” will be displayed.
14 - ZOOM IN/OUT
+/- keys enlarge or reduce the image or chart presented on screen.
NOTE: NOTE: This function applies to properly configured
applications.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
KEYBOARD
LATCH
EM170AOM140771A.DGN
FMS-STYLE KEYBOARD
AOM-1502-017
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The EFB is a touch screen device Windows XP based system that can
support different applications such as: electronic documents and
electronic charts.
The EFB configuration includes interfaces to receive:
– USB memory devices;
– Latitude/Longitude data from FMS output;
– Wireless High-Speed connection.
SCREEN USE
The EFB is designed to be operated by finger tips.
A round pointing device can be used if preferred provided it has a
smooth tip.
Scratches may occur in case of use with hard point devices.
To clean it, use a soft cloth dampened with water. Chemical or abrasive
cleaners must not be used.
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LEFT
COCKPIT
CONSOLE
RIGHT
COCKPIT
CONSOLE
EM170AOM140773A.DGN
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL OPERATION
POWER UP SEQUENCE
– Press and hold the EDU power button for 1 s.
– The Master Menu will be displayed.
SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE
– Close all active applications that are running.
– On the EDU, press the MAIN key.
– Press SHUTDOWN.
– Press Turn Off.
– The unit will completely shut down.
NOTE: If the PilotView™ EFB is on, you can shut it down abruptly by
pressing the EDU Power button for 5 seconds. To prevent
potential loss of data, it is strongly recommended that you do
not use this method.
SYSTEM RESET
If software reset is required on the system, it can be performed by reset
button located in the small square hole at the top of the unit. Use a
paperclip or other narrow stylus to press the reset. Pressing the reset
button is equivalent to a system reboot.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-28
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PASSENGER CABIN
GALLEY
The galleys provide means for food preparation as well as stowage for
food and miscellaneous items. A work deck is provided to assist flight
attendants with their tasks.
COFFEE
MAKER
MISCELLANEOUS
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
PANEL
FAUCET
MISCELLANEOUS STANDARD
COMPARTMENT UNIT
SINK
WORK
TABLE
WASTE
DISPOSAL
WASTE
COMPARTMENT
EM170AOM140842B.DGN
MANUAL
HALF SIZE SHUT OFF
TROLLEY VALVE
FORWARD GALLEY (G1)
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
!Galley G2-U
MISCELLANEOUS
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
PANEL
IFE
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
2 STANDARD UNIT
POWER
(WITH PROVISION
OUTLET
FOR OVEN)
WORK
TABLE
OVEN
(WITH PROVISION FOR
2 STANDARD UNITS)
EM170AOM140843A.DGN
FULL/HALF
SIZE CART
FORWARD GALLEY (G2)
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MISCELLANEOUS
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
PANEL
IFE
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
2 STANDARD UNIT
POWER
(WITH PROVISION
OUTLET
FOR OVEN)
WORK
TABLE
OVEN
(WITH PROVISION FOR
2 STANDARD UNITS)
OUTBOARD
TROLLEY
STOPPER
EM170AOM141243A.DGN
FULL/HALF
SIZE CART
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTRICAL
PANEL MISCELLANEOUS
STOWAGE
MISCELLANEOUS
STOWAGE
COFFEE MAKER
OVEN
(WITH PROVISIONS
FOR 4 STANDARD
UNITS)
SINK AND FAUCET
WORK TABLE
WASTE
COMPARTMENT
ELECTRICAL
POWER
EM170AOM140806C.DGN
OUTLET
HALF SIZE/
FULL SIZE CART
NOTE:
THERE ARE TWO MISCELLANEOUS STOWAGE COMPARTMENTS BEHIND THE CARTS.
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TEMPERATURE SETTING
C H
ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE
ON ON ON ON
ATTND CALL
RESET
ATTENDANT
PANEL
HANDSET
CRADLE
ATTENDANT
HANDSET
EM170AOM140813A.DGN
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TEMPERATURE SETTING
C H
AFT LH
ENABLED
CABIN TEMPERATURE LAVATORY
CABIN LIGHTING GALLEY MASTER
ON ON ON
AFT
CEILING SIDEWALL
ENTRANCE
PANEL LIGHTS
WASTE SYSTEM
TANK SERVICE
FWD AFT FAULT
FULL TANK
LAVATORY FAULT
FAULT
RESET
0
ATTENDANT
PANEL HANDSET
PA ATTND PILOT EMER CRADLE
PILOT
ATTENDANT
HANDSET
EM170AOM140655B.DGN
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLASHLIGHT
AFT RH
BULKHEAD
ATTENDANT
SEAT
HANDSET
PA ATTND PILOT EMER CRADLE
PILOT
ATTENDANT
HANDSET
EM170AOM140683A.DGN
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WARDROBE
HINGED DOOR
LATCH
LITERATURE
EM170AOM140850A.DGN
WARDROBE TYPE 4
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STOWAGE
LH FWD
STOWAGE
UNIT
EM170AOM140844A.DGN
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DISPENSING
UNITS
ATTENDANT
CALL BUTTON
INDIVIDUAL
READING LIGHTS
EM170AOM140027B.DGN
PASSENGER
SIGNS
MANUAL
DEPLOY GASPER
TOOL OUTLETS
PASSENGER
LIGHT BUTTON
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LAVATORY
CUP
DISPENSER
MIRROR
FAUCET
SEAT COVER
DISPENSER
WASTE
FLAP
TOILET
SHROUD
SERVICE
PANEL
MANUAL
SHUT−OFF
VALVE
TOILET
BOWL
EM170AOM140018A.DGN
FORWARD LAVATORY
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TISSUE
DISPENSER
WASTE
DISPOSAL
SERVICE
PANEL
TOILET SEAT
COVER AND
SHROUD
MANUAL
SHUT−OFF
EM170AOM140019A.DGN
VALVE
AFT LAVATORY
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WHEELCHAIR STOWAGE
The airplane has a priority space in the passenger cabin designated for
stowage of one folding wheelchair, to comply with CFR 14.382
requirement.
On-board wheelchair is available and installed in the airplane, according
to the depicted on AOM section 11-05 EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST.
The procedure to stow the wheelchair is shown below.
NOTE: – Maximum wheelchair weight is 90 lb (41 kg).
– When the wheelchair stowage device is installed, the right
seats of first row must not be occupied.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
E C
TO FASTEN STRAP, DEPRESS BUTTON ON PIN,
4
INSERT PIN THROUGH HOLE IN PLATE AND INTO
RECEPTACLE.
F B
5
VERIFY BUTTON RELEASES AFTER PIN IS
A INSERTED.
NOTE: VERIFY POSITIVE ENGAGEMENT BY FIRMLY
1 COLLAPSE WHEELCHAIR. PULLING ON EACH STRAP.
2
6 POSITION WHEELCHAIR IN AISLE.
LOCATE RESTRAINT STRAPS "A", "B" AND "C".
3
FASTEN STRAPS "A", "B" AND "C" TO THEIR 7
RESPECTIVE RECEPTACLES AS SHOWN IN FIGURE. INSTALL COVER & FASTEN COVER CLOSED.
3 4
9
FASTEN STRAPS MARKED "D", "E" & "F" TO THEIR
RECEPTACLES.
NOTE: VERIFY BUTTON RELEASES AFTER PIN IS
INSERTED. VERIFY POSITIVE ENGAGEMENT BY
FIRMLY PULLING ON EACH STRAP.
10 TIGHTEN INBOARD STRAPS FIRST BY PULLING
FREE ENDS.
11 TIGHTEN REMAINING STRAPS.
WHEELCHAIR STOWAGE
AOM-1502-017
14-01-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PASSENGER
SEAT
FIRST−CLASS
PASSENGER SEAT
FIRST−CLASS
PASSENGER SEAT
LED
PLUG
EM170AOM140573A.DGN
OUTLET
PC POWER OUTLETS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140572A.DGN
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PC POWER OUTLET
PC POWER OUTLET
EM170AOM140739A.DGN
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
LED
LED
EM170AOM140740A.DGN
14-01-37
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PASSENGER COMPONENTS
Every passenger seat has a set of electronic equipment, responsible for
delivering IFE services (such as audio and video programming, moving
map, etc.) to each individual Smart Display Unit (SDU). The SDUs are
located in the seatback or in the bulkhead wall in front of the passengers.
The passenger uses the touch-screen or handset to control the available
IFE services for their respective passenger class. Additional buttons
allow passengers to change the brightness level of the LCD, to increase
or decrease the volume level and to toggle LCD backlight ON/OFF. SDU
provides a credit card reader that allows the passenger to swipe a credit
card to purchase on-board services and programming.
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is available to all seat classes and located
adjacent to the LCD screen.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SVDU
USB PORT
EM170AOM140628A.DGN
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IFE RACK
The primary IFE components located on the IFE Equipment Rack are:
– File Server (FS);
– System Controller - Audio (SC-A);
– Advanced Master Control UNIT (AMCU).
The FS is a high-performance, high-capacity network server that
provides extensive audio, video, and cached web content. It also
contains interactive menus, media content, electronic catalog sales to
passengers, and unit-downloadable software, as appropriate. The FS is
designed to store all passenger revenue data collected during flight,
decrypt 3DES (Triple Data Encryption Standard) hardware from stored
MPEG files and send text and graphics information to the Seat Display
Units (SDU).
The SC-A provides a minimum hard drive storage capacity of 160 GB
and is used for storing digital media, system operational software, usage
statistics (compiled from system BITE checks and accumulated user
behavior), maintenance data, and configuration data. The SC-A also
distributes boarding music and video, PA announcements and
Pre-Recorded Announcements (PRA) audio to the IFE system.
The Advanced Master Control Unit (AMCU) provides power distribution,
electrical load management, and Built In Test (BIT). The AMCU obtains
115 VAC, 3-phase, 400 Hz power from the airplane’s power distribution
panel. The IFE system is powered by AC BUS 2.
A Configuration Module is installed on the AMCU to define airline-specific
parameters for the operational parameters of the AMCU. The AMCU will
operate without the Configuration Module, but will default to a
configuration that provides basic functions and limited control features.
BIT is performed automatically when power is applied to the system. BIT
can also be manually performed by depressing the manual BIT switch
on the AMCU.
A maintenance panel located in wardrobe/galley zone 2, allows to the
ground crew a quick diagnostic of the IFE ventilation AMS system. Its
display is a partial replica of the Maintenance Test Panel (MTP) located
at the aft E-bay. This maintenance panel is composed by a total of four
indication LEDs that provide indication of failures related with smoke
detection, cooling, ground and vent valves. There is also a test push
button that verifies the functionality of all LEDs.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RH FWD
WARDROBE (REF.)
PTT
SMOKE
COOLING FAIL DETECTOR FAIL
EM170AOM140625A.DGN
MAINTENANCE PANEL
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PC POWER / IFE
CABIN PC POWER IFE
EM170AOM140624A.DGN
PC POWER/IFE
AOM-1502-017
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CREW PANEL
The Crew Panel (CP) provides the aircraft crew access to the
configuration and maintenance control (such as configuration loading
and extensive system diagnostic BITE capability) of the IFE. The CP has
a color LCD display with optional built-in function keys for user interface.
There is also a touchscreen user interface available.
The CP provides the capabilities to store data and control cabin zones.
The CP uses an Ethernet interface to communicate with other
components of the IFE. The CP provides these functions, all of which
are controlled through the CP software screens:
– Control of cabin zone to video source mapping
– Control of the entertainment and passenger address cabin zone
configuration
– Initiation of Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) requests to all peripherals
and storage of resulting BITE data for fault isolation
– Control of all peripherals, including preview of video and audio
programs
The CP provides two USB ports for connecting peripheral devices and
two noise canceling audio outputs for previewing audio or video.
Additionally, a RJ-45 ethernet port is available for large content uploads
as well as maintenance reports and data files downloads.
Crewmembers start boarding music and video, safety video presentation
and PA announcements through the CP. All interactive features available
to passengers, are disabled during the audio and video information
commanded through the CP.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TOUCHSCREEN
NOISE
CANCELING
POWER AUDIO OUTPUT
USB JACK
USB PORT
PORT
RJ−45
BRIGHTNESS
ETHERNET PORT BRIGHTNESS UP
DOWN
EM170AOM140927A.DGN
CREW PANEL
AOM-1502-017
14-01-38
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LIGHTING
INTRODUCTION
The lighting system provides lighting to all essential parts located inside
and outside of the fuselage and ensures proper and safe operation of
the airplane.
The lighting system includes:
• External Lights.
• Cockpit Lights.
• Passenger Cabin Lights.
• Emergency lighting.
The system also provides lighting for baggage and service
compartments.
EXTERNAL LIGHTING
The external lights necessary for a proper and safe operation of the
airplane are:
• Landing and taxi lights.
• Navigation and anti-collision lights.
• Wing inspection, logotype and overwing emergency lights.
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NAV. LIGHT/
UPPER RED OVERWING STROBE LIGHT
BEACON LIGHT EMERGENCY
LIGHTS
LANDING/
OVERWING
TAXI LIGHT−
EMERGENCY
WING ROOT
LIGHTS
LOGO
LIGHT
UPPER RED
BEACON LIGHT
OVERWING
LANDING/ EMERGENCY
TAXI LIGHT− LIGHTS
WING ROOT
WING
INSPECTION NAV. LIGHT (WHITE)
LIGHT STROBE LIGHT
LANDING LIGHT
NOSE GEAR
TAXI LIGHT
NOSE GEAR
WING
EM170AOM140657B.DGN
WING
INSPECTION INSPECTION
LIGHT LIGHT
LANDING/TAXI LIGHT−
WING ROOT
EXTERNAL LIGHTING
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTERNAL LIGHTING
COCKPIT LIGHTS
Cockpit lighting consists of:
– Chart lights.
– Dome lights.
– Fluorescent flood/storm light.
– Reading lights.
The system provides lighting for instruments, control panels and buttons.
CHART LIGHTS
Provide variable intensity lights to illuminate chart holders located at the
cockpit side windows.
DOME LIGHTS
Provide fixed intensity cockpit illumination above Captain and First
Officer’s seats.
FLUORESCENT FLOOD/STORM LIGHT
Provide high quality illumination to ensure panel readability under high
intensity ambient lighting (lightning).
READING LIGHTS
Provide illumination to help the pilots read maps, check lists and
manuals.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AREA CONTROLLED BY
THE OVERHEAD PANEL EMERGENCY
LIGHTING CONTROL LIGHT
OBSERVER
READING
DOME LIGHT
DOME LIGHT
PILOT LIGHT
READING CO−PILOT
LIGHT READING LIGHT
CHART
LIGHT
FLOODSTORM
LIGHTS
CHART
LIGHT
EM170AOM140028.DGN
COCKPIT LIGHTS
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
• RETURN TO SEAT.
• LAVATORY OCCUPIED.
The signs are available on every passenger service unit (PSU). An aural
signal sounds whenever any passenger sign is turned on or off by the
crew. NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELTS signs are also activated
when the oxygen dispensing units are open.
STERILE LIGHTS
An amber sterile light located on the cockpit/passenger partition indicates
when entry into the cockpit is not allowed. An aural signal sounds
whenever the sterile light is illuminated.
COURTESY AND STAIRS LIGHTS
Provide lighting for safe boarding of crewmembers and passengers.
Courtesy and stair lights consist of the main door light (entry area),
service door light (galley area), stairway lights and cockpit step light.
SERVICE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Provide lighting in the service compartments for quick inspection and
accomplishment of several tasks. Service lights are installed in the
refueling panel, mid and forward electronic bays, APU, tail cone and rear
hydraulic compartment.
The lights are controlled by door micro-switches or dedicated standard
switches installed in each compartment, which turn on the associated
light when the access door is open.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RAINBOW LIGHTS
The rainbow lights located on the forward and aft main ceiling panel
areas provide a visual indication to attendants when there is a call from
the flight crew or passengers.
The rainbow lights consist of following colored indicator lights:
– ORANGE: a steady orange light illuminates when a passenger calls
from the lavatory. Flashing orange light illuminates when smoke is
detected in the lavatory.
– BLUE: a steady blue light illuminates when a passenger calls from
the main cabin area.
– RED: a flashing red indicator illuminates when the flight crew makes
an emergency call to the flight attendant from the cockpit. The light
stops flashing after the call is taken.
– GREEN: a flashing green indicator illuminates when the pilot calls the
flight attendant from the cockpit. The light stops flashing after the call
is taken.
– AMBER: a steady amber light illuminates for a sterile light call.
An audible tone is sounded by the passenger address system whenever
a passenger presses any attendant call switch located in a PSU or the
attendant call switch in the lavatory or flight crew call switches. There is
also a blue steady light on the cabin ceiling, indicating from which cabin
area the respective passenger call was made.
NOTE: There is no indication on the rainbow lights when a flight
attendant calls another flight attendant station. It only flashes
green on both handset cradles.
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VISUAL AURAL
FROM TO
INDICATION INDICATION
Flashing RED Triple hi/lo tone Cockpit Attendant
light chime in PAX Station
cabin
Triple hi/lo tone Attendant Cockpit
chime in cockpit Station
Flashing Single hi/lo tone Cockpit Attendant
GREEN light chime in PAX Station
cabin
Single hi/lo tone Attendant Cockpit
chime in cockpit Station
AMBER sterile Single hi tone Cockpit Attendant
cockpit light chime station
No smoking or Single lo tone Cockpit Passenger
fasten belt chime cabin, lavatories
signs illuminate and galleys
/ extinguish
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM970007B.DGN
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Emergency lighting consists of internal and external lights. The internal
emergency lights are powered by six dedicated Emergency Lights Power
Units (ELPU) with internal batteries connected to the DC BUS 1. The
charge of the batteries is sufficient to supply all emergency lights for
approximately 10 minutes. External emergency lighting is provided by
three route overwing lights at each side of airplane and also led lights on
each escape slide.
A switch located in the cockpit enables the pilots to turn ON, OFF or
ARM the emergency lights. Additional switches on the FWD and AFT
Flight Attendant Panels enable flight attendant to turn ON or OFF (ARM)
the emergency lights. In ARM mode (cockpit switch), the emergency
lights are activated automatically when the airplane loses its normal
electrical power.
Internal emergency lights comprise the exit locator signs, exit marker
signs, exit identifier signs, cabin/cockpit emergency floodlights and
passage way emergency exit floodlights. A cockpit light is located at the
cockpit ceiling and provides general emergency illumination of the
cockpit area.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EXIT
LOCATOR COCKPIT
SIGN EMERGENCY
FLOODLIGHT
EXIT PASSAGE WAY
IDENTIFIER EMERGENCY
SIGN FLOODLIGHT
EXIT
MARKER
EXIT
SIGN
MARKER
SIGN
EXIT
IDENTIFIER
SIGN
PASSAGE WAY
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
FLOODLIGHT
LIGHT
EXIT
LOCATOR EXIT
SIGN IDENTIFIER
SIGN
EXIT
IDENTIFIER
SIGN
OVERWING
OVERWING
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
LIGHTS
LIGHTS
EXIT
LOCATOR
SIGN
EM170AOM140507C.DGN
EXIT EXIT
IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER
SIGN SIGN
EXIT EXIT
MARKER MARKER
SIGN SIGN
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PHOTOLUMINESCENT STRIPS
Photoluminescent strips are installed along the passenger cabin floor to
provide means of identifying the emergency escape path even in dense
smoke conditions. Double red dots on the strips indicate the end of each
exit path.
Photoluminescent escape path strips must be charged prior to the first
flight of the day by interior cabin lighting.
For 15 minutes of ceiling and entrance cabin lighting exposure in
BRIGHT mode the strip luminescence will be available for 7 hours.
Luminescence time is not limited if during flight either daylight or cabin
lighting exist in the cabin.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERWING OVERWING
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
EXIT EXIT
FWD GALLEY
SERVICE DOOR
PHOTOLUMINESCENT STRIPS
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
LOADING
LIGHT
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
LIGHTS
LOADING
LIGHT
EM170AOM140887A.DGN
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DOORS
This airplane has two jetway passenger doors on the left side (forward
and aft location), two jetway service doors on the right side (forward and
aft location), and a number of access doors for different airplane systems
along the fuselage.
Two overwing emergency exit doors are located one on each side of the
airplane, centered over the wing.
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EXTERNAL
HANDLE
EM170AOM140371A.DGN
VENT FLAP
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ARMING LEVER
EM170AOM140367C.DGN
VENT FLAP
LEVER
MAIN HANDLE
INTERNAL HANDLES
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DOOR INDICATIONS
One green latch and two green lock indications are provided to ensure
the door is secured in the locked position. An escape slide
ARMED/DISARMED indication provides the escape slide
armed/disarmed condition. A red indication in the bottom of the door
provides means to verify if the girt bar is engaged.
ESCAPE SLIDE
ARMED/DISARMED
LATCH
LOCK
LOCK
ESCAPE SLIDE
GIRT BAR
EM170AOM140370C.DGN
DOOR INDICATIONS
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
The following door indications are shown for different internal handles
positions.
– Main handle DOWN (Door closed and latched)
– Vent Flap lever DOWN (Vent Flap closed and door locked)
– Arming lever DOWN (Escape Slide ARMED)
ARMED
GIRT BAR
DISARMED
GIRT BAR
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ARMED
EM170AOM140368A.DGN
GIRT BAR
ARMED
GIRT BAR
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DISARMED
GIRT BAR
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ARMED
1 2
A
B
LOCK
3 DISARMED
GRAB BOTH ESCAPE SLIDE AND VENT
FLAP LEVERS AND LIFT THEM UP. ENSURE
THAT ALL THE FINGERS ARE FIRMLY HOLDING
BOTH LEVERS. CLOSE THE LINING COVER.
C
LOCK
GIRT BAR
EM170AOM140328G.DGN
INDICATION
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5
F
E
D LIFT THE MAIN HANDLE ALL THE WAY UP.
6
G E HOLD THE ASSISTANCE HANDLE.
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
A HOLD THE
ASSISTANCE HANDLE C
2
B ACTUATE THE LOCK
TO RELEASE THE DOOR.
E
D
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 DISARMED
F
LOCK
6 ARMED
LATCH G G
GRAB BOTH ESCAPE SLIDE AND VENT
FLAP LEVERS AND MOVE THEM DOWN.
G G F ENSURE THAT ALL THE FINGERS
ARE FIRMLY HOLDING BOTH LEVERS.
LOCK
GIRT BAR
EM170AOM140330F.DGN
INDICATION
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TO OPEN:
C
3 B
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TO CLOSE:
1 A
2 C
ACTUATE THE
A LOCK TO RELEASE
THE DOOR.
3
PULL THE DOOR TO THE
C CLOSED POSITION.
4
D
EM170AOM140026B.DGN
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EMERGENCY EXITS
Both service and passenger doors are designed as type I emergency
doors. Emergency slides are provided at both passenger and service
doors. The direct vision windows in the cockpit are designed as
emergency exits.
Opening the door from inside in emergency mode will activate the
Emergency Assisting System that will fully open the door after lifting up
the main internal handle. The Emergency Assisting System is installed
in passenger and service doors.
In case of ditching, all emergency exits are supposed to be over the
water line.
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LOCK
LOCK
1 ACCESS
COVER
REMOVE UPPER
ACCESS COVER
EMERGENCY
EXIT
3 PULL
HANDLE
4
HOLD OVERWING
EMERGENCY EXIT (OWE)
DOOR AND REMOVE IT
PUT OVERWING
EMERGENCY EXIT (OWE) DOOR
AWAY FROM THE PASSAGE
5
EM170AOM140505D.DGN
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ACCESS
1 COVER
EMERGENCY
EXIT
PUSH
2 ACCESS
COVER
3 4
1
2
EM170AOM140506A.DGN
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CARGO DOORS
The cargo doors located aft and forward of the wing on the right side of
the fuselage are manually operated from the outside. They have a
locking mechanism controlled by an external handle, stowed in the lower
half of the door. The vent flap prevents pressurization of the airplane
above 0.5 psi when the door is not fully closed, latched and locked. The
cargo doors open outward and are hinged along the upper edge and are
latched at the lower edge with four hooks.
The cargo doors support maximum wind gusts of 40 kt, valid for positions
between fully closed and fully open. For the open and locked position,
the wind load limitation is 60 kt.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TO OPEN:
1 2
HANDLE
COVER
ROD
ASSISTANCE OF ROD.
OPEN AND HOLD THE DOOR. CHECK IF DOOR IS LOCKED IN FULLY OPEN POSITION.
REMOVE ROD FROM STOWAGE. STOW THE ROD.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ROD
ROD STOWAGE
ROD
REMOVE THE ROD FROM THE STOWAGE. PULL THE DOOR DOWN WITH THE ROD AND GRASP
ENGAGE THE ROD TO THE DOOR’S ROD THE INTERNAL HANDLE.
ATTACHMENT (HANDLE), AND WHILE PUSHING IT REMOVE THE ROD FROM THE DOOR AND PUT IT
UP, TURN IT CLOCKWISE. INTO THE CARGO COMPARTMENT STOWAGE.
CORRECT
POSITION
5 6
MAIN HANDLE MAIN HANDLE
(CLOSED) VENT−FLAP
VENT−FLAP (OPEN)
(OPEN)
VENT−FLAP
7 FLUSH
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ACCESS DOORS
A number of access doors, which provides access for servicing the
airplane systems and equipment, can be found along the fuselage.
• Forward avionics compartment access door.
• Mid avionics compartment access door.
• Fueling/defueling compartment access door.
• Rear fuselage door.
WASTE TANK
ACCESS DOOR
AFT
SERVICE
DOOR
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
WATER TANK
ACCESS DOOR
AFT
CARGO
DOOR
FWD
SERVICE
DOOR
EM170AOM140536A.DGN
FWD
CARGO
DOOR
ACCESS DOORS
14-01-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ESCAPE SLIDE
The escape slides are designed to provide passengers and crew a
means to safely descend from the airplane to the ground during an
emergency evacuation. In the event of emergency evacuation, the slides
deploy automatically when the exit door is opened.
Upon completion of the inflation sequence, the slide is fully inflated and
ready to assist passengers and crew in descending to the ground.
The emergency evacuation slides are equipped with a lighting system
independent from the airplane. The unfolding process activates the
lighting system illuminating the sliding surface and the area where
evacuees make first contact with the ground. A battery contained within
the slide provides electrical power to the lights.
The escape slides are armed by raising the slide arming lever cover
located on the door and moving the slide arming lever to the “armed”
position (down). The lever movement attaches the girt bar to the cabin
floor brackets. The escape slide is attached to the girt bar by means of
a fabric girt.
Opening the door from the outside automatically disengages the girt bar
from the floor fittings, disarming the slide.
A dedicated battery powers the escape slide lights, which will be on for
a minimum of 10 min even after the escape slide is disconnected.
The scape slide may be used as a flotation device after disconnection
from airplane.
If the mooring line is not manually detached from the airplane in an
emergency situation, the system is fail safe in that the mooring line will
break free from the slide if enough load is applied.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SLIDE ARM−DISARM
HANDLE
INFLATION CYLINDER
PRESSURE READINESS
INSPECTION WINDOW
NO GO GO
INDICATION INDICATION
TEMP
COMP
NMC
Goodrich
EM170AOM120003.DGN
PRESSURE GAUGE
MANUAL
INFLATION
HANDLE
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RESTRAINT GIRT
PATCH ASSEMBLY
INFLATABLE
TUBES
RESTRAINT
PATCH
SLIDE
SURFACE
LIFELINE
LED DEFLATED
HANDLE
DETACHABLE
EM170AOM120002B.DGN
MOORING LINE
LED
LED
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
A B
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MOORING LINE
INSTRUCTIONS
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The airplane escape slide is equipped with a manual inflation actuation
control. In the event that the inflation system does not actuate
automatically, the cabin attendant should pull on the manual inflation
handle, which activates the inflation system and fully inflates the slide.
The airplane escape slide is designed to permit use with ground
personnel assistance as a non-inflatable device in the event of puncture
or tear. The resulting damage may render the device incapable of
holding air and sustaining an inflated condition.
If the slide is not fully inflated during evacuation, people already
positioned on the ground may pull the slide tightly by its handles while
other passengers continue to evacuate the airplane.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140391A.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-50
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
UPPER BLOW
OUT PANEL
UPPER PIVOT PIN
PEEPHOLE
DOOR PANEL
DOORKNOB
BLOW OUT
PANEL
QUICK RELEASE
PASSIVE LOCK PEEPHOLE
DOOR PANEL
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTROMECHANICAL LATCH
An electrically-actuated solenoid closes the electromechanical latch.
The control panel in the cockpit sends an electrical pulse to the
electromechanical latch, which actuates a bolt and locks the door. The
door is unlocked when a new electrical pulse is sent to the
electromechanical latch.
The DC BUS 2 powers the door′s electromechanical latch. In case of
electrical failure the door latch will stay in its previous setting. In this
case the manual override inside the cockpit can be used to lock or
unlock the door.
The door will not close if the electromechanical latch is locked while the
door is opened. It is necessary to unlock the electromechanical latch to
place the door to the closed position.
NOTE: – The electromechanical latch will not open if the flight crew
commands the reinforced cockpit door to UNLOCK while
the door is pulled towards the cabin side. It is recommended
to wait until latch is unlocked before pulling open the door.
The sound of the mechanism is heard when the latch
unlocks.
– A pre flight test should be performed daily to check the
buzzer of the emergency access cycle aural alarm.
MECHANICAL
HANDLE
EM170AOM140581A.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
!Airplanes equipped with Reinforced Cockpit Doors - Adams Rite cockpit door system
The electrical operation is made through the cockpit control panel. An
electrically-actuated solenoid closes the electromechanical latch. The
control panel in the cockpit sends an electrical pulse to the
electromechanical latch, which actuates a bolt and locks the door. The
door is unlocked when a new electrical pulse is sent to the
electromechanical latch. The DC BUS 2 powers the door′s
electromechanical latch. In case of electrical failure the door latch will
stay in its previous setting.
The manual operation is made through the manual override lock/unlock
knob located on the electromechanical latch. To lock, the manual override
knob is moved upward until a stop is reached, then it is released. Once
the manual override knob has come to rest, a green flag will be exposed.
To manually unlock the electromechanical latch, the manual override
knob is moved upward until a stop is reached, then the manual override
knob is released. Once the manual override knob has come to rest, a
red flag will be exposed. The lock/unlock indication (green/red flag)
occurs independent of how the electromechanical latch is operated
(electrically or manually).
The door will not close if the electromechanical latch is locked while the
door is opened. It is necessary to unlock the electromechanical latch to
place the door to the closed position.
NOTE: – The electromechanical latch will not open if the flight crew
commands the reinforced cockpit door to UNLOCK while
the door is pulled towards the cabin side. It is recommended
to wait until latch is unlocked before pulling open the door.
The sound of the mechanism is heard when the latch
unlocks.
– A pre flight test should be performed daily to check the
buzzer of the emergency access cycle aural alarm.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ALTERNATE
LOCK/INHIBIT
KNOB
ELECTROMECHANICAL
DOOR LATCH
REINFORCED COCKPIT
DOOR LOCK HANDLE
MANUAL
EM170AOM141248B.DGN
LOCK/UNLOCK
KNOB
REINFORCED COCKPIT
DOOR LOCK
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SYSTEM LOGIC
Actuating the EMERG ENTRY pushbutton starts the chime alarm
sequence. The DING-DONG sound chime remains on for 4 s and is
repeated three times at 9-second intervals during which the sound
chime remains paused. After the third chime cycle ends, the door will
unlock if the INHIB pushbutton is not pressed within 30 s after EMERG
ENTRY pushbutton actuation.
DOOR OPENING
30s 0s
EM170AOM140335A.DGN
ALARM OFF ALARM OFF
9s 9s
ALARM ON
4s
17s 13s
UNLOCKED LOCKED
INDICATION INDICATION
OVERRIDE
SWITCH
EM170AOM140582A.DGN
SECURITY
LEVER
SECURITY LEVER
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INHIBIT
FREE INHIBIT FREE INHIBIT FREE INHIBIT
INHIBIT KNOB
KNOB
MANUAL
OVERRIDE
MANUAL BUTTON
OVERRIDE
BUTTON
EM170AOM140847A.DGN
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT CREW
ONLY ONLY ONLY
"
!Airplanes equipped with Reinforced Cockpit Doors - Adams Rite cockpit door system
Alternate Lock/Inhibit Knob
The alternate lock/inhibit knob must remain in the unlock position if the
system is properly working.
In case of the electromechanical latch is failed on the unlocked position,
being not possible to lock it through the cabin control panel or using the
manual lock/unlock knob, the door can be closed and locked positioning
the Alternate Lock/Inhibit knob on AL 1. This position is also to be used
as inhibit backup, if the electrical inhibit system is failed.
In case of the electromechanical latch is failed on the locked position,
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
being not possible to unlock it through the cabin control panel activation
or using the manual lock/unlock knob, the door can be closed and
locked positioning the Alternate Lock/Inhibit knob on AL 2.
To close and lock the door, in the case the electromechanical latch stuck
failed, use Alternate Lock/Inhibit knob on AL 2 position. This condition
overrides the door pin actuator, and avoids the occurrence of the door
locked with no one in the cockpit.
AL 1 POSITION:
LOCKED WITH DOOR
UNLOCKED LATCH FAILED
POSITION UNLOCKED
EM170AOM141247B.DGN
AL 2 POSITION:
LOCKED WITH DOOR
LATCH FAILED
LOCKED
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MANUAL OVERRIDE
The latch locking system can be overridden by actuating either a
mechanical handle installed on the door or a manual override button
installed on the electromechanical latch.
The door lock bolt retracts by turning down the mechanical handle. It
opens the door and allows an emergency egress. A red mark on the
handle indicates that the door is unlocked. Turning the handle further
upwards will set the bolt to the LOCKED position.
NOTE: Latch manual operation must be used to override the locking
system only in case of system electrical failure.
EM170AOM140583B.DGN
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MANUAL OVERRIDE
!Airplanes equipped with Reinforced Cockpit Doors - Adams Rite cockpit door system
The latch locking system can be overridden by actuating either a
mechanical handle installed on the door or the manual override
lock/unlock knob installed on the electromechanical latch.
The door lock bolt retracts by turning down the mechanical handle. It
opens the door and allows an emergency egress. A red mark on the
handle indicates that the door is unlocked. Turning the handle further
upwards will set the bolt to the LOCKED position.
NOTE: – Latch manual operation through the mechanical handle
must be used to override the locking system only in case of
system electrical and/or mechanical failure.
– The alternate lock/inhibit knob must be in the unlock position
for manual override.
EM170AOM141250A.DGN
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUXILIARY LOCKS
PASSIVE LOCK
A passive lock installed on the cockpit door does not permit the door to
be pushed towards the passenger cabin whenever the door is closed.
The normal position of the quick release pin is locked. The passive lock
is unlocked when the pin is removed.
NOTE: The passive lock must be unlocked only under emergency
conditions, for an emergency cockpit egress procedure.
QUICK RELEASE
LOCK
EM170AOM140584A.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAINTENANCE LOCK
A maintenance lock blocks the door during the airplane’s overnight
parking. A key is necessary to lock and unlock it. The keyhole is located
on the passenger cabin side of the door.
UPPER BLOW
OUT PANEL
UPPER PIVOT PIN
PEEPHOLE
DOOR PANEL
DOORKNOB
BLOW OUT
PANEL
QUICK RELEASE
PASSIVE LOCK
PEEPHOLE
DOOR PANEL
EM170AOM140333A.DGN
DOORKNOB STRAP HANDLE
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BLOWOUT PANELS
The reinforced cockpit door assembly possesses two blowout panels to
equalize sudden decompression. When a sudden decompression
occurs, the blowout bags automatically unfold and deploy forward.
The blowout bags installed within grill-protected openings maintain the
door’s full ballistic and impact-resistant characteristics even when
deployed.
Both blowout bags can be deployed with the observer seat in use and
without any type of interference or hazard to the observer.
A door grill opening equalizes the pressure in the event of decompression
in the passenger cabin area.
UPPER BLOWOUT
BAG
EM170AOM140585A.DGN
LOWER BLOWOUT
BAG
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PEEPHOLE
The reinforced cockpit door is equipped with a ballistic-resistant
peephole. The peephole field of view inhibits any hidden threats.
BALLISTIC
PEEPHOLE
EM170AOM140340A.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
3 4
EM170AOM140586A.DGN
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
!Airplanes equipped with Reinforced Cockpit Doors - Adams Rite cockpit door system
1 2
3 4
EM170AOM141249A.DGN
"
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-60
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VIDEO UNIT
Video display is achievable under all operational lighting conditions and
provides sufficient resolution to clearly identify persons requesting entry
into the cockpit. The images transmitted to the video display are not
recorded.
The system is turned on by switching the BRT/OFF knob on the CSS
video unit. The other knob selects the video camera that will transmit the
image.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-63
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VSS DISPLAY
EM170AOM140517A.DGN
DISPLAY CAMERA
AUTO
DOOR
GALLEYS
CKPT
DOOR
OFF BRT
PASS FWD
14-01-63
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140519A.DGN
CSS MONITOR
UNIT
GALLEY
VIDEO
CAMERA
14-01-63
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-63
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WATER
A central storage tank holds potable water. Pressurized water is supplied
to the heaters and faucets in the lavatories and water spigots, and
coffee makers in the galleys. Water is also supplied for flushing of the
vacuum toilets in the lavatories.
Engine and APU bleed air pressurizes the potable water system. If the
engines or APU are not running on the ground, or bleed air pressure is
below the optimal range during the flight, an optional air compressor
pressurizes the water system.
The potable water storage tank’s maximum capacity can be configured
to 35, 70, 90 or 110 liters. The AFT flight attendant panel indicates the
percentage of total water quantity remaining in the tank.
The lavatory faucet has a single cap. Water flow is started by pressing
the cap, while rotating it allows water temperature control.
Water from lavatory washbasins and galleys is automatically drained
through forward and aft drain masts on ground and in flight.
In case of water system leakage at either the galley or the lavatory, the
respective shutoff valve may be actuated to isolate the system.
If the auto-drain valve clogs, the flight attendant may manually actuate
the remote actuation cable located on the front of the galley. Pulling on
the self drain valve handle clears the galley drain valve. Access to the
lavatory valve is through the under sink cabinet door. Pulling up on the
ring handle clears the lavatory drain valve.
In-flight drainage is commanded by pressing the water dump pushbutton
in the cockpit. Water is drained through aft and forward masts and the
drainage may take up to 10 minutes. After a total drainage of water,
toilets and other systems that use water will not be available until the
next refilling. Pressing the water dump pushbutton again discontinues
the drainage. Water drainage is automatically interrupted if the landing
gear is lowered or under any faulty drain mast heater condition.
The flight attendant panel indicates a FAULT condition whenever:
– A fault in the respective (FWD or AFT) drain valve is detected;
– Water level indication is not available;
– In-flight drainage is not available due to a fault in the drain valve or in
the drain mast heater.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-65
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WASTE
The vacuum waste system collects waste from the lavatory toilets to an
aft mounted vertical waste tank.
A vacuum generator is used to create differential pressure on the ground
or at altitudes below 18000 ft. At higher altitudes, the differential between
the airplane’s cabin pressure and ambient pressure is sufficient to
transport the waste.
Pushing the flushing switch located inside the lavatory initiates
toiletflushing sequence. Water is introduced to rinse the bowl prior to
opening of the toilet-flushing valve.
The usable capacity of the waste tank is 95 liters. The Service Tank
indication illuminates on the flight attendant’s panel when waste tank
capacity reaches 75%. When the waste tank’s full capacity is reached,
the Tank Full indication illuminates and the vacuum toilets are disabled.
Waste tank draining is performed through the service panel on the aft
right-hand side of the fuselage.
14-01-65
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 4
WATER HEATER TOILET BOWL WATER TOILET BOWL
FILTER AUTO− FILTER AUTO−
DRAIN DRAIN AUTO−
MANUAL AUTO− VALVE
MANUAL VALVE MANUAL MANUAL DRAIN
SHUTOFF DRAIN
SHUTOFF SHUTOFF SHUTOFF VALVE
VALVE VALVE
VALVE VALVE VALVE CABIN FLOOR
AIR MANIFOLD
BLEED AIR
OVERFLOW
LEVER TUBE COMPRESSOR
14-01-65
MANUAL
SENSOR
AIRPLANE
OPERATIONS
Page 3
Page 4
VACUUM
GENERATOR
DESCRIPTION
AIRPLANE GENERAL
FWD LAV AFT LAV
LIQUID
LEVEL
SENSORS
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLUSH FLUSH
SWITCH SWITCH
WASTE SCHEMATIC
CHECK
WASTE WASTE VALVE
LINE TANK
RINSE RINSE
TOILET VALVE TOILET VALVE
BOWL BOWL WASTE
DRAIN
FLUSH MANUAL FLUSH MANUAL BALL
VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE OVERBOARD
VALVE VALVE VENT
AIRPLANE FLOOR
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
14-01-65
OPERATIONS
POTABLE POTABLE
WATER WATER
RINSE
SERVICE FILL
PANEL DRAIN NIPPLE
VALVE & CAP
WASTE DRAIN SERVICE
BALL VALVE PANEL
EM170AOM140279.DGN HANDLE SWITCH
REVISION 4
AOM-1502-017
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AIRPLANE GENERAL
OPERATIONS DESCRIPTION
MANUAL
CARGO COMPARTMENTS
The airplane has two class C cargo compartments. Both compartments
are equipped with fire detection and extinguishing systems providing
protection against fire damage.
FORWARD
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
EM170AOM140541A.DGN
REAR
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
AOM-1502-017
14-01-70
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-70
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
DOOR CRG AFT Associated baggage door
(FWD) OPEN open or not properly locked.
DOOR EMER LH (RH) Associated overwing
OPEN emergency door open or not
properly locked.
DOOR PAX AFT Main door is open or not
WARNING (FWD) OPEN properly locked either on the
ground with any engine
running or in flight.
DOOR SERV AFT Service door is open or not
(FWD) OPEN properly locked either on the
ground with any engine
running or in flight.
APM FAIL At least three APMs have
failed.
APM MISCOMP One or more APMs do not
match.
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) A All functions in the
(B) FAIL associated MAU channel
have failed.
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) A None of the functions in the
(B) OVHT associated MAU channel is
available.
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) Associated fan cannot be
CAUTION
FAN FAIL turned on.
CMS FAIL Both CMSs have failed. No
dispatch relief.
DOOR CENTER Associated electronic bay is
(FWD) EBAY OPEN open or not properly locked.
DOOR HYD OPEN Hydraulic system 3 access
door is open or not properly
locked.
EICAS FAULT DU has suffered failure
condition(s) that affect the
functionality.
AOM-1502-017
14-01-80
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-80
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-01-80
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-01-80
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-02
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
AMS AUTOMATION............................................... 14-02-15 .... 6
Pressurization System......................................... 14-02-20 .... 1
CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM............. 14-02-20 .... 1
SYSTEM COMPONENTS...................................... 14-02-20 .... 1
OPERATING MODES............................................ 14-02-20 .... 3
CPCS FLIGHT MODES......................................... 14-02-20 .... 6
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-02-25 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-02-25 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-02-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Air Management System (AMS) consists of:
– The Pneumatic System.
– The Environmental Control System (ECS).
The Cabin Pressure Control System (CPCS) is part of the AMS, but it
has a separate controller.
The AMS controller provides primary control for various airplane
subsystems such as bleed control, air conditioning control, hot air leak
detection, crew oxygen monitoring and wing and engine ice protection.
The AMS controller also interfaces with the smoke detectors providing
fault detection, isolation, and reporting.
During the AMS operation, if the active channel fails, the control of the
system will be automatically transferred to the other channel, with no
interruption of AMS system functions.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-02-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
2 4
C H C H
ATTND
PACK 1 PACK 2
1
XBLEED
5
WING 1 WING 2
START 1 GND START 2
CONN
7
AOM-1502-017
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - RECIRCULATION BUTTON
5 - CROSS-BLEED BUTTON
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
PRESSURIZATION
CABIN ALT MODE
STOP AUTO
DOWN UP MAN LFE
CTRL
2 3
1 DUMP 4
STOP
DOWN UP
EM170AOM140042.DGN
LFE
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS INDICATION
!Airplanes Pre-Mod MAU load 23.1
EICAS
CABIN
1
ALT 68OO FT
RATE -5OO FPM 2
EM170AOM140043.DGN
P 7.7 PSI
3
LFE 21OO FT
4
EICAS
5
CABIN HI FIELD
1
ALT 6800 FT
EM170AOM141092A.DGN
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5 - HI FIELD INDICATION
– Displays HI FIELD label whenever the Cabin Altitude Warning
set point is shifted from its original value of 9700 ft indicating the
airplane is in High Altitude operation mode.
"
AOM-1502-017
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
4 5
25 CKPT 25
PACK 1 PACK 2 6
1
45 FCV1 FCV2 45
PSI XBLD PSI
FWD
CARGO
APU BAY GND CART
7
8
EM170AOM140258A.DGN
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - PACK STATUS
– ON: a green rectangle.
– OFF: a white rectangle.
– UNDETERMINED: an amber dashed rectangle.
– FAILED: an amber dashed rectangle covered by an amber cross.
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
7 - FLOW LINE
– The flow line is shown as a colorful line.
GREEN: indicates an air flow condition.
WHITE: indicates a no air flow condition.
WHITE/AMBER DASHED: the associated line flow information
is invalid.
AMBER: overheat condition.
8 - GROUND CART
– Ground cart connection is displayed only when it is connected to
the airplane.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-02-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Bleed air is provided to the Air Management System by the engines, or
the APU. The bleed air is used for:
– Environmental Control System (ECS);
– Engine start;
– Engine anti-ice and wing anti-ice;
– Water pressurization.
The external ground connections can also be used to supply pressurized
air for engine start and for air conditioning.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
FLIGHT DECK
CHECK VALVE
CABIN
FWD
FWD CARGO
CABIN
E−BAY
MID
FAN
E−BAY
AFT
NEGATIVE
PRESSURE GASPERS
RELIEF AFT
VALVE CABIN
POSITIVE
PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVE
FILTER MIXER FILTER
COMPARTMENT RECIRC RECIRC
RECIRCULATION FAN COMPARTMENT
FAN
RECIRCULATION
PRESSURIZED
UNPRESSURIZED OFV
AIR COND
GND CART
EMERG
WING EMERG RAM AIR WING
RAM AIR RAM CHECK
ANTI−ICE AIR ANTI−ICE
VALVE VALVE
ENGINE ENGINE
ANTI−ICE ANTI−ICE
PACK 1 PACK 2
FAN AIR FAN AIR
BLEED VALVE BLEED VALVE
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL OPERATION
The Engine Bleed Valve is commanded open when the following
conditions occur simultaneously:
– Respective bleed switch is set to AUTO.
– Respective engine bleed is available.
– No fire is detected in the respective engine.
– No bleed duct leak is detected.
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The system will automatically shut down the affected bleed system by
closing the engine bleed valves when a leak, overpressure or fail
condition is identified.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU BLEED
The APU supplies bleed air on the ground or inflight. However, it is used
primarily as a ground pneumatic source for the air conditioning packs
(ECS) and engine starting. The APU Bleed Check Valve prevents engine
bleed air from flowing to the APU when the engine bleed is the pneumatic
source.
The APU Bleed Valve (ABV) controls the APU bleed airflow to the
pneumatic system.
The APU Bleed Valve is commanded open when the following conditions
occur simultaneously:
– APU switch is set to AUTO.
– APU Bleed is available.
– No APU and left bleed duct leak.
– Left engine bleed is unavailable.
– Anti-ice system not requested (or anti-ice system requested ON and
anti-ice system is failed).
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The Engine Bleed #1 will be commanded closed if the cross bleed fails
OPEN and the other bleed source is the #2 engine.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GROUND CONNECTION
A dedicated high pressure Engine Start Ground Connection is available
for engine starting and a low pressure Air Conditioned Ground
Connection is available for air conditioning.
Both pneumatic ground connection ports are located on the lower section
of the fairing area of the airplane.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LEGEND
RH WING BLEED DUCTING
ODS APU BLEED DUCT
ODS BLEED 1 (LH)
ODS BLEED 2 (LH)
ODS LEFT WING ANTI−ICE
ODS RIGHT WING ANTI−ICE
ODS TRIM
PACK 2
PACK 1
EM170AOM140297C.DGN
LH WING
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-02-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GASPER VENTILATION
The gasper air distribution system provides air to each pilot and
passenger position. Air flowing from the mixing manifold through the
gasper check valve supplies the gasper ventilation system. When the
gasper valve is opened, air from the right recirculation fan supplies the
gasper system.
During normal system operation the gasper shutoff valve remains closed.
It automatically opens whenever the gasper air supply exceeds 35°C
(95°F). This prevents hot air from blowing on the passengers during
cabin heating.
RECIRCULATION FANS
Recirculated air from the passenger cabin and cockpit is ducted to the
mixing manifold via two recirculation fans located in the pressurized
section of the airplane. The recirculation fans draw air from the
recirculation bays and impel the air back into the flight deck and cabin
distribution system.
The total flow entering the cockpit and the passenger cabin is made up
of approximately 52% of fresh air and 48% of recirculation air.
NORMAL OPERATION
Recirculation fans are automatically ON during ground and in flight.
On hot and humid days, with doors opened, the recirculation fans may
be switched OFF to avoid fog in the cockpit.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The recirculation fans are commanded OFF when:
– Both packs are commanded OFF;
– During on ground, cabin warm-up mode with the APU as bleed
source according to a function of ambient temperature and altitude;
– The cargo bay fire signal activates;
– The DUMP button is pressed;
– Smoke is detected in the recirculation bay.
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9
NEGATIVE
PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVE
ECS DISTRIBUTION
COCKPIT
FLOW
RETURN AIR RETURN AIR
FWD CARGO AFT CARGO
14-02-15
MANUAL
FWD
AIRPLANE
STATIC POSITIVE
OPERATIONS
EM170AOM140298B.DGN
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Page 5
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
AMS AUTOMATION
AMS Controller functional logic provides automatic control of engine
bleed, APU bleed, ECS packs, Anti-Ice systems, Pressurization and
recirculation bay smoke detection according to the airplane’s operation
and condition.
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-02-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
CABIN PRESSURE CONTROLLER (CPC)
The basic function of the controller is to control cabin pressure by
commanding the outflow valve to modulate airflow through the valve
from the pressurized airplane volume to the surrounding environment.
The CPC has two fully independent automatic channels, which are
alternated following each flight.
Both channels provide a manual function as backup, enabling the crew
to control cabin pressure by directly actuating the outflow valve (OFV)
position.
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPERATING MODES
The CPCS can be operated in automatic and manual mode.
AUTOMATIC MODE
The CPCS automatic operation uses different information inputs from
the airplane to control the cabin altitude, the differential pressure and the
cabin altitude rate of change.
In the automatic mode the information required for the CPCS operation
can be retrieved from the FMS or, if the FMS data is not available, it can
be manually set by the pilot.
The CPCS internal logic is divided in flight modes to better control the
cabin altitude change rate in accordance with the flight phase.
A high altitude takeoff and landing is also supported automatically by the
system.
The automatic mode incorporates logic for dumping the airplane pressure
with a minimal pilot workload.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION WITH FMS DATA AVAILABLE
The CPCS uses the gross weight, the cruise altitude set by the pilot and
the landing field elevation retrieved from the FMS data base to schedule
the target cabin altitude and the cabin pressure variation rate.
– LANDING FIELD ELEVATION:
It is retrieved from the FMS data base after the input of a destination
on the active flight plan. In this case the landing field elevation is
shown green on EICAS.
– CRUISE ALTITUDE:
It is set on PERFORMANCE INIT page 3/3 > INIT CRZ ALT. Changing
the cruise altitude in flight requires an update on FMS cruise altitude
to readjust the pressurization schedule of operation.
– GROSS WEIGHT:
The airplane gross weight is retrieved after the confirmation of the
inputs on the PERFORMANCE INIT page 3/3.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION WITH FMS DATA NOT AVAILABLE
If any FMS data is not available, the CPCS is still capable of automatic
operation:
– LANDING FIELD ELEVATION:
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
If not available from the FMS data base, LFE must be manually
selected on the pressurization panel by the pilot. In this case the
landing field elevation is shown in cyan. A default value of 8000 ft is
used if no input is made on LFE.
– CRUISE ALTITUDE:
If it is not possible to enter the cruise altitude on the FMS, the cabin
pressure schedule is calculated based on the ambient pressure.
– GROSS WEIGHT:
If the gross weight is not available from the FMS the CPCS uses a
default value to determine the CABIN ALTITUDE RATE OF
VARIATION.
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SCHEDULE
Two nominal differential pressures are provided by the CPCS:
– If the FMS cruise flight level is set below 37000 ft the nominal
differential pressure of 7.8 psi is used.
– If either the FMS cruise flight level is set higher than 37000 ft or the
airplane is actually flying above 37000 ft the nominal differential
pressure switches to 8.4 psi.
NOTE: The nominal differential pressure of 7.8 psi was specified in
order to reduce fatigue and structural stress during flight.
Selecting a cruise altitude in the FMS higher than the actual
airplane altitude may unnecessarily stress the airplane
structure with a higher differential pressure.
HIGH ALTITUDE OPERATION
The CPCS automatically identifies when the airplane is operating in
airports above 8000 ft.
If the operation is at an airport above 9400 ft , the “CABIN ALTITUDE HI”
EICAS message trigger point is automatically adjusted to a plus of 500 ft
AGL.
There is no special procedure for the high altitude operation.
DUMP FUNCTION
This function is used in the event of emergency evacuation, smoke
evacuation or for fast cabin depressurization.
MODE ACTIVATION
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MANUAL MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
The manual mode is activated rotating the pressurization mode selector
knob to the MAN position. When manual mode is selected, both channels
of the CPCS controller revert to standby state, but only one channel
performs the manual operation. The channel selection is automatic.
SYSTEM OPERATION
With the pressurization system in manual mode the pilot is responsible
to open or close the OUT FLOW VALVE to maintain the desired cabin
altitude.
NOTE: In manual mode there is no automatic cabin
depressurization on the ground (after landing).
The Dump Function is not available in Manual Mode. However, if the
associated push button is pushed in, both recirculation fan and packs
are turned to off.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GROUND MODE
MODE ACTIVATION:
– Weight on wheels status on ground and;
– Engines running below the takeoff thrust.
SYSTEM OPERATION
– OFV - is set fully open;
– CABIN PRESSURE - is set to 0.01 psid lower than ambient pressure
(causing a permanent command to position the OFV in the fully open
position);
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TAXI MODE
MODE ACTIVATION:
This mode is a sequence from the GROUND mode. Starting the engines
with the doors closed cause the CPCS to activate momentarily the
GROUND mode and switch to TAXI mode.
– Weight on wheels status on ground;
– Doors closed and;
– Engines running at 60% N2 or higher.
SYSTEM OPERATION
During the TAXI mode, the CPCS starts the first pre-pressurization step,
increasing the differential pressure.
– CABIN PRESSURE - is set to the ambient pressure plus an offset of
0.11 psid.
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - the system internal range is
±300 ft/min.
TAKEOFF MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
– Weight on wheels status on ground and;
– Engines running at takeoff thrust.
SYSTEM OPERATION
– CABIN PRESSURE - is set to 0.15 psid above the ambient pressure.
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - the system internal range is
500 ft/min and -400 ft/min.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CLIMB MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
– Weight on wheels status in flight.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The Climb mode operation varies depending on the availability of the
cruise flight level in the FMS:
• CRUISE FLIGHT LEVEL DATA AVAILABLE IN THE FMS:
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - The CPCS calculates the
most comfortable rate of climb according to the cruise altitude set
in the FMS. The rate of climb is calculated depending on the
airplane gross weight and the ambient pressure at the takeoff
field. The system internal range is limited to +750 ft/min for
increasing cabin altitude and constant at -600 ft/min for decreasing
cabin altitude.
In case a step climb is performed, the cabin altitude will
continuously increase even at the level off altitude until the
airplane reaches the target cruise altitude set in the FMS.
• CRUISE FLIGHT LEVEL DATA NOT AVAILABLE IN THE FMS:
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - The target cabin altitude is
calculated depending on the ambient pressure. The system
internal range is +750 ft/min and -500 ft/min constant rates.
In case a step climb is performed, the cabin altitude will stop
increasing during level off and it will continue increasing after
climb is resumed.
CRUISE MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
The CRUISE mode is set when the airplane reaches the cruise flight
level set in the FMS or, if no flight level is set in the FMS, when the
airplane stops climbing.
SYSTEM OPERATION
• CABIN PRESSURE
– If the FMS cruise altitude is set below 37000 ft the nominal
differential pressure is set to a maximum of 7.8 psid and at
37000 ft the cabin altitude will be 8000 ft.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– If either the FMS cruise altitude is set higher than 37000 ft or the
airplane is actually flying above 37000 ft the nominal differential
pressure is set to a maximum of 8.4 psid.
According to the CPCS logic, when transitioning to a cruise
altitude above 37000 ft, the differential pressure adjustment to a
maximum of 8.4 psid may cause the cabin altitude to decrease
below 8000 ft so that it will reach 8000 ft when the airplane is at a
cruise altitude of 41000 ft.
If no cruise flight level is available on the FMS the target cabin altitude
depends on the ambient pressure and the differential pressure from
climb mode.
• CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - the system internal range is
+500 ft/min and -300 ft/min.
DESCENT MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
The DESCENT mode is set when the airplane starts a descent after
CRUISE mode activation.
– CABIN PRESSURE - the target cabin altitude during descent mode
is the Landing Field Elevation. It can be automatically retrieved from
the FMS data base or manually set by the pilot.
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - the altitude rate of change
depends on the airplane descent rate, cabin pressure, landing field
pressure and ambient pressure. The systems internal range is
-200 ft/min and -750 ft/min.
If the cabin altitude is below the landing field altitude the increase
rate depends on the cabin pressure, landing field pressure and
ambient pressure and is calculated within the range of +300 ft/min
and +750 ft/min.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ABORT MODE
MODE ACTIVATION
The ABORT mode is set when:
• The airplane stops climbing;
• Cruise mode was not activated;
• Pressure altitude is lower than 10000 ft or,
• Airplane is lower than 5000 ft above takeoff field elevation.
SYSTEM OPERATION
– CABIN PRESSURE - the cabin altitude is scheduled back to the
takeoff altitude.
– CABIN ALTITUDE CHANGE RATE - the climb mode is used in
reverse direction. The system internal range is +500 ft/min and
-600 ft/min.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 9
CPCS FLIGHT MODES
GROUND TAXI TAKEOFF CLIMB CRUISE DESCENT
· LANDING GEAR
RETRACTED · START DESCENT
· CRUISE FLIGHT LEVEL (AFTER CRUISE)
· STOP CLIMBING
14-02-20
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
· TAKEOFF THRUST
· LANDING GEAR
· DOORS CLOSED
EXTENDED
· BOTH ENGINES
Pressurization System
· NO TAKEOFF
N2 ABOVE 60%
THRUST
Page 11
Page 12
CPCS ABORT MODE
GROUND TAXI TAKEOFF CLIMB ABORT
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
14-02-20
OPERATIONS
· LANDING GEAR EXTENDED
· TAKEOFF THRUST
· LANDING GEAR
· DOORS CLOSED
EXTENDED
· BOTH ENGINES
Pressurization System
· NO TAKEOFF
N2 ABOVE 60%
THRUST
REVISION 9
AOM-1502-017
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AIR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
CABIN ALTITUDE HI Cabin altitude is 9700 ft or
higher, or if cabin altitude
WARNING is higher than +500 ft
above LFE for LFE higher
than 9400 ft.
AMS CTRL FAIL Both AMS controller
channels have failed. AMS
controller is not in control
BLEED 1 (2) FAIL A bleed failure has been
detected. Bleed is no
longer available.
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK An overheat condition has
been detected at the
associated bleed system
or pack.
BLEED APU LEAK An overheat condition has
CAUTION
been detected in the APU
bleed or both APU
overheat detection system
loops have failed.
BLEED 1 (2) An overpressure condition
OVERPRESS has been detected at the
associated bleed system
or pack.
CABIN DIFF PRESS Cabin differential pressure
FAIL is higher than 8.5 psid or
lower than -0.3 psid.
AOM-1502-017
14-02-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-02-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-02-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-03
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
PREVIEW FEATURE............................................. 14-03-10 .... 32
Thrust Management............................................. 14-03-20 .... 1
THRUST MANAGEMENT SYSTEM...................... 14-03-20 .... 1
AUTOTHROTTLE.................................................. 14-03-20 .... 1
TLA TRIM............................................................... 14-03-20 .... 7
THRUST RATING SELECTION............................. 14-03-20 .... 8
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-03-30 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-03-30 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-03-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) is an integrated system
that processes inputs from several airplane systems and sensors. The
AFCS supplies this data to the Flight Guidance Control System (FGCS)
and Thrust Management System (TMS), thus enabling their operation
and producing visual and aural information.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-03-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GUIDANCE PANEL
The Guidance Panel (GP) provides means for selecting functions and
modes as follows:
– Lateral Guidance Control.
– AFCS Management Control.
– Vertical Guidance Control.
The GP contains two independent channels (A and B), each one
providing independent communication to the FGCS.
GLARESHIELD PANEL
VS
SPEED
CRS APP HDG YD FMS MAN ALT SEL FPA SEL CRS
EM170AOM140055.DGN
FLCH
BANK SRC
UP
PUSH DIR PUSH SYNC PUSH FT−M PUSH DIR
PUSH IAS−MACH
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
2
NAV HDG
3
EM170AOM140262.DGN
4 BANK
PUSH SYNC
1 - NAV BUTTON
According to the presentation selected for the CDI the NAV Button
engages:
– LOC: if the CDI is selected V/L (Green) and the source ILS
frequency is tuned.
– LNAV: if the CDI is selected FMS (Magenta).
Pressing NAV with LOC or LNAV engaged reverts the lateral
guidance to ROLL.
2 - HDG BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the heading select mode.
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - BANK BUTTON
– Enables and disables bank angle limit of 17° used by the
Heading Mode.
5 - APP BUTTON
– Activates and deactivates the mode for interception of an ILS.
– The FMA lateral mode annunciation displays the following:
– LOC: ILS approach mode.
– The FMA vertical mode annunciation displays the following:
– GS: ILS approach mode.
– The Autopilot Approach Status Annunciator displays the engaged
mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
3 4 5 6 7
2
VS
FLCH
EM170AOM140260.DGN
1
UP
PUSH FT−M
1 - FLCH BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the Flight Level Change mode.
2 - VNAV BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the VNAV mode (FMS vertical navigation).
3 - ALT BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the altitude holding mode (ALT).
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5 - FPA BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the Flight Path Angle mode.
7 - VS BUTTON
– Selects and deselects the Vertical Speed mode.
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
1 2 3 1
FD AP A/T FD
CRS
YD
EM170AOM140261A.DGN
SRC
PUSH DIR
6 5 4
1 - FD BUTTON
– Turns ON and OFF the Flight Director presentation on PFD.
– If the AP is engaged it is not possible to turn off the FD
presentation on the PFD being used as source for the AP.
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - AP BUTTON
– Engages or disengages the Autopilot.
3 - A/T BUTTON
– Engages or disengages the Autothrottle.
4 - YD BUTTON
– Engages or disengages the Yaw Damper/Turn Coordination
function.
5 - SRC BUTTON
– Alternates between the lefthand or righthand FMA modes as
source for the autopilot. A green arrowhead on the FMA indicates
the respective source selected.
6 - CRS BUTTON
– Manually sets the desired course on CDI as described below:
– CDI displaying FMS: sets preview course.
– CDI displaying V/L: sets CDI course.
– Pressing this knob indicates the course to the station.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
SPEED
FMS MAN
EM170AOM140259.DGN
1
PUSH IAS−MACH
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
D
N
MIC
P
U O T
P F T
F
HO T
P T RI
A
M
1
EM170AOM140056.DGN
D I P FD
SC A
T C S
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MI
P
O T
F T
F
OT
P
A
EM170AOM140263.DGN
SC AP
1
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2
EM170AOM140057.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
HOLD
EM170AOM140054B.DGN
3 TO AT
2 1
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
1 2
EM170AOM140052B.DGN
AP
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
ROLL
EM170AOM140053B.DGN
HDG
2 1
The lateral mode annunciations displayed on the FMA are the following:
– ROLL
– HDG
– NAV
– LOC
– BC
– TRACK
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
ALT
EM170AOM140302B.DGN
GS
2 1
The vertical mode annunciations displayed on the FMA are the following:
– ALT
– ASEL
– FLCH
– FPA
– GA
– GS
– OVSP
– TO
– GP
– PTH
– VS
– WSHR
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Color: WHITE.
NOTE: If the FGCS fails the respective mode annunciation is
removed.
PFD
1 2
APPR2 APPR1
EM170AOM140415B.DGN
SPD T AP LOC GS
AT
1 - ARMED STATUS
– Color:
WHITE: Approach mode is armed.
AMBER: Alert condition.
RED: Warning condition.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - ENGAGED STATUS
– Color:
GREEN: Approach mode is engaged.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-03-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOPILOT (AP)
The E-JETS have a single autopilot with a dual channel configuration.
One channel is active while the other works as a hot spare.
The system alternates the channel automatically in case of a failure of
the active channel and also after each landing.
The autopilot has one servo for pitch control, one for roll control and one
or two optionally for rudder control.
As the AP servos are connected to the controls, the AP commands may
be observed by the movement of the control column, control wheel or
rudder to keep pilots aware of any AP input.
AP ENGAGEMENT/DISENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
Autopilot engagement is inhibited on the ground.
In flight the autopilot is engaged pushing the AP button on the guidance
panel. The AP engagement is verified on the FMA on both PFD′s.
With the confirmation of the AP label on the FMA the autopilot is
controlling the airplane pitch, roll and yaw according to the flight director
selections.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DISENGAGEMENT
NORMAL DISENGAGEMENT
The autopilot is normally disengaged by pressing the quick disconnect
PB on either control wheel.
Pressing the button once:
– Disengages the autopilot;
– Triggers the aural warning “AUTOPILOT”;
– The FMA “AP” annunciation blinks in red.
Pressing the button the second time cancels the aural warning and the
FMA annunciation.
The autopilot may be momentarily overridden by pressing the TCS
button on the control wheel. Releasing the TCS, the autopilot resumes
airplane control.
NON-NORMAL DISENGAGEMENT
The autopilot also disengages if one of the following conditions occurs:
– AP button is pressed on the guidance panel;
– Either manual pitch trim switch is actuated;
– Either stick shaker is activated.
– Windshear escape guidance is activated.
ABNORMAL DISENGAGEMENT
The following events cause an autopilot disconnect and EICAS message:
– Reversion of the fly-by-wire system to direct mode.
– Either the aileron or elevator control system is disconnected.
– A pilot input contrary to the autopilot is made on the controls with a
long time light force or a short time stronger force.
– Internal monitor failure.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
YAW DAMPER
The yaw damper is automatically engaged after power-up of either
hydraulic system 1 or 3. The yaw damper is automatically disengaged
after shutdown of both hydraulic system 1 and 3. The yaw damper may
also be disengaged/engaged by pressing the YD button on the AFCS
guidance control panel.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FIRST
CAPTAIN
AP B VAPP FLARE Map Plan Systems Fuel
96.O FLEX TO-2
ATTCS
96.O
Map Plan Systems Fuel AP B VAPP FLARE
OFFICER
236 247OO 236 247OO CONTROL
AT B VOR ASEL 4OOO 39 ^ AT B VOR ASEL 4OOO
FMS1 15 SAT ^C FMS1 15 SAT ^C 26O 1
26O 1 255OO OO O O1O 255OO CONTROL
5 25 TAT ^C 5 25 TAT ^C
4 ZUN 4
R 3OO TAS KTS 3OO TAS KTS R
O.O NM 55. 6 NM PUMPS
WHEEL
1O 1O 2 O MIN N DME1 23 MIN N DME1 1O 1O 2
24O 2 3 24O 2
1 3 65.3 NM 8O.O N1 8O.O LAX 1 WHEEL
33 GUP44 65.3 NM 5.O
5.O OM LAX OM
REV REV 33
6
E 25OOO 1OOO 22O E 25OOO 1OOO
22O
3O
RF GUP RF
3O
1 ZUN 1
2OO AP 2OO AP
1O 1O 2 IGN IGN 1O 1O 2
ITT
E
A 1OO7 ^ 1OO7 ^ A
19O 19O
W
4 9O.O N2 9O.O 4
E
18O WEATHER
[ 1OO ] [ 1OO ] WEATHER
1OO 18O
1OOO FF PPH 1OOO
O.O5 L LANDING GEAR O.O5 L
555 M 29.92 IN [ -9.9 ] A PROGRESS TCAS 5.3 A PROGRESS TCAS 555 M 29.92 IN
DOWN WX/R/T S
WX/R/T S WPT DIST ETE FUEL TA ONLY 9OO FQ LB 3OO WPT DIST ETE FUEL TA ONLY HDG DTK
GSPD CHR
CHR HDG GSPD STAB/TGT NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 FLT LVL STAB TGT NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 FLT LVL
DOWN DOWN O8: 12
O7:12 33O 3OO KT LX/OFF DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 EXPANDED 12OO LX/OFF DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 EXPANDED
3OO KT 33O O79 O24
O79
REVISION 8
1O DTK OIL APU FMS1
FMS1 5O 1OO 1OO % 1O2O ^C FSBY OVRD LX LX Clear
OO5 PUM 12 PRESS PSI 64 5
CABIN KPHX
E ZUN 25 ^ TEMP 81 ^ 6 KFLG
6 GUP ALT -5 FT WX SECT TGT 55 .6 NM
FL13O 12
12 VIB RATE -5 FPM 23 MIN KLVS
FL118
3
KPHX GUP44 3 LP 3 P -64.6 PSI
3
FL11O GMAP STAB Off RCT
H 5OO NM 3 HP 4 LFE 12OO FT
23 MIN VAR Gain ACT VOR1 KPHX
VOR1 FLO9O TRIMS
STBY
SPDBRK ROLL PITCH VOR2
VOR2 S F
Off Gain 92 TURB
UP 1OO
VHF1 APP WPT NAV1 VHF1 NAV1
22
118 O25 VPTH MSG 118 O3 TCAS Weather Checklist 2 YAW TCAS Weather Checklist 118 O25 118 O3
O.2 R
119 O25 HDGINT 119 O3 S/F 119 O25 119 O3
FIRST
CAPTAIN
ASCB−D OFFICER
LOAD
LOAD
MCDU 1 GUIDANCE PANEL GP−750 MCDU 2 FEEL
FEEL
VS
HSI WX FMS FD NAV HDG AP A/T VNAV ALT FPA DN VS FD HSI WX FMS 1 / 2
RADIO 1 / 2 BARO SET MINIMUMS BARO SET MINIMUMS RADIO
IN hPa RA BARO IN hPa RA BARO
COM1 SQ COM2 COM1 SQ COM2
SPEED
PREV V/L CRS HDG AUTO MAN ALT SEL FPA SEL CRS PREV V/L
123 . 200 123 . 200 APP YD 123 . 200 123 . 200
BRG BRG
AILERONS ELEVATORS
SMART SMART
A B C D E F A B C D E F
G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ − G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ −
SERVO SERVO
M N O P Q R 4 5 6 / TCS TOGA TCS TOGA M N O P Q R 4 5 6 /
S T U V W 7 8 9 S T U V W 7 8 9
X Y Z 0 X Y Z 0
14-03-10
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
AP DISCONNECTED
OPERATIONS
SWITCHES
ROLL CONTROL FEEDBACK
ASCB−D
EM170AOM140817A.DGN
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
Page 5
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
PFD
FD ACTIVE
AP ENGAGEMENT LATERAL MODE
AT ACTIVE MODE STATUS
FD ACTIVE
FD SOURCE VERTICAL MODE
TO AT LOC GS
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LOCALIZER (LOC)
The LOC mode is selected via the APP button on the GP.
The FD automatically manages the LOC and Back-Course according to
Localizer frequency, PFD information and airplane’s position.
The FD is capable of intercepting the LOC when there is no GS signal.
Other vertical navigation modes such as FPA or VS can be used for
vertical navigation.
The FD opens the bank angle command limit to 35° during Localizer
capture.
BACK-COURSE (BC)
The FD will automatically select a BC approach on the PFD.
The FGCS provides commands for capture and tracking of BC localizer
indicated on the selected PFD.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TAKEOFF (TO)
!MAU load 4.5 and on AND previous than load 19.3 OR SB 0190-31-0007 AND
PRE-MOD SB 0190-31-0009;
The takeoff mode is a FD only mode and is represented by crossbars on
PFD. TO mode commands the airplane to maintain a pitch attitude
reference. In takeoff the autopilot engagement is not accept and FPA
mode is inhibited. Lateral mode changes are allowed.
FPA indication (green symbol on the ADI) is inhibited for 30 s after lift-off
when taking off with flight director OFF (no active mode on the FD).
Pressing the TOGA button activates the TO mode. Following a landing,
the TO mode can be enabled after 5 seconds on ground (main gear
weight on wheels).
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1O 1O
1O 1O
EM170AOM140413B.DGN
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TAKEOFF (TO)
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
The takeoff mode is represented by crossbars and is used during the
takeoff phase to maintain a pitch attitude based on flap selection,
airplane weight and V2 speed.
1O 1O
1O 1O
EM170AOM140413B.DGN
TO MODE ACTIVATION
– TOGA button is pressed on ground.
TO MODE DE-ACTIVATION
– When another vertical mode is selected.
– If the AP is engaged TO mode is cancelled and FPA becomes the
active vertical mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TAKEOFF 3/3
V1
1L 124 1R
VR
2L 125 2R
V2
3L 132 3R
VFS
4L 180 4R
T/O PITCH
5L LANDING 5R
10.5
6L DEP SPD 6R
CLIMB
EM170AOM140803A.DGN
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLCH LOGIC:
The FLCH mode can be FMS (magenta) or non-FMS (green).
During a FLCH descent, selecting an altitude above the current airplane
altitude will command the airplane to climb. The airplane will not reach
the altitude selected if AT is disengaged and sufficient thrust to climb is
not available.
During a climb, selecting an altitude below the current airplane altitude
will command the airplane to descend. The rate of descent is a result of
the amount of engine thrust being used.
TRANSITION FROM MACH / IAS
The selected speed is displayed in the box on the top of the speed tape.
When the altitude is approximately to 29000 ft the display switches from
IAS to Mach readout during climb and from Mach to IAS readout during
descent.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GO-AROUND (GA)
The go-around mode automatically provides go-around guidance and
thrust by pressing the TOGA switch. The TRACK HOLD mode is
engaged when TOGA is pressed.
GA MODE ACTIVATION:
– Pressing TOGA switch when inflight.
GA MODE DE-ACTIVATION:
– When another vertical mode is selected.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GA LOGIC:
The GA mode first guidance sets pitch at 8°.
When IAS is greater than the speed target, the guidance will be the
speed target according to the following:
– All engines operating: VREF + 20 kt.
– One engine inoperative: VAC (approach climb).
The VREF and VAC are inserted on the MCDU (PERF > LANDING 2/2).
If speed target is not valid, the airplane guides to pitch 8°.
In GA mode the pitch is limited to a minimum of 8° and a maximum of
18°. The maximum speed target is Vfe - 5 kt and minimum speed target
is Vshaker + 10 kt for all engines operating. For one engine inoperative
the minimum speed target is Vshaker + 3 kt.
WINDSHEAR (WSHR)
This mode provides FD escape guidance in case of Windshear detection
below 1500 ft AGL.
The system provides flight path guidance angle limited to stick shaker,
commands wings level and provides aural alerts.
The label “WSHR” is displayed when the Windshear Guidance mode is
activated.
The autopilot is disengaged when the Windshear Guidance mode
becomes active.
Windshear alerts are associated with vertical winds and rapidly changing
horizontal winds and are divided as follows:
WINDSHEAR CAUTION:
– Associated with increasing head wind and severe up drafts. A
detection of a caution level Windshear is indicated by amber WSHR
on the PFD and aural alert “CAUTION WINDSHEAR”.
WINDSHEAR WARNING:
– Associated with decreasing head wind (or increasing tail wind) and
severe vertical down drafts. A detection of a warning level Windshear
is indicated by a red WSHR on the PFD and aural alert
“WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR”.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VALT SUB-MODE
Maintains the altitude commanded by the FMS or the Alt Selector.
VGP SUB-MODE
The VNAV Glide Path (VGP) mode is an FMS based non-precision
approach mode created to provide a constant final approach descent
path. In this mode, the FMS flies a constant glide path approach from
the Final Approach Fix (FAF) to the Missed Approach Point (MAP)
regardless the Alt Selector altitude which may be set to the missed
approach altitude.
!Airplanes Pre-mod MAU load 21.4
Temperature compensation calculated by the FMS does not compensate
for VNAV temperature deviations to follow the desired geometric glide
path when performing VGP approaches. Thus, if the outside air
temperature is above ISA, the VGP flight path is higher than the
geometric glide path and, if the outside air temperature is below ISA, the
VGP flight path is lower.
"
VGP ACTIVATION
The VGP mode can be armed by pressing the APP button on the
Guidance Panel when within 30 nm radial distance from the FAF, and a
non-localizer based approach with a published constant glide path angle
is selected in the FMS. The VGP mode is engaged when the airplane is
within 5 NM from the FAF along track distance or at any distance within
30 NM from the destination whenever using ACTIVATE VECTORS and
the first approach waypoint is the FAF. The VGP does not engage if any
change in the vertical procedure profile is made.
NOTE: – If the glide path is below the current aircraft position and the
APP button is pressed the VGP will engage and command
a descend to intercept final approach path.
– If performing HOLD PATTERN the VGP should be armed
only after exiting the HOLD, otherwise the VGP may
intercept the final approach descent path during the HOLD
track.
VGP DE-ACTIVATION
– Selecting another vertical mode.
– Pressing the APP button on the GP after engagement.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
125 35OO
11O 1
1OO 1O 1O 2
9O 2O 2O
3OOO 4
19O M 30.16 IN
SPD T AP LNAV GP
125 AT 40 OO 1OOO
16O 4OOO 4
2O 2O
15O 2
1O 1O 1
14O
-3.O
11O 1
1OO 1O 1O 2
EM170AOM140686A.DGN
9O 2O 2O
3OOO 4
19O M 30.16 IN
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VPATH SUB-MODE
The Vpath is a Vnav sub mode used for constant geometric path
descents downwards to an waypoint constraint.
The FMS path angle can be defined by pilot entries, procedures within
the database or by default.
By default the FMS path angle is 3°.
When required it can be manually varied from 1 to 6 degrees.
VPATH LOGIC
Flying VPATH (fixed descent angle) speed changes are accomplished
through thrust variations.
An amber LIM on the FMA indicates that insufficient thrust variation is
available to maintain or to reach the required speed.
VPATH SPEED/ALTITUDE LIMIT LOGIC
In order to comply with Speed/Altitude limit protection selected on the
PERF INIT 1/3 page when the speed limit is exceeded by more than
5 kt, the system reverts to VALT or VASEL momentarily leveling the
airplane thus reducing the speed. Once the desired speed is reached
the system returns to VFLCH which is maintained until reaching the
altitude selected in the ALTSEL window.
When the autothrottle is not engaged the FMS may continue the descent
through the speed/altitude limit. In this case, manual speed control is
necessary to meet the speed/altitude limit.
Speed/Altitude Limit protection is also given during VFLCH descents.
Under these conditions, the FMS slows the airplane by thrust variation
to the speed limit when approaching the altitude associated with it.
The deletion of SPD/ALT LIM from the FMS will dash the field and FMS
will understand that no Speed/Altitude Limit applies.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
The compensated altitudes for each of the arrival flight plan constraints
are displayed in reverse video on the MCDU and VSD.
TEMP COMPENSATED MDA (DA)
The TEMP COMP page displays the compensated MDA (DA).
If the procedure installed in the database does not contain a waypoint
that corresponds to the MDA (DA) then four dashes are displayed in its
place. Values can be entered or deleted by the flight crew to find out
what is the compensated MDA (DA) for temperature inserted in the
LANDING 1/2 page.
"
SPEED CONTROL
Speed control can be manual or automatic depending on the selection
on the Speed Selector Knob. The FMS selection allows the FMS to send
its internally defined speeds as target speeds for FGCS.
MANUAL SPEED CONTROL
If the Speed Selector Knob is set to MANUAL the pilot is responsible for
controlling the speed during all flight phases.
FMS SPEED CONTROL
In this mode the speed command is sent to the AFCS by the FMS. The
departure, climb, cruise, descent, approach and go-around speeds are
set in the PERFORMANCE INITIALIZATION. If a new schedule is
desired, these settings can be modified in flight.
SPEED PROTECTION
The FMS incorporates speed reversion (transition from VPATH to
VFLCH) and latched speed protection.
Transition from VPATH to VFLCH: Speed reversion is active when the
descent is too steep and it is not possible to maintain the selected
speed. In this case, the FMS transitions to VFLCH, which maintains the
speed within limits. The transition from VPATH to VFLCH automatically
occurs if:
– The speed exceeds VMO/MMO + 10 kt during VPATH descents;
– FMS passes through a speed/altitude limit with a speed greater
than 5 kt. In this case, the command is to level off until the speed
deviation is below + 2 kt. Afterwards, the FMS commands VFLCH
down to the Alt Selector altitude;
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ILS APPROACH
The ILS approach is a non-FMS navigation. The automatic transition
from FMS navigation into an ILS approach is done through the use of
the preview mode.
The transition can also be manually done by pressing the V/L button on
the guidance panel.
ILS APPROACH ACTIVATION
– Pressing the APP button on the GP when an ILS frequency is tuned.
ILS APPROACH CAPABILITY
The FMA shows current system capability based on the intended
approach to be flown.
The intended approach capability is determined by the selection of the
(RA/BARO) on the Guidance Panel. All other operational conditions
must be met in order for the capability to be validated.
Selecting BARO indicates APPR 1 capability for an ILS CAT I approach.
Selecting RA indicates APPR 2 capability for an ILS CAT II approach.
The Altitude (BARO) or Height (RA) inserted in the BARO/RA window on
the PFD through the Minimums Knob on the guidance panel determines
the EGPWS callouts for the minimums (MDA or DA).
Selecting the RA/BARO to off (setting minimums to 0 ft) disables the
EGPWS minimums call outs.
The system will not indicate discrepancy in selected values between
PFD1 and PFD2.
CAPABILITY REQUIREMENTS
When ILS modes are requested via the APP button, the system arms for
the highest capability available as long as all conditions are satisfied,
according to the following:
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APPR 1
The APPR 1 is the flight director mode used for ILS CAT I approaches.
The requirements to engage APPR 1 are:
– RA/BARO selector set to BARO.
– NAV frequency set to the correct LOC frequency in the MCDU.
– V/L or preview selected.
These selections are necessary only on the PFD where the FD source is
pointing.
When APP button is pressed, the system attempts to arm to the highest
capability available, this case APPR 1.
APPR 2
The APPR 2 is the flight director mode used for ILS CAT II approaches.
The requirements to engage APPR 2 are:
– Both RA/BARO set to RA and Minimums set at 800 ft or above.
– Both NAV frequencies set to correct LOC frequency in the MCDU.
– Both PFD′s set to correct LOC inbound course (V/L or Preview).
– Flaps 5.
– Altimeters within prescribed limits.
All conditions described above are established at or above 800 ft RA.
These selections are necessary on both PFD′s.
The BARO/RA window on the PFD 1 and on the PFD 2 must be on the
same selection (RA-RA) for CAT II approaches. If there is a discrepancy
the BARO/RA window on the non coupled side will flash amber upon
crossing 1500 ft when APPR mode is selected.
An EICAS message APPR 2 NOT AVAILABLE is presented inflight if the
required items to engage are not met or a system failure exists.
If the flap setting is the only remaining condition to be satisfied for CAT
II, the armed status will remain displayed down to 800 ft RA, suggesting
there is still one pilot’s action pending.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APPR2
SPD T AP LOC ALT
AT GS LOCALIZER
CAPTURE.
APPR2
SPD T AP LOC GS
AT GLIDESLOPE
CAPTURE.
APPR2
SPD T AP LOC GS
AT
1500 ft
EM170AOM140417B.DGN
CAT II APPROACH
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APPR1
SPD T AP LOC GS
AT
GLIDESLOPE CAPTURE
APPR1
SPD T AP LOC GS
1500 ft AT
· BELOW 1500 ft
WITH RA/BARO SET TO BARO, AP APPROACH STATUS
ANNUNCIATOR SHOWS APPR1, ALLOWING CAT I APPROACH.
EM170AOM140418B.DGN
CAT I APPROACH
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GLIDESLOPE CAPTURE
BELOW 1500 ft
SINCE APPR2 IS NOT AVAILABLE DUE RA/BARO
IS INCORRECTLY SET TO RA, AP APPROACH STATUS
ANNUNCIATOR SHOWS APPR 1 ONLY AMBER IN BOTH FMAs
(ASSOCIATED WITH BARO MIN DIGITAL READOUT AT
PFD) AND APPR 1, IN GREEN.
1500 ft
APPR1
SPD T AP LOC GS
2O 2O
AT
1O 1O
800 ft
EM170AOM140416D.DGN
1O 1O
2O 2O RA
26O
RA
26O
APPR II NOT AVAILABLE
MACH TRIM
The mach trim (MT) function positions the horizontal stabilizer surface
as function of Mach number. The MT function is computed in the AFCS
and the command is transmitted to HS-ACE via FCM.
Increase of Mach number moves aft the wing aerodynamic center of
pressure, causing an pitch down moment. Horizontal stabilizer mach
trim up command is required to compensate the pitch down moment.
MT function automatically engages when the conditions below are
satisfied:
– Autopilot is not engaged.
– Indicated airspeed is above 0.70 M.
– Manual trim of horizontal stabilizer is not in progress.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PREVIEW FEATURE
The preview feature provides a transition from FMS navigation into ILS
approach course (V/L).
When FMS is selected as the primary navigation source the system
automatically selects the ILS frequency and Localizer course when:
14-03-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOTHROTTLE
The E-JETS AUTOTHROTTLE moves the thrust levers to maintain the
desired airspeed or thrust according to the appropriate mode.
The AT system has various modes of operation to help maintain airplane
operation within the normal operating envelope.
The AT system is designed to operate in single engine condition with the
same modes as in the dual engine condition.
AUTOTHROTTLE OPERATION
The Auto throttle system function sets the correct engine thrust with the
synchronized N1 for its various operating modes.
AUTOTHROTTLE ENGAGEMENT
The AT normally engages on ground when:
– No AT system active failures exist;
– AT button is pressed on the guidance panel;
– Both thrust levers are above 50° TLA.
The AT normally engages in flight when:
– No AT system active failures exist;
– AT button is pressed on the guidance panel;
– The airplane is at or above 400 ft AGL.
NOTE: When the auto throttle is engaged the thrust levers may have a
misalignment of up to half of thrust lever head diameter.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOTHROTTLE MODES
The AT modes are described as follows:
– Takeoff Mode (TO).
– Takeoff Hold Mode (HOLD).
– Speed on Thrust Mode (SPDT).
– FLCH mode – Speed on Elevator (SPDE).
– Low speed protection.
– Gust compensation.
– Go-Around Mode (GA).
– Retard Mode (RETD).
– Limited thrust (LIM).
– Override (OVRD).
TAKEOFF THRUST CONTROL MODE (TO)
The TO mode is armed on ground pressing the AT button on the
guidance panel.
It engages when the thrust levers are beyond 50° of TLA.
TAKEOFF THRUST HOLD CONTROL MODE (HOLD)
The HOLD mode prevents undesired thrust levers movement during the
takeoff phase of flight.
HOLD mode is activated at or above 60 KIAS during the takeoff roll.
The AT servos are de-energized and thrust lever movements are not
commanded up to 400 ft AGL.
SPEED ON THRUST MODE (SPDT)
In this mode the system controls the selected airspeed adjusting the
engine thrust by moving the thrust levers.
The flight director vertical modes related to SPDT mode are:
– Flight Path Angle (FPA).
– Vertical Speed (VS).
– Glide Slope (GS).
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– VPTH (PTH).
– VGP (GP).
– Altitude Hold (ALT).
– Altitude Select (ASEL).
The SPDT is also the Auto Throttle mode when the FD is turned OFF (no
active modes on FMA).
FLCH MODE – SPEED ON ELEVATOR (SPDE)
The AT maintains a fixed thrust setting, and the flight director adjusts the
pitch attitude to maintain the selected airspeed.
For small altitude changes the Auto Throttle commands only the
necessary thrust in order to maintain a comfortable predetermined
schedule based on vertical speed.
For large altitude changes the Auto Throttle commands:
– Idle thrust for descent.
– Maximum thrust limited by the N1 target chevron.
The vertical modes related to SPDE mode are:
– Flight Level Change (FLCH).
– Overspeed (OVSP).
– VFLCH (FLCH magenta).
NOTE: With the AT mode in the SPDE and the AP off, deviating from the
flight director commands may lead to an undesired airspeed as
the AT keeps the engine thrust at maximum or at idle and the
pitch attitude change controls the airspeed.
In this case, turn the flight director OFF to revert the AT to SPDT
to have the engine thrust controlling the airspeed.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERRIDE (OVRD)
The AT can be overridden by moving the thrust levers in any direction
without causing its disengagement. If the AT is overridden by a pilot, a
green annunciation “OVRD” is displayed on the FMA.
When the thrust levers are released the AT will once again return the
thrust levers to their commanded position.
AT SINGLE ENGINE OPERATION
The AT deactivates the respective thrust lever when an engine failure
occurs.
The operating engine’s thrust lever remains active for AT operation.
Reducing the thrust lever to simulate an engine failure will cause AT
disengagement due to a split in thrust lever position.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TLA TRIM
The TLA trim function synchronizes the engine’s N1 when the AT is
disengaged.
TLA trim can be turned ON or OFF on the MCDU TRS page.
TLA trim is defaulted to ON whenever the AT system is disengaged.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TRS AUTO
TRS MANUAL
RATING
SELECTION
EM170AOM140385B.DGN
TRS KEY
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION
The TRS system has the ability to determine the flight phase, airplane
configuration and number of engines running and automatically set the
appropriate thrust rating.
On the MCDU > TRS page AUTO is the default mode after power up.
The system automatically sets the appropriate TRS mode only if AUTO
is selected.
On the right side of the AUTO label, the system shows between brackets
which TRS mode is active according to system logic.
The current thrust rating label is displayed on the EICAS between both
engine N1 indicators.
The resultant maximum N1 is digitally displayed above the N1 indicators
and a chevron on each N1 dial provides the analog presentation.
TO THRUST RATING
TO is set on MCDU > TAKEOFF DATA SET MENU page.
On takeoff it is not possible to switch to another TRS mode up to 400 ft.
Until reaching this altitude only the RSV mode is possible to be activated
automatically by system or manually setting the thrust lever to MAX
position.
CLB
The E-JETS incorporate 2 climb modes labeled CLB 1 with highest
thrust and CLB 2 reduced thrust.
CLB 1 AND CLB 2 LOGIC
CLB 1 is the default mode after an airplane power up.
If the CLB 1 thrust is higher than the selected takeoff thrust (TO-X), the
system automatically selects CLB 2 which becomes the default until the
next power down/power up.
This logic is to prevent the system from increasing instead of reducing it
during the transition from TO to CLB after the takeoff.
On the TRS page it is possible to switch from CLB 1 to CLB 2 with the
system still in automatic mode by selecting the desired mode on line
select key 2R.
On the ground this selection is only possible if the selected takeoff thrust
(TO-X) is higher than CLB 1, otherwise only CLB 2 is available.
CLB MODE ACTIVATION
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SINGLE ENGINE
During takeoff:
The automatic transition from TO mode to CON only happens at 3000 ft
AGL when in single engine condition.
In flight:
Anytime a single engine condition is recognized the TRS automatically
sets CON mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-03-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
AP FAIL Autopilot function is
inoperative.
AP PITCH MISTRIM Pitch trim and autopilot
commanding pitch trim control
in opposite directions.
AP PITCH TRIM FAIL Autopilot stabilizer trim is no
longer operative.
AP ROLL MISTRIM Roll trim and autopilot
commanding roll trim control in
opposite directions.
AT FAIL Both AT have failed. Selected
AT function is unavailable.
AT NOT IN HOLD AT not in TO Hold following the
CAUTION transition above 60 kt during
TO roll and until the airplane
transitions 400 ft AGL and GA.
FD LATERAL MODE Disconnected lateral mode due
OFF to invalid conditions.
FD VERT MODE OFF Disconnected vertical mode
due to invalid conditions.
SHAKER Indication that Shaker
ANTICIPATED activation angles have been
advanced to conservative
settings.
STALL PROT FAIL Stall Warning function and Stall
Protection functions are
inoperative.
AOM-1502-017
14-03-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-03-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-03-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-04
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-04-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-04-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) is a gas turbine engine located in the
airplane tailcone, which provides pneumatic and electrical AC power.
The pneumatic power is used for engine starting and to supply bleed air
to the air conditioning packs of the Environmental Control System (ECS).
An electrical AC generator supplies 115 V 40 kVA to the electrical
system.
The APU is automatically monitored and controlled through a dedicated
Full Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) unit.
EXHAUST
EM170AOM140045.DGN
APU ENGINE
APS2300 APU AIR
INLET SILENCER
APU LOCATION
AOM-1502-017
14-04-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-04-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
APU CONTROL
1 OFF 2
ON EMER STOP
EM170AOM140049.DGN
START
MASTER
PUSH IN: closes the APU fuel shutoff valve, shutting down the
APU with no cooldown period. A white striped bar
illuminates on the lower half of the button.
PUSH OUT: normal position, with the fuel shutoff valve open.
NOTE: When an APU fire is detected, the upper half of the button
illuminates red.
AOM-1502-017
14-04-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS INDICATION
EICAS
1
EM170AOM140050.DGN
APU
1OO % 45O C
2
14-04-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU BLEED
The APU supplies bleed air on the ground or inflight. However, it is used
primarily as a ground pneumatic source for the air conditioning packs
(ECS) and engine starting. The Air Management System (AMS) controls
the operation of the APU and engine bleed valves. For logic details refer
to Section 14-02 (AMS).
APU OPERATION
A dedicated Full Authority Digital Electronic Control (FADEC) monitors
and controls the start/shutdown sequence, fault detection and APU
status.
The flight crew controls the normal APU start/shutdown sequence, using
the APU selector knob.
In an abnormal condition, the flight crew can shut down the APU through
a dedicated emergency stop button.
The APU is able to supply:
– Electrical AC power up to 33000 ft.
– Bleed air for engine starting up to 21000 ft.
– Bleed air for air conditioning and pressurization up to 15000 ft.
Maximum altitude for APU start is 30000 ft.
AOM-1502-017
14-04-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU START
Rotating the APU master switch to ON powers the FADEC and APU fuel
shutoff valve opens.
The APU indication on the EICAS changes from OFF to the APU control
parameters (speed and EGT).
NOTE: To avoid unsuccessful attempt start it is recommended to wait
30 s after the EICAS is energized to start the APU.
Rotating the APU selector knob from ON to START (momentary position),
initiates the APU automatic starting cycle. During the automatic starting
cycle the FADEC commands the electronic starter controller to energize
the brushless starter generator, initiating APU rotation.
Three seconds after APU speed has reached 95%, electrical and
pneumatic loading are available. If the APU does not reach proper
speed or acceleration rate within the starting cycle time, the APU will
automatically shut down.
GROUND START
The FADEC initiates ignition at approximately 6% rpm and the fuel flow
after 0.5 s. The battery #2 energizes the electronic starter controller.
After a light off occurs, the FADEC commands the starter to cutout at
approximately 50% rpm.
IN FLIGHT START
The FADEC initiates ignition at approximately 7% to 17% rpm and the
fuel flow after 0.5 s. After a light off occurs, the FADEC commands the
starter to cutout at approximately 50% rpm.
APU SHUTDOWN
NORMAL APU SHUTDOWN
Rotating the APU selector knob from ON to OFF initiates a normal APU
shutdown, which is monitored and controlled by the FADEC. During a
normal shutdown sequence, the APU pneumatic power is removed
immediately and the electrical power is removed at the end of a 2
minutes cooldown period. The EICAS message APU SHUTTING DOWN
disappears at the end of that period.
AOM-1502-017
14-04-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU PROTECTION
The FADEC provides automatic APU shutdown protection on ground
and in flight as follows. The appropriate EICAS message is displayed for
each situation.
14-04-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-04-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
APU FAIL APU automatic shutdown
has occurred. APU cannot
be restarted, except if the
automatic shutdown
occurred during the starting
cycle and according to the
restriction defined in the
AFM.
APU FAULT APU automatic shutdown
inhibited in-flight. An
anomaly has been detected.
Maintenance action is
required.
APU OIL HI TEMP APU automatic shutdown
inhibited in-flight. Oil
temperature is above
maximum limit.
CAUTION APU OIL LO PRESS APU automatic shutdown
inhibited in-flight. Oil
pressure is below minimum
limit.
APU ALTITUDE APU operational ceiling has
EXCEED been exceeded.
(Post-Mod. Load 21.2) For non-ETOPS airplanes,
the airplane is flying at or
above 33500 ft with the APU
running.
For ETOPS airplanes, the
airplane is flying with the
APU running at or above
37500 ft or above the
maximum associated
temperature for altitudes
between 33000 ft and 37000
ft. Refer to APU limitations
block 2-00-38.
AOM-1502-017
14-04-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-04-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-05
ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
Electrical Distribution and System
Configuration................................................. 14-05-40 .... 1
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION AND SYSTEM
CONFIGURATION........................................... 14-05-40 .... 1
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-05-45 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-05-45 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-05-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Electrical System generates and distributes both AC and DC power
to airplane systems.
The AC system is composed of:
• Two integrated drive generators (IDGs).
• One auxiliary power unit (APU) generator.
• One inverter.
• One ram air turbine (RAT).
• One AC external power unit.
The DC system is composed of:
• Two NiCd batteries.
• Three transformer rectifier units (TRU)s.
• One DC external power input.
Normal operation of the electrical system is automatic.
Two independent networks provide complete segregation for electrical
fault isolation purposes. In the event of a power-generating source
failure, bus ties automatically connect between the networks with no
significant operational degradation nor additional workload.
AOM-1502-017
14-05-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-05-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
ELECTRIC
AC POWER
IDG 1 IDG 2
AUTO AUTO
OFF OFF
DISC DISC
AC POWER
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
AC BUS TIES
GPU APU GEN
1 AUTO 2
AVAIL OPEN OPEN
IN USE
DC POWER
TRU 1 TRU ESS TRU 2
AUTO AUTO
OFF OFF
BATT 1 BATT 2
ON DC BUS TIES AUTO
EM170AOM140064.DGN
OFF
AOM-1502-017
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTRICAL AC POWER
OVERHEAD PANEL
ELECTRIC
AC POWER
IDG 1 IDG 2
AUTO AUTO
OFF OFF
DISC DISC
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
AC BUS TIES
GPU APU GEN
1 AUTO 2
AVAIL OPEN OPEN
IN USE
EM170AOM140235.DGN
4 3 2
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTRICAL DC POWER
OVERHEAD PANEL
DC POWER
TRU 1 TRU ESS TRU 2
AUTO AUTO 2
2
OFF OFF
BATT 1 BATT 2
ON AUTO
3
DC BUS TIES
OFF AUTO OFF
EM170AOM140234.DGN
OFF
5 4
AOM-1502-017
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140351.DGN
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
1 2 3
IN USE
28 . O V 28 . O V
EM170AOM140061A.DGN
7 6
AOM-1502-017
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - APU
– The APU icon and its outputs (voltage/frequency/amperage) are
not displayed until the APU is available (3 seconds after 95%
rpm). If any output is invalid or out of range, the digits are
replaced by three amber dashes.
– APU icon:
GREEN: APU available and the APU GEN button pushed in.
WHITE: APU available and the APU GEN button pushed out.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information.
NOTE: Whenever the EICAS CAUTION message APU FAIL is
displayed, the APU icon will be white beneath an amber
cross.
– APU parameters (voltage/frequency/amperage):
GREEN: for valid information.
AMBER DASHED: for invalid information or a value out of the
valid range.
4 - ELECTRICAL BUSES
– The electrical bus icons are always displayed.
– BUS icons:
GREEN: energized bus.
WHITE: de-energized bus.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6 - BATTERIES
– Battery icons and their outputs (voltage/temperature) are always
displayed.
– BATTERY icons:
GREEN: voltages are greater than 18 V.
WHITE: voltages are less than 18 V.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or a value out of the valid
range.
– BATTERY parameters (voltage/temperature):
GREEN: for valid information.
AMBER DASHED: for invalid information.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
ELEC
BATT1
28.O V EM170AOM140494A.DGN
1
BATT2
28.O V
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-05-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC GPU
IDG IDG
1 2
GROUND POWER
UNIT
30/40 kVA
115/200 VAC
400 Hz
3−phase
AC POWER
APU RAT
GEN
EM170AOM140060.DGN
15 kVA
30/40 kVA 115/200 VAC
115/200 VAC 400 Hz
400 Hz AC/DC 3−phase
3−phase INVERTER
250 VA
AOM-1502-017
14-05-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU GENERATOR
Before engine starting, when the APU becomes available, the APU
generator automatically connects to the AC BUS TIES, disconnecting
the AC GPU.
During the APU starting cycle, BATT 2 is isolated from the network,
powering the APU START BUS exclusively. In flight, the APU can be
started up within operational limits, and replaces any IDG sources with
no operational degradation.
14-05-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Ground staff can connect the GPU directly to the AC/DC GND SVC
BUSES for ground maintenance and flight preparation, by pushing the
respective button located on the front ramp panel or on the flight
attendant panel at the forward right galley.
INVERTER
The static inverter (AC/DC inverter) converts 28 V DC power from
batteries to 115 V AC power to supply the STANDBY AC BUS when an
AC power source is not available.
14-05-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140063.DGN
14-05-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TRU TRU
1 2 BATT 1
TRU
ESS
BATT 2
TRANSFORMER
RECTIFIER UNIT DC POWER BATTERIES
22.8 VDC
27 Ah
EM170AOM140059A.DGN
DC GPU
GROUND POWER
UNIT
AOM-1502-017
14-05-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BATTERIES
Two NiCd 22.8 VDC, 27 A batteries power up the airplane and are also
used as a backup for the DC essential electrical system.
The batteries are constantly charged by any AC source through the
TRUs, including the AC GPU and the RAT.
In an ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY, batteries are capable to supply
airplane essential systems for at least 10 min, even if the RAT is failed.
Whenever the battery temperature reaches 70°C for at least 2 s, the
associated indication becomes red and the EICAS WARNING message
BATT 1 (2) OVERTEMP is triggered.
The minimum battery #2 temperature for APU starting is -20°C.
On ground, if the airplane is powered only by the batteries for more than
5 min, a horn will sound to alert the ground personnel.
14-05-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SPDA1 SPDA2
• DC BUS 1 • DC BUS 2
• DC ESS BUS 1 • DC ESS BUS 1
• DC ESS BUS 2 • DC ESS BUS 2
• DC GND SVC • DC GND SVC
SPDA 1 is located at the forward electronics bay and SPDA 2 is located
at the center electronics bay.
Each SPDA incorporates ELECTRONIC CBs (solid state power
controllers - SSPC), which protect load distribution to the following
systems.
• AMS • Oxygen
• Electrical • Engine ignition and starting
• Fuel • Water
• Hydraulic • APU
• Anti-ice • Fire protection
• Lighting
AOM-1502-017
14-05-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LEFT
COCKPIT
CONSOLE
RIGHT
COCKPIT
CONSOLE
EM170AOM140289.DGN
14-05-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
FUEL ENG HYDR SOV FLAP P-ACE 3 UPR RUD LH OUTBD 4 1 PITCH SLAT RH INBD LH INBD 2 3
FBW BCK P-ACE 3 ELEV SEC ELEV PRI
LWR RUD SOV 1 SYS 1 ACE 1 RH OUTBD SEC ELEV PRI PRI SEC TRIM 1 ACE 1 SEC PRI
BATT P-ACE 2 FCM
SEC
A ELEV PRI P-ACE 1 FCM A
A HOT BATT A FLIGHT CONTROLS A FLIGHT CONTROLS
DC ESS BUS 3 BUS 1 DC ESS BUS 1 DC BUS 1
5 5 2O 2O 5 15 5 5 5 2O 5 5 5 15 15
PRESN FIREX ENG ENG PWR PWR CUST I/O EICAS CLOCK PWR
CTRL I/O CUST I/O MCDU DCU CCD PFD MFD
CPCS CARGO 2A 1A 2 1 1A
B DISPLAY/ B 1 1B 3 1 2 2 1 2
B CTRL 1B PBA LT B MAU 1 B MAU 1 DISPLAY/CONTROL
FIREX CONTROL
5 5 5 5 5 1O 5 5 5 5 5
MASTER AURAL ELEC PRESS ELEC COMM
WRN PUMP EDP MRC VHF AUDIO
1 IND PTU PUMP AUDIO
C CAUT 1 SYS 3A SYS 2 1 1 1 C SYS 2 SYS 2 3
C C ALERTS HYDR COMM C HYDR
14-05-30
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
5 1O 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
OPERATIONS
CABIN AMPL ENGINE LG CHAN CHAN VOR/ILS ADF DME IRS 1 ADS 1 ADS FC
Circuit Breakers
1 COMPASS YAW ROLL PITCH MLS PROBE IRS 2
INPH OIL TOWING LT A2 A1 1 1 PWR 1 PROBE
D D 1 1 1 1 1A-2A 1B-2B PWR 2
D PAX ADDRESS LEVEL 1 PWR 2 D AFCS NAV D AP SERVOS NAV
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
CPCS CPCS WIPER ENG 1 A-I STATIC BLEED 1 FAN AIR
SATCOM ICE DET FWD 1 FWD 2 LAV BRK 2 PRESS IND PORT INLET
CTRL 2B CTRL 2A AUX RLY
AMPL 1
F CARGO FWD OUTBD F ICE/RAIN PRESN DOOR 1
F F F PROT BLEED
SMK DET PRESN
5 5 1O 5 5 1O 5
FUEL ELEC MISC AIRCOND FUEL
WSHLD
QTY RAT OXY MASK LOW IND ACTR PRINTER REFUELING
WIPER G 1 BIT DEPLOY 2 G LIMIT 1 AIRSTAR 1
2
G MISC
AC BUS 1 G G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1O 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2O
EM170AOM140233.DGN
ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
Page 3
Page 4
ELECTRICAL
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
1 4 LH OUTBD UPR RUD VENTRAL PEDAL 3 2 LH INBD RH INBD P-ACE 3 SLAT PITCH FUEL ENG LH OUTBD UPR RUD RH INBD
PRI SEC ELEV SEC PRI AIR BRAKE ADJUST SEC PRI ELEV SEC ELEV PRI LWR RUD ACE 2 TRIM 2 SOV 2 ELEV SEC PRI ELEV PRI
FCM P-ACE 1 A FCM P-ACE 2 PRI HOT BATT
FLIGHT CONTROLS FLIGHT CONTROLS BACKUP HOT BATT BUS FCS
A A
A DC BUS 2
A DC ESS BUS 2 BUS 2
15 5 2O 2O 2O 5 15 5 5 5 5 2O 2O 5 5
MFD CCD MCDU INTREGATED CUST I/O PWR MAU 2 FLAP P-ACE3
DISPLAY CTL I/O PWR PWR PWR CUST I/O PWR ENG RH OUTBD
1 1 2 STBY 2A 1 ENG ACE 2
PFD 2 2 1 2 PRI 2 2B B 2 SEC 1B 2B ELEV SEC
MAU 2 MAU 3 DISPLAY/CONTROL MAU 3
B B
B B FLIGHT CONTROLS
FIREX
DC ESS BUS 3
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
AURAL MASTER HYDR
HF HF SYS 1 SYS 3B PRESS IND COMM WRN LG EXT HYDR LIGHTS
2 CAUT 2
EDP
COUPLER RX/EX ELEC PUMP SYS 1 C AUDIO 2 SYS 1 OVRD PRESS IND ANNUN
ALERTS
C C
C COMM HYDR C SYS 3 TEST
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
14-05-30
OPERATIONS
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 25
PROBE PROBE CHAN CHAN ENGINE ADS 2 PROBE 3
Circuit Breakers
IRS 2 ADS 2 MLS AFCS PANEL PITCH ROLL YAW IRS 1 3B 4B B1 CMC PROBE HEATER
B2 OIL
PWR 1 PROBE 4A 2 PWR 2 2 2 2 D PWR 2 ADS 3/STBY 3A PWR
NAV AFCS LEVEL 2 NAV
D D
D NAV AP SERVOS D
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
FAN AIR ENG 2 A-1 PRESN
INLET BLEED 2 AUTOBRAKE SMK DET WIPER BRK FWD 3 AFT 2 WSHLD
PRESS IND CPCS
DOOR 2 AUX RLY RECIRC FAN 1 F NAV TX CARGO WIPER
ICE/RAIN CTRL 1A INBD
F F
F BLEED PROT
F ELT SMK DET 1
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
AIRSTAIR AIRCOND
REFUELING GALLEY 1 GALLEY 2 ACTR LOW FUEL FUEL ICE DET PC
2 DEFUELING CTRL CTRL DMU PRA/MUSIC BKUP LIMIT 2 G QTY 2 FIREX SOV
G 2 OUTLET
G FUEL MISC APU
G G AC BUS 2
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3O 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4O
EM170AOM140290.DGN
REVISION 8
AOM-1502-017
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
REMOTE CBS
The flight crew can visually monitor remote circuit breakers located
inside the electronics bays through the MCDU CB page by pressing the
CB function key on the MCDU. Regardless of the page currently
displayed on the MCDU, the page OUT/LOCK displays.
CB MENU status page is achieved when the line select key 6L is
pressed. The following options are presented:
• OUT/LOCK (1L): displays all OUT or LOCKED CBs.
• CB BY SYS (2L): displays the status of CBs associated with the
selected system.
• CB BY BUS (3L): displays the status of CBs associated with the
selected BUS.
• FUSE (4L): displays fuse status.
• MAINT (5L): maintenance page.
The CB MENU page displays “NEW TRIP” on line select key 6R when a
CB/SSPC trip occurs. Pressing the key (6R) displays the tripped
CB/SSPC on the OUT/LOCK page. Pressing the line select key on left
side of respective tripped remote CB/SSPC, sets the CB/SSPC condition
to acknowledged and extinguishes the EICAS message REMOTE CB
TRIP.
NOTE: CB menu status page is for CB status monitoring only. Report
maintenance when a CB trip occurs.
AOM-1502-017
14-05-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OUT/LOCK
NO CBS OUT/LOCKED
CB MENU
CB MENU 1 / 1
OUT/LOCK
CB BY SYS
CB BY BUS
FUSE
EM170AOM140514A.DGN
MAINT
14-05-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC BUS 1
MAU 1 FCM 2 PWR B
MAU 1 PWR SUPPLY 3
MICRO IRU 2 (PWR 2)
* MLS RECEIVER 1
OXYGEN DEPLOY 1
P-ACE #2-1 LEFT INBOARD ELEVATOR (P)
P-ACE #2-2 RIGHT INBOARD ELEVATOR (S)
PASSENGER SIGNS
PILOT MCDU
PILOT PFD
PITOT / STATIC / AOA1 HEATER PWR
PITOT / STATIC / AOA1 SENSOR
PITOT / STATIC / AOA2 HEATER PWR
PITOT / STATIC / AOA2 SENSOR
* PRINTER
RADIO ALTIMETER 1
READING LIGHTS AFT LEFT
READING LIGHTS FWD LEFT
REFUEL 1
RH FLIGHT ATTND SEAT READING LT
* SATCOM
SF-ACE 1 SLAT CH 1 DC FEED
SPDA1 PWR SUPPLY FEED 1
TAT 1 HEATER PWR
* VHF COMM MOD 3
WATER AND WASTE SYSTEM CONTROLLER PWR 2
WEATHER RADAR CONTROL 1
WEATHER RADAR RECEIVER / TRANSMITTER (WEATHER RADAR /
ANTENNA)
WINDSHIELD HEATER 2 CONTROL
WINDSHIELD WIPER 2 CONTROL
WING INSPECTION LIGHTS
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC BUS 2
ACMP 1B COMMAND
ACMP 3B COMMAND
* ADF MODULE 2
* AIRSTAIR LIGHTS
* AUTO-BRAKE MODULE
CARGO SOV
COCKPIT FLOOD / STORM LIGHTS
COCKPIT OVERHEAD PANEL LIGHTING
COCKPIT READING LIGHTS
COPILOT PFD
DEFUEL
DME MODULE 2
* DMU
* EFB 2 (Canadian Marconi Company - CMC)
ENGINE 2 THRUST quadrant
ENGINE 2 THRUST REV LEVER SW
ENGINE 2 NACELLE ANTI-ICE VALVE COMMAND
FDR / CVR 1 (DVDR 1)
GALLEY G1 CONTROL
GALLEY G2 CONTROL
GUIDANCE PANEL 2 (GP2)
HF RECEIVER / EMITTER (Single HF)
HF RECEIVER / EMITTER 2 (Dual HF)
* INFLIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
LOGOTYPE LIGHTS
MAU 2 PWR 2 PRIMARY
MAU 2 PWR SUPPLY 1
MAU 3FCM 3 PWR B
MAU 3 FCM 4 PWR B
MAU 3 PWR SUPPLY 2
MICRO IRU 2 (PWR 1)
* MLS RECEIVER 2
MODE S DIVERSITY TRANSPONDER MOD 2
NAVIGATION MODULE 2
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC BUS 2
NOSEWHEEL STEERING
OXYGEN DEPLOY 2
P-ACE #1-1 LEFT OUT ELEVATOR (S)
P-ACE #1-2 UPPER RUDDER (P)
PEDALS ADJUSTMENTS
PITOT / STATIC / AOA4 HEATER PWR
PITOT / STATIC / AOA4 SENSOR
* PRE-RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
* RADIO ALTIMETER 2
READING LIGHTS AFT RIGHT
READING LIGHTS FWD RIGHT
READING LIGHTS MID LEFT
READING LIGHTS MID RIGHT
REFUEL 2
RIGHT IDLE LOCK SOLENOID
ROLL TRIM
SMOKE DET RECIRC FAN
SPDA2 PWR SUPPLY FEED 1
TAT 2 HEATER PWR
TCAS 2000
VHF COMM MOD 2
WINDSHIELD HEATER 1 CONTROL
WINDSHIELD WIPER 1 CONTROL
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC ESS BUS 1
ACMP 3A COMMAND
ADF MODULE 1
AFT CARGO BAY BOTTLE 1 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 2
FWD CARGO BAY BOTTLE 1 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 2
AFT CARGO BAY BOTTLE 2 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 2
FWD CARGO BAY BOTTLE 2 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 2
AFT FLIGHT ATTND PANEL INDICATION LEDS
APU FADEC
AFCS CH 1A (AIOP 1A)
AFCS CH 2A (AIOP 2A)
BRAKE CONTROL MODULE 1
BRAKE CONTROL SOV OUTBOARD MOD1
BRAKE SOV SWITCHED OUTBOARD
CABIN PRESSURIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2A
CABIN PRESSURIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2B
CLOCK
COMPASS
DC APU / ENGINE PUMP COMMAND
DIGITAL AUDIO CONTROL PANEL 1
DME MODULE 1
* DOOR SILL HEATER COMMAND
EICAS
ENGINE 1 EXCITER 1A COMMAND
ENGINE 1 START VALVE
ENGINE 1 OIL PRESSURE
FADEC 1 CH A FEED 1 & FEED 2
FADEC 2 CH A FEED 1 & FEED 2
FDR ACCELEROMETER
FUEL QUANTITY 1
FWD GALLEY HEATER COMMAND
FWD LAV SMOKE DETECTOR
GALLEY 2 FEED 1 COMMAND
GALLEY 3 FEED 4 COMMAND
GUIDANCE PANEL 1 (GP1)
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC ESS BUS 1
IDG1 DISCONNECT SOLENOID
INTEGRATED STANDBY
INVERTER DC FEED
LANDING GEAR SYS 1 PWR 1
LANDING GEAR SYS 2 PWR 1
MAU 1 FCM 1 PWR A
MAU 1 FCM 2 PWR A
MAU 1 PWR SUPPLY 1
MAU 1 PWR SUPPLY 2
MICRO IRU 1 (PWR 1)
MODE S DIVERSITY TRANSPONDER MOD 1
NAVIGATION MODULE 1
P-ACE #1-1 LEFT OUT ELEVATOR (P)
P-ACE #1-2 UPPER RUDDER (S)
P-ACE #3-1 RIGHT OUT ELEVATOR (P)
PAX OXY DEPLOY 1 (MANUAL)
PILOT MASTER WRN / CAUTION 1
PITCH TRIM 1 CONTROL
PITOT / STATIC / AOA4 COMMAND
RAT BIT
RAT DEPLOY SOLENOID
RIGHT SMOKE DET F1-CARGO BAY
RIGHT SMOKE DET F2-CARGO BAY
SF-ACE 1 FLAP CH 1 DC FEED
SPDA 1 PWR SUPPLY FEED 3
SPDA 2 PWR SUPPLY FEED 3
VHF COMM MOD 1
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC ESS BUS 2
AC FUEL PUMP 1 COMMAND
AC FUEL PUMP 2 COMMAND
ADS 3 / STBY PROBE 4B
AFT FLIGHT ATTND PANEL GALLEY MASTER SW OUT
AFT GALLEY HEATER COMMAND
AFT LAV SMOKE DET
APU FIRE DETECTION
APU FIRE EXTINGUISH
APU FUEL SOV
AFCS CH 1B (AIOP 1B)
AFCS CH 2B (AIOP 2B)
BRAKE CONTROL SOV INBOARD MOD 2
BRAKE CONTROL MODULE 2
BRAKE SOV SWITCHED INBOARD
CABIN PRESSURIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLLER 1A
COPILOT MASTER WRN / CAUTION 2
COPILOT MCDU
CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE 1
DC APU / ENGINE PUMP
DIGITAL AUDIO CONTROL PANEL 2
* EFB 1 or EFB 2 (Goodrich)
* ELT (TRANSMITTER)
* ELT NAV UNIT
ENGINE 2 EXCITER 2A COMMAND
ENGINE 2 START VALVE
ENGINE 2 OIL PRESSURE
FADEC 1 CH B FEED1 & FEED2
FADEC 2 CH B FEED1 & FEED2
FDR / CVR 2 (DVDR 2)
FUEL QUANTITY 2
GUIDANCE PANEL 1 (DISPLAY CONTROLLER 1)
HS-ACE CH 2
HS-ACE CH 2 PWR
INTEGRATED STANDBY
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC ESS BUS 2
LEFT SMOKE DET A2-CARGO BAY
LEFT SMOKE DET F3-CARGO BAY
LANDING GEAR SYS 1 PWR 2
LANDING GEAR SYS 2 PWR 1
MAU 2 PWR SUPPLY 2
MAU 3 FCM 3 PWR A
MAU 3 FCM 4 PWR A
MAU 3 PWR SUPPLY 1
MICRO IRU 1 (PWR 2)
P-ACE #2-1 LEFT INBOARD ELEVATOR (S)
P-ACE #2-2 RIGHT INBOARD ELEVATOR (P)
P-ACE #3-2 LOWER RUDDER ACT (P)
PILOT CURSOR CONTROL DEVICE
PILOT MFD
PITOT / STATIC / AOA1 AND AOA2 COMMANDS
PITOT / STATIC / AOA3 HEATER PWR
PITOT / STATIC / AOA3 SENSOR
RAM AIR DOOR 1
RIGHT SMOKE DET A3-CARGO BAY
RIGHT SMOKE DET F4-CARGO BAY
SF-ACE 2 SLAT CH 2 DC FEED
SMOKE DET TEST
SPDA1 PWR SUPPLY FEED 2
SPDA2 PWR SUPPLY FEED 2
VALVE APU FEED MOTOR OPERATED SHUTOFF FUEL
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC ESS BUS 3
ADS 2 PROBE 3A
CABIN INTERPHONE (PA HANDSET)
CABIN PRESSURIZATION CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLLER 1B
COCKPIT DOME LIGHTS
COCKPIT PUSH BUTTON LIGHTS
CROSS FEED VALVE
FIREX SWITCHES
AFT CARGO BAY BOTTLE 1 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 1
FWD CARGO BAY BOTTLE 1 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 1
AFT CARGO BAY BOTTLE 2 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 1
FWD CARGO BAY BOTTLE 2 ELECTRO-EXPLOSIVE DEVICE FEED 1
HF RECEIVER / EMITTER 1 (Dual HF)
IDG 2 DISCONNECT SOLENOID
LANDING GEAR LEVER LOCK
LANDING GEAR OVERRIDE SWITCH
MID EMERG FAN COMMAND
P-ACE #3-1 RIGHT OUT ELEVATOR (S)
P-ACE #3-2 LOWER RUDDER ACT (S)
PAX OXY DEPLOY 2 (OVRD COMMAND)
PITCH TRIM 2 CONTROL
PROBE 3 HEATER PWR 2
RAM AIR DOOR 2
RIGHT SMOKE DET A1-CARGO BAY
RUDDER TRIM
SEAT 1 ADJUSTMENT
SEAT 2 ADJUSTMENT
SF-ACE 2 FLAP CH 2 DC FEED
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC GND SVC
AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
AFT CARGO LOADING LIGHTS
AFT ENTRANCE LIGHTS
AFT FLASH LIGHTS CHARGER / AFT LAV LIGHTS
AFT LAV LIGHTS
COURTESY LIGHTS
FWD CARGO LIGHTS
FWD LAV LIGHTS
FWD / MAIN ENTRANCE LIGHTS
GALLEY AREA LIGHTS
SERVICE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS AFT / FWD
SPDA 1 PWR SUPPLY FEED 4
SPDA 2 PWR SUPPLY FEED 4
WATER AND WASTE SYSTEM CONTROLLER PWR1
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU BUS
APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC BUS 1
AC FUEL PUMP 1
ACMP 2B
ENGINE 1 EXCITER 1B
* FAN CARGO BAY
GALLEY 2 FEED 1 (COFFEE MAKER)
GALLEY 3 FEED 4 (STEAM OVEN)
GREEN / WHITE STBY POSITION LT’S RIGHT
ICE DET 1
LEFT LANDING LIGHT
LEFT RECIRC FAN
LEFT TAXI LIGHT
PITCH TRIM 1 AC POWER
RED BEACON LIGHT UPPER / LOWER
RED / WHITE STBY POSITION LT’S LEFT
SF-ACE 1 SLAT CH 1 AC FEED
WINDSHIELD HEATER 2 PWR
WINDSHIELD WIPER 2 PWR
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC BUS 2
ACMP 1B
ACMP 3B
* AFT DOOR SILL HEATER
AFT GALLEY HEATER
* COCKPIT LAPTOP AC OUTLETS
ENGINE 2 EXCITER 2B
FAN 2 FWD BAY
FAN 2 MID BAY
* FWD DOOR SILL HEATER
GALLEY 2 FEED 3 (STEAM OVEN 1)
GALLEY 3 FEED 1 (COFFEE MAKER)
GALLEY 3 FEED 2 HOT JUG
GALLEY 3 FEED 5 (CHILLER)
GREEN / WHITE MAIN POSITION LT’S RIGHT
ICE DET 2
RED / WHITE MAIN POSITION LT’S LEFT
RIGHT LANDING LIGHT
RIGHT TAXI LIGHT
SF-ACE 2 FLAP CH 2 AC FEED
STROBE LIGHTS WHITE LH / RH
WINDSHIELD HEATER 1 PWR
WINDSHIELD WIPER 1 PWR
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC ESS BUS
AC FUEL PUMP 2A
ACMP 3A
PITCH TRIM 2 AC PWR
SF-ACE 1 FLAP CH 1 AC FEED
SF-ACE 2 SLAT CH 2 AC FEED
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC GND SVC
AC OUTLET PWR1
AC OUTLET PWR2
CEILING LIGHTS
DRAIN MAST AFT
DRAIN MAST FWD
FAN 1 FWD BAY
FAN 1 MID BAY
FILL/DRAIN NIPPLE HEATER
GALLEY 1 HOT JUG
GALLEY 3 HOT JUG
WASTE SVC PANEL RINSE NIPPLE / VALVE HEATER
NOSE LANDING LIGHT
NOSE TAXI LIGHT
RAT HEATER
SIDEWALL LIGHTS
VACUUM MOTOR GEN
WATER COMPRESSOR
WATER HEATER AFT LAV
WATER HEATER FWD LAV
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STBY AC BUS
ENGINE 1 EXCITER 1A
ENGINE 2 EXCITER 2A
AOM-1502-017
14-05-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
• Opposite IDG.
If required the DC GPU can be used for the APU start.
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC BUSES
If one of the AC power sources fails, both AC electrical networks are
automatically connected by bus tie contactors (BTCs).
One AC power source is sufficient to supply the whole system without
significant degradation or additional workload.
LOAD SHED
For overload protection whenever the electrical load increases beyond
the system limit the SPDA commands the load shedding protection.
The components turned off by the load shedding are:
• Galleys and;
• Right windshield heating.
When possible the electrical system restores the electrical power to
deprived components.
TRU FAILURE
In case of a TRU failure the respective DC BUS is automatically powered
connected to the DC electrical network through both essential tie
contactors (ETCs) and a DC tie contactor (DCTC) according to the
system logic.
TOTAL AC POWER SOURCE FAILURE
In the event of a total loss of AC power the RAT is automatically
deployed and it powers all ESS BUSES.
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS
The following are some important examples of electrical load distribution
achieved by the system logic.
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140065A.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140066A.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC GPU
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140067C.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APU POWER
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140068C.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140069A.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140070B.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140071B.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140072C.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RAT POWER
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140073C.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TRU FAILED
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140074B.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AC BUS OFF
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140075B.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DC BUS OFF
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
EM170AOM140076B.DGN
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDG IDG
1 AC GPU APU 2
GEN
LICC RICC
BTC1 BTC2
AC BUS 1 AC BUS 2
RAT
GEN
EICC
AC GND
SVC
TRU1 TRU2
AC ESS BUS
DC GND
SVC
AC STBY TRU
BUS ESS
DCTC
DC BUS 1 DC BUS2
ETC1 ETC2
DC ESS BUS1 DC ESS BUS3 DC ESS BUS2
AICC
+ −
DC + −
INVERTER 250VA BATT 1
BATT 2
AC TO APU START
AOM-1502-017
14-05-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
BATT 1 (2) OVERTEMP Associated battery
temperature is above 70°C.
BATT 1-2 OFF Battery #1 and #2 are
isolated from the electrical
network.
BATT DISCHARGING Batteries are discharging in
WARNING an electrical emergency with
no RAT assistance, or on
ground when the battery is
the only power source
supplying the airplane.
ELEC EMERGENCY In flight, AC main buses are
de-energized.
AC BUS 1 (2) OFF Associated AC BUS is
de-energized.
AC ESS BUS OFF AC ESS BUS is
de-energized.
AC STBY BUS OFF AC STBY BUS is
de-energized.
APU GEN OFF BUS APU generator failure or
APU GEN button is pushed
out.
CAUTION BATT 1 (2) Associated battery is
DISCHARGING discharging due to electrical
system automation failure, or
when battery is the only
source supplying the system.
BATT 1 (2) OFF Associated battery is isolated
from the electrical network.
BATT 1 (2) TEMP SENS A discrepancy between
FAULT battery sensors has been
detected.
AOM-1502-017
14-05-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-05-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-06
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
GROUND START................................................... 14-06-20 .... 2
IN FLIGHT START................................................. 14-06-20 .... 2
AUTO RELIGHT..................................................... 14-06-20 .... 3
Thrust Reverser.................................................... 14-06-25 .... 1
THRUST REVERSER SYSTEM............................ 14-06-25 .... 1
THRUST REVERSER OPERATION...................... 14-06-25 .... 1
Engine Control System....................................... 14-06-30 .... 1
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM............................... 14-06-30 .... 1
FULL AUTHORITY DIGITAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL (FADEC)........................................ 14-06-30 .... 1
AUTOMATIC TAKEOFF THRUST CONTROL
SYSTEM (ATTCS)........................................... 14-06-30 .... 2
FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF............................................. 14-06-30 .... 5
ENGINE THRUST RATINGS................................. 14-06-30 .... 5
ENGINE PROTECTION......................................... 14-06-30 .... 9
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-06-35 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-06-35 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-06-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Two wing-mounted General Electric CF34-10E engines produce power
to the airplane.
The General Electric CF34-10E is a high-bypass and dual rotor turbofan,
fully integrated with a nacelle and thrust reverse.
The N1 and N2 rotors are mechanically and independently operated.
The engine is controlled via a dual channel FADEC system providing
flexible engine operation and reduced workload.
Engine indications and alerts are displayed on the Engine Indication and
Crew Alerting System (EICAS).
HPT
MODULE
COLD SECTION MODULE LPT
MODULE
FAN ROTOR
(N1 ROTOR SPEED)
EM170AOM140527B.DGN
COMPRESSOR
AGB (N2 ROTOR SPEED)
COMBUSTION LINER
AND STAGE 1 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
CF34-10E ENGINE
AOM-1502-017
14-06-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVRD
ENG 2
CF34−10E ATS EXCITER A
CMD
FADEC 1
CH A IGNITION
AUTO
FADEC 1 OFF OVRD
MAU 1
BLEED CH B
ARINC 429
SYSTEM
EICC
FADEC 2 IGNITION
CH A MAU 3
AUTO
OFF OVRD
FADEC 2
CH B
MAU 2
28 VDC
SCV
START/STOP
RUN
ENG 1 FADEC IGNITION STOP START
ATS CHANNEL B
CF34−10E
EM170AOM140528A.DGN
EXCITER B
EXCITER A
ENGINE SCHEMATIC
AOM-1502-017
14-06-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL PEDESTAL
EM170AOM140084.DGN
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FIRE HANDLE
The Fire Handle, located on the Fire Protection Control Panel, enables
emergency engine shutdown. For further information on fire protection
system controls, refer to Section 14-07 − Fire Protection.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
POWERPLANT
START/STOP
RUN RUN
STOP START STOP START
1 2
IGNITION
AUTO AUTO
OFF OVRD OFF OVRD 2
EM170AOM140085.DGN
1 2
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS INDICATION
EICAS
4 5 6 7
2 4
FAIL
0O.O N1 9
9OO ITT
9O.O N2
ITT
OVERTEMPERATURE
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - N1 INDICATION
– Digital Indication.
– Displays the percentage of N1 rpm.
GREEN: normal operating range.
RED: operating limit exceeded.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or value out of
displayable range.
– Quantity Scale/Pointer.
– The pointer on the scale indicates a value equal to that
shown on the digital readout.
– Scale:
GREEN: normal operating range.
RED: operating limit exceeded.
– The amber boxed FAIL indication is displayed on the center of
the N1 dial when an engine has flamed out or shut down without
pilot action. The cyan OFF indication is displayed when the
engine is shut down in- flight by pilot action.
4 - N1 TARGET INDICATION
AOM-1502-017
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6 - ATTCS INDICATION
– An ATTCS indication is displayed to indicate the Automatic
Takeoff Thrust Control System status.
– Label: ATTCS
GREEN: engaged.
WHITE: armed.
BLANK: not selected.
8 - N1 REQUEST INDICATION
– Indicates the momentary difference (transient) between actual
N1 and requested N1 applied by thrust lever position (TLA).
AOM-1502-017
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
9 - MAXIMUM N1 INDICATION
– Green tick-mark.
– Indicates the maximum allowable N1 (maximum thrust) for the
current thrust rating and operating conditions. If the thrust lever
is set to MAX position, the N1 Request value will be equal to the
Maximum N1 value.
10 - N1 RED LINE
– Indicates the N1 limit.
– The digital and dial readout colors change if this value is
exceeded.
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Colors:
GREEN: IGN A, IGN B or IGN AB.
CYAN: IGN OFF.
– A WML icon is displayed whenever the FADEC has detected an
engine flameout and the auto re-light system is actuating to
restart the engine. It is also displayed whenever an assisted
start is commanded.
14 - N2 INDICATION
– Digital Indication.
– Displays the percentage of N2 rpm.
GREEN: normal operating range.
RED: operating limit exceeded.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or value out of displayable
range.
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STATUS PAGE
MFD
EM170AOM140087C.DGN
6.5 QT 2.4
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATION ON MFD
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MCDU INDICATION
All the inputs required by the FADEC for the takeoff N1 computations
are made through the T/O DATASET MENU, on the MCDU.
The T/O dataset is performed according to the sequence:
– Press TRS (mode button).
– Press TO DATA SET (LSK 6R) on THRUST RATING SELECT page.
__K_ ATTCS
TO-1 OFF ON
__K_ REF ECS
TO-2 OFF ON
__K_ REF A/I
TO-3 OFF ENG ALL
TO TEMP FLEX T/O
23 C OFF ON
EM170AOM140845A.DGN
FLEX TEMP
ENTER 39 C
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
18K7 ATTCS
TO-1 OFF ON
17K1 REF ECS
TO-2 OFF ON
15K5 REF A/I
TO-3 OFF ENG ALL
TO TEMP FLEX T/O
23 C OFF ON
FLEX TEMP
ENTER 39 C
EM170AOM141215A.DGN
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-06-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL PUMP
Fuel supplied by the airplane fuel tanks flows to the engine fuel pumps.
Upon exiting the tanks, the fuel flows through the low-pressure pump
and then divides into two paths. One flows through the high-pressure
fuel pump and returns to the fuel tank as motive flow.
The second flows through the fuel/oil heat exchanger to the
high-pressure fuel pump. The flow leaves the pump and passes through
the fuel filter. Once filtered, the fuel flows to the FMU.
FUEL FILTER
The fuel filter removes contaminants from the engine fuel. The impending
bypass switch indicates fuel filter blockage and an imminent bypass
condition.
14-06-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL INJECTORS
The fuel injectors atomize the fuel from the FMU and direct it into the
combustion chamber.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL SCHEMATIC
EJECTOR
FUEL
PUMP
LOW HEAT
FUEL PRESSURE
TANK EXCHANGER
PUMP
HIGH
PRESSURE
PUMP
HIGH
PRESSURE
PUMP FUEL
FILTER
FUEL
INJECTORS
FUEL
EM170AOM140530A.DGN
METERING
UNIT
14-06-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-06-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
GENERAL
Each engine has an independent lubrication system.
The oil system lubricates and cools the turbine engine main shaft
bearings and the accessory gearbox.
Oil is pressurized in the lubrication pump, it then passes through the
filter, the fuel-oil heat exchanger and is then divided into several circuits
to lubricate the engine.
OIL TANK
Oil quantity indication is provided for each engine oil tank and is
displayed on the MFD.
Oil quantity sensors in the tank detect low oil quantity and trigger the low
oil level caution at a specific level.
OIL PUMPS
The pump provides oil flow any time the core engine is turning.
The pump contains one supply and four scavenge pumping elements.
The lube and scavenge pumps deliver oil under pressure to the engine
bearings and gears, and then recovers the oil to the tank for reuse.
NOTE: – After engine shutdown the scavenge system is no longer
effective. A small amount of oil may leak through the aft
sump drain and pool in the engine chevron nozzle.
OIL FILTER
The oil filter module incorporates a filter bypass and cold start relief
valve.
The oil filter bypass valve permits oil flow if the filter becomes clogged.
The filter impending bypass switch monitors the differential pressure at
the filter.
The filter module has a relief valve to bypass high viscosity oil during
cold start conditions.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LUBRICATION SCHEMATIC
BYPASS
VALVE FUEL/OIL HEAT
OIL RESERVOIR
EXCHANGER
DEAERATOR
OIL
OIL
FILTER FUEL
CHIP
DETECTOR
AGB
LUBE
C B A
PUMP
A SUMP
(BEARINGS
SCAVENGE #1, #2, AND #3)
SCREENS
EM170AOM140529B.DGN
B SUMP
(BEARING #4
AND #5)
14-06-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IGNITION SYSTEM
The ignition system provides an electrical spark for fuel combustion
during ground/in-flight start attempts and for automatic re-light.
The FADEC energizes one igniter for on-ground engine starts and both
igniters for in-flight engine starts.
In case of an engine airstart, engine flameout, a missed light off, cold
soak condition on ground, ground start at high altitude airports, or when
the ignition selector knob is placed on the OVRD position, both igniters
on each engine are energized. Igniters 1B and 2B are connected to
SPDA 2. In case of SPDA 2 failure, setting the selector knob to OVRD
energizes at least the igniter A.
NOTE: The frequent use of ignition selector knob at the OVRD
position causes the significative reduction of ignitor’s
lifetime.
STARTER OPERATION
The engine starter is controlled via the engine start selector knob on the
powerplant control panel. For on ground starts, the SCV opens providing
bleed air to the ATS to increase rotor speed for engine start.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GROUND START
The FADEC initiates ignition at approximately 7% N2 and the fuel flow
(metering valve opens) from 20% to 25% N2, depending on the engine
start altitude. If no light off is detected within 15 s of fuel on, FADEC will
automatically turn off ignition and fuel, continue dry motoring for 30 s,
then turn on both igniters and turn on fuel again. Subsequently, if no light
off is detected after the reintroduction of fuel, the FADEC will not turn off
fuel or ignition and the start must be manually aborted 15 s after the
reintroduction of fuel flow or start duty limit, whichever occurs first.
After a light off occurs, the FADEC commands the starter to cutout at
approximately 50% N2, and commands the FMU fuel metering valve to
accelerate the engine to ground idle speed. At high altitudes, the fuel
flow schedule is also increased to provide higher torque and therefore
quicker starts.
IN FLIGHT START
Engine cross-bleed air, APU bleed air, or windmilling can be used for in
flight engine starts.
An in flight cross-bleed start is identical to an on ground start, but the
FADEC automatically controls fuel flow to initiate (Metering valve opens)
if N2 has not reached 15% after 15 s.
For windmill starting, the SCV configures the pneumatic system. The
engine start is controlled by the START/STOP selector knob and the
FADEC commands ignition at 7% N2 and fuel flow at a minimum of 7.2%
N2, or after 15 s, whichever occurs first.
The FADEC has no protection for hot starts, hung starts or failure to light
off for in flight engine starts.
If no light off is detected within 30 s after fuel flow is started, the start
should be manually aborted.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTO RELIGHT
The FADEC monitors N2 and automatically turns on both igniters and
schedules the relight fuel flow in the event of an engine flameout. In
addition a WML icon is displayed next to the respective engine N2 and
represents an auto relight actuation during the engine auto relight
attempts.
If the engine relight does not occur within 30 s or N2 falls below 7.2%,
the automatic relight can be considered unsuccessful and should be
manually terminated by moving the START/STOP selector knob to the
STOP position.
During ground operations, auto relight attempts are terminated and fuel
is shutoff if the engine rpm falls below 52 percent N2.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-06-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REV position, the operating reverser will provide minimum reverse thrust
only. Selecting just the operating reverser TLA to MAX REV position
enables maximum reverse thrust on this engine.
The thrust reverser is not designed to operate in flight. Uncommanded
thrust reverser deployment limits engine thrust to idle.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FADEC INTERFACES
The FADEC receives data from all engine control system sensors and
the airplane air data system to control the operation and performance
characteristics of the engine, exercising control over the:
• Engine fuel metering unit to adjust the fuel flow;
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
Flexible takeoff is a reduced takeoff thrust based on assumed
temperature.
All takeoff modes are eligible for a flexible takeoff.
The assumed temperature must be higher than the TO TEMP and is set
on the MCDU TAKEOFF DATA SET MENU page.
The indication FLEX TO-1, FLEX TO-2 or FLEX TO-3 will be displayed
on the EICAS for the respective flexible takeoff thrust.
The minimum flex takeoff thrust is limited to 75% maximum rated takeoff
thrust or CLB-2 + 1% N1, whichever is higher.
Flexible takeoff is possible with ATTCS ON or OFF. When flexible takeoff
mode is used, moving the thrust levers to MAX position resets the
assumed temperature and sets the maximum thrust available (refer to
the Thrust Ratings Table).
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GO-AROUND (GA)
The go around mode is activated in flight whenever the landing gear and
flaps are down. The GA mode can also be set from CRZ, CON or CLB
by pressing the TOGA switch.
The go around thrust can be achieved anytime in flight when the thrust
rate mode is other than takeoff and the thrust levers are set to TO/GA. In
this situation, the engine thrust mode label on EICAS is not modified.
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IDLE
The IDLE modes are automatically adjusted by the FADEC in order to
maintain the minimum thrust necessary to provide the required bleed
pressure to the airplane.
Flight Idle N1 varies with altitude and can change as a function of ECS
and anti-ice bleed requirements.
The idle mode selections are the following:
• Flight Idle.
• Approach Idle.
• Ground Idle.
IDLE THRUST IN ICE CONDITIONS
Whenever ICE CONDITION is sensed the N1 for the FLIGHT IDLE and
APPROACH IDLE is automatically increased to maintain the minimum
bleed pressure required for the ANTI ICE system operation.
With the FINAL APPROACH IDLE there is no N1 automatic increase but
a cyan dash is displayed on both EICAS N1 dial to show the minimum
thrust required to maintain the bleed pressure required by the ANTI ICE
system.
FLIGHT IDLE
The flight idle mode is active anytime in flight when the approach idle is
not selected.
APPROACH IDLE
Approach Idle is used in flight to enable rapid acceleration to go-around
thrust. Approach idle is activated as follows:
• In flight;
• Altitude less than 15000 ft; and
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MINIMUM REVERSE
Min reverse is idle thrust with the thrust reverser cowl opened.
MAX REVERSE
Max reverse is the maximum thrust available with the thrust reverser
opened.
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CF34-10E6A1 CF34-10E6
Ratings Thrust (lbf) Thrust (lbf)
Thrust All Engine One Engine All Engine One Engine
ATTCS
Mode Oper. Inop. Oper. Inop.
ON – – 17100 18500
T/O-1
OFF 18500 18500 17100 17100
ON 17100 18500 15450 16650
T/O-2
OFF 17100 17100 15450 15450
ON 15450 16650 – –
T/O-3
OFF 15450 15450 – –
GA ON 17100 18500 17100 18500
CON – 16255 16255 16255 16255
CLB-1 – 15950 – 15950 –
CLB-2 – 14020 – 14020 –
CRZ – 13830 – 13830 –
ENGINE PROTECTION
FADEC ENGINE PROTECTION
The FADEC provides engine start protection on the ground as follows:
– Hung start.
– Hot start.
– No light-off
AOM-1502-017
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
Whenever N2 reaches 102% the FADEC automatically commands an
engine shutdown.
In the event of three consecutive overspeed detection events within 30 s
the FADEC will not relight the engine.
OVERTEMPERATURE PROTECTION
The FADEC controls the ITT limits for engine start and throughout
engine operation.
ITT limit is variable according to the engine operation phase.
ITT OVER LIMIT PROTECTION
During engine start if the ITT reaches its limit the FADEC automatically
shuts off the fuel flow aborting the start sequence. In this case the start
control valve is not automatically closed. Pilot intervention is needed to
close the SCV by selecting the START/STOP switch to STOP.
ENGINE START HIGH ITT PREVENTION
To improve the ITT control on engine ground starts the FADEC will not
allow fuel flow if ITT is above 120°C.
In this case when the pilot sets the START/STOP selector to START the
start control valve is commanded open but the fuel flow only starts when
the ITT drops below 120°C.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO Engine 1 (2) oil
PRESS pressure is low.
Thrust reverser
deployed
unexpectedly, or not
WARNING
ENG 1 (2) REV stowed when
DEPLOYED commanded to stow
or thrust reverse
position is
undetermined.
Thrust modulation is
ENG 1 (2) CONTROL disabled. OBV has
FAULT failed open or engine
will respond slowly.
FADEC
ENG 1 (2) FADEC
overtemperature has
OVERTEMP
been detected.
Engine 1 (2)
ENG 1 (2) FAIL shutdown has
occurred.
ENG 1 (2) FUEL IMP Fuel filter impending
CAUTION
BYPASS bypass.
Engine 1 (2) Fuel
ENG 1 (2) FUEL LO pressure low. Airplane
PRESS backup fuel pump is
active.
ENG 1 (2) NO No dispatch condition
DISPATCH detected by FADEC.
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO Engine 1 (2) oil level
LEVEL is below minimum.
Thrust Reverser is
ENG 1 (2) REV FAIL
not available.
AOM-1502-017
14-06-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-06-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-07
FIRE PROTECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-07-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Block Page
Fire Detection System Test................................. 14-07-30 .... 1
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM TEST....................... 14-07-30 .... 1
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-07-35 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-07-35 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-07-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The fire protection system provides fire detection and extinguishing
capabilities for:
• Engines
• APU
• Cargo Compartments
• Lavatories
In addition, portable fire extinguishers are located in the cockpit and
cabin.
In the event of fire protection system component failure, an EICAS
message will be displayed.
AOM-1502-017
14-07-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
1 3 2 3
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CARGO SMOKE
FWD AFT
1 APU
2
TEST
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CARGO SMOKE
FWD AFT
APU
TEST
EM170AOM140091.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-07-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPERATION
Once the FIRE HANDLE has been pulled the extinguisher bottles can
be operated.
Rotating the FIRE HANDLE counter clockwise discharges extinguisher
bottle A into the associated engine.
Rotating clockwise discharges extinguisher bottle B into the same
engine.
NOTE: When an engine fire extinguishing bottle is discharged, fire
handle illumination may be lost. In this case if the CAS message
is still active the fire condition persists.
AOM-1502-017
14-07-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CARGO SMOKE
FWD AFT
1 APU
2
TEST
SHOT SHOT
A B
TO TO
ENGINE 1 ENGINE 2
EM170AOM140088.DGN
DOUBLE DOUBLE
CHECK TEE CHECK TEE
14-07-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPERATION
As soon as the APU EMER STOP pushbutton is pressed, the red striped
bar is replaced by the white striped bar, indicating that the APU has shut
down. After the APU EMER STOP pushbutton is pressed, the APU fire
extinguisher pushbutton illuminates entirely red. Pressing the
pushbutton, discharges the extinguishing bottle. The APU fire
extinguisher pushbutton illumination turns OFF when the fire input from
the APU fire detectors disappears.
In case of fire and 1 min has passed without APU EMER STOP
pushbutton has been pressed, the APU fire extinguisher pushbutton
illuminates. Pressing the APU fire extinguisher pushbutton, discharges
the extinguisher bottle, shuts down the APU and turns OFF the red
striped bar on the APU EMER STOP pushbutton.
14-07-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CARGO SMOKE
FWD AFT
APU
TEST
EM170AOM140236A.DGN
EICAS
APU
BOTTLE
TO
APU
14-07-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SYSTEM INDICATIONS
AURAL
– Aural warning.
LIGHTS
– The master WARNING lights flashing.
– The associated cargo compartment extinguishing button illuminates.
EICAS
– CRG AFT SMOKE;
– CRG FWD SMOKE.
SYSTEM AUTOMATION
FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
After fire or smoke is detected in the forward cargo compartment the
following actions are automatically commanded by the system:
– The FWD fire extinguishing bottle is armed and;
– The forward cargo compartment ventilation outflow valve is
commanded closed.
AOM-1502-017
14-07-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LAVATORY
SMOKE
SENSOR
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
BOTTLE
PRESSURE
GAUGE
EM170AOM140238.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SMOKE POWER
INDICATOR INDICATOR
LIGHT LIGHT
SMOKE
DETECTOR
HORN
LAVATORY INTERRUPT
SMOKE SWITCH
SENSOR SELF TEST
SWITCH
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
BOTTLE
PRESSURE
GAUGE
EM170AOM140237A.DGN
MANUAL
SHUT−OFF
VALVE
AOM-1502-017
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POWER INDICATOR
ALARM HORN
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
BOTTLE
PRESSURE
GAUGE
EM170AOM141095A.DGN
"
AOM-1502-017
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POWER INDICATOR
ALARM HORN
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
BOTTLE
PRESSURE
GAUGE
EM170AOM141096A.DGN
MANUAL
SHUT−OFF
VALVE
"
AOM-1502-017
14-07-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-07-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
A fire condition has been
APU FIRE
detected in the APU.
Smoke has been detected
CRG AFT (FWD) SMOKE in the associated cargo
compartment.
WARNING
A fire condition has been
ENG 1 (2) FIRE detected in the associated
engine.
Smoke has been detected
LAV SMOKE
in the lavatory.
APU fire detection system
APU FIRE DET FAIL
has failed.
APU fire-extinguisher
APU FIREX FAIL
bottle has failed.
All smoke detectors have
failed in the associated
compartment, or
Pressure in any
CRG AFT (FWD) FIRE
extinguisher bottle is low
SYS FAIL
CAUTION and the cartridges are
intact, or any of the
cartridge circuits are
opened.
ENG 1 (2) FIRE DET Engine fire detection
FAIL system has failed.
Lavatory smoke detection
LAV SMOKE DET FAIL
system has failed.
Smoke has been detected
IFE RACK SMOKE
in the IFE rack.
AOM-1502-017
14-07-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-07-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-08
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
MULTIFUNCTION SPOILER CONTROL SYSTEM.. 14-08-20 .... 4
ROLL TRIM............................................................ 14-08-20 .... 5
Yaw Control.......................................................... 14-08-25 .... 1
YAW CONTROL..................................................... 14-08-25 .... 1
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM............................. 14-08-25 .... 1
RUDDER TRIM SYSTEM...................................... 14-08-25 .... 3
Slat/Flap System.................................................. 14-08-30 .... 1
SLAT/FLAP SYSTEM............................................. 14-08-30 .... 1
SLAT/FLAP PROTECTION LOGIC........................ 14-08-30 .... 4
SLAT/FLAP SYSTEM INTERLOCKS..................... 14-08-30 .... 4
Spoiler System..................................................... 14-08-35 .... 1
SPOILER SYSTEM................................................ 14-08-35 .... 1
GROUND OPERATION......................................... 14-08-35 .... 3
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION........................................ 14-08-35 .... 3
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-08-45 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-08-45 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-08-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Flight Control System is comprised of the primary and the secondary
flight control systems and their associated system components.
The primary flight control system consists of:
• Ailerons and the multi function roll spoilers for roll axis control.
• Elevators for pitch axis control.
• Rudder for yaw axis control.
The secondary flight control system consists of:
• Horizontal stabilizer.
• Flaps and Slats.
• The multi-function spoiler (when used as speed brakes or ground
spoilers).
• Dedicated ground spoilers.
Hydraulic actuators control the respective flight control surfaces. These
are referred to as Power Control Units (PCUs).
The ailerons are commanded by conventional control cables that run
from each control wheel back to a pair of hydro-mechanical actuators.
Elevators, rudders, roll spoilers as well as all secondary flight control
systems, including the horizontal stabilizer, flaps and slats, ground
spoilers and speed brakes, are controlled electronically using Fly-by-Wire
(FBW) technology.
The primary flight control electronics include two complementary parts:
• The Primary Actuator Control Electronics (P-ACE).
• The Flight Control Module (FCM).
Primary Actuator Control Electronics (P-ACE) and/or Flight Control
Modules (FCM) are employed to operate the respective electro-hydraulic
or electro-mechanical actuators.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AILERON
SLATS
ELEVATOR
FLAPS
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
GROUND
SPOILERS
MULTI−FUNCTION
SPOILERS
RUDDER
EM170AOM140766A.DGN
14-08-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL WHEEL
1 N
D
MIC HR
ONO
P
C
U O T
P
F T
F
T
SE
HO T
ST
A
R −R
P TRI T −
ST O P
A
M
D FD
I S C AP
T C S
2
EM170AOM140108A.DGN
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Autopilot
– Refer to Automatic Flight.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
UP
0 0
1 1
SLAT /
FLAP
5 5
EM170AOM140106.DGN
FULL FULL
DOWN
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
CLOSE
0 0
1/2
EM170AOM140105.DGN
FULL FULL
OPEN
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TRIM PANEL
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
TRIM
ROLL PITCH
BACKUP SW
2 3
DN
LWD RWD 4
UP 5
1
EM170AOM140107.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL 1
EM170AOM140345A.DGN
ELEVATORS RUDDER SPOILERS
STALL WARNING
SHAKER 1 CUTOUT SHAKER 2 CUTOUT
PUSH IN: places the associated flight system into direct mode.
PUSH OUT: places the associated flight system into normal
mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DISCONNECT HANDLE
2
EM170AOM140347.DGN
PULL: isolates the Captain and First Officer’s control wheel for
aileron control.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
ELEC PBIT 16
7
HYDR PBIT 04
STATUS
ELEV RH FAIL
6 5 4
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
B A C G D F H E EM170AOM140852A.DGN
1 - AIRPLANE GRAPHIC
– A static display that shows the location of flight control surfaces,
status of the flight control actuators and flight controls mode of
operation.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS INDICATION
SLAT/FLAP/SPEEDBRAKE INDICATION ON EICAS
EICAS
3
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
SPDBRK
S F
1 EM170AOM140110.DGN
2
S/F
1 2
1 - SLAT/FLAP POSITION
– Displays the slat/flap position. If the information is invalid, the
indication will be removed from the display.
GREEN: real-time surface position.
– The cyan pointers show the slat/flap commanded position and
the green slat/flap depictions show actual slat/flap position. The
flap scale has tic marks at each end, representing positions at 0°
and 37° while the slat scale has tic marks at each end,
representing positions at 0° and 25°.
2 - SLAT/FLAP READOUT
– Displays the slat/flap surface position. If the information is invalid,
the indication will be removed from the display.
GREEN DASHES: slat/flap in transit.
NOTE: In case of slat/flap surface jamming, an additional box will
be displayed in amber, as well as the readout. Whenever
two boxes are displayed the possible values are 0, 3 or
FULL for the slats and 0, 1, 2, 4 or FULL for the flaps based
on the value of the surface angle.
3 - SPEEDBRAKE INDICATION
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
GND SPLR
S
EM170AOM940017A.DGN
2
S/F
EICAS
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
EM170AOM140109.DGN
O
S/F
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
SPDBRK SPDBRK
S F S F
3 O 3 FULL
S/F S/F
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
SPDBRK SPDBRK
S F S F
3 1 O --
S/F S/F
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
SPDBRK SPDBRK
S F S F
3 2 3 --
S/F S/F
SLAT/FLAP/SPDBRK
SPDBRK
S F
FULL 5
S/F
EM170AOM140111C.DGN
FLAP FAIL IN 5
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS
EM170AOM140364A.DGN
TRIMS
ROLL PITCH
UP 2
1 O.O
YAW
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL MODE
FCM
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS: FLIGHT CONTROL MODULE
ADS, IRS, FLAP & SLAT,
FADEC, AFCS ... (HIGH LEVEL CONTROL, INTERFACING AND
SIGNAL PROCESSING)
DIRECT MODE
DIGITAL
SIGNALS
FLIGHT
CONTROL
SURFACE
ACE
COCKPIT ACTUATOR CONTROL ELECTRONICS
CONTROL ANALOG ANALOG
INPUTS SIGNALS SIGNALS
(CONTROL LIMITS SET BY HARDWARE
EM170AOM140301A.DGN
FLY-BY-WIRE SCHEMATIC
MODES OF OPERATION
The Flight Control System provides two basic modes of operation:
– NORMAL MODE: The Flight Control Module (FCM) provides software
based airspeed gain schedules and control limits to the P-ACE, as
well as high level functions such as:
– Elevator control laws scheduling with airspeed.
– Auto-thrust compensation with elevator.
– Angle-of-Attack (AOA) limiting with elevator offset.
– Rudder airspeed gain scheduling and stroke limiting.
– Yaw damper and turn coordination via AFCS.
– Rudder flight authority.
– Roll spoiler scheduling with airspeed and speedbrake deployment.
– Mach Trim as a function of Mach number.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLT CTL
PANEL
STATUS
− ELECTRONIC
− ACTUATION ASCB DATA BUS
− MODE
SURFACE
POSITION
WARNINGS
MAU
FBW
CONTROL PCU P−ACE FCM CAUTIONS
SURFACES CAN BUS
ADVISORIES
FCM EICAS
SYSTEM
(ELEVATOR, SYNOPTICS
ASCB
RUDDER,
MULTI−
FUNCTIONS PCU P−ACE
SPOILERS)
MAU
FCM
CAN BUS CMC
EM170AOM140096B.DGN
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Odd Even
Upper Channel Lower Channel
Rudder
Hydraulics 1 Hydraulics 3
AOM-1502-017
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Odd Even
Inboard Channel Outboard Channel
Left Elevator
Hydraulics 2 Hydraulics 1
Outboard Channel Inboard Channel
Right Elevator
Hydraulics 3 Hydraulics 2
During normal operation, the Odd-Even Day Engage function may
engage in a different configuration from that shown above. If this scenario
occurs, no maintenance action will be required to release the airplane
for service unless there is a CAS message related to the flight controls
system.
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PITCH CONTROL
Pitch axis control is by means of electro-hydraulic commanded elevators
and an electro-mechanical horizontal stabilizer.
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELEVATOR JAM
If a jam in one of the elevator actuator is detected, the respective
elevator surface will remain fixed at the position where the jam occurred.
The pilot will be able to control the airplane using the remaining elevator.
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LANDING OPERATION
The TSA function will be ENABLED for landing at estimated altitudes
less than 70 ft. It is also necessary to have the flaps at position 5 or
FULL. The function maximum pitch down authority is also limited to 8° of
elevator deflection, while pitch up is limited to Normal Mode commands
generated by other fly-by-wire functionalities.
For GO AROUND scenarios, TSA operates as follows: for HAGL
calculation it is assumed that the airplane is in landing configuration,
however, the elevator command authority is the same as the takeoff
configuration. The TSA mode changes from landing to go-around after
TOGA is selected (TLA greater than 70°) and positive rate of climb is
attained.
NOTE: – In case of exceedance of the angle of attack threshold
defined by the AOA limiter due to a TSA elevator command,
the AOA limiter operation has priority over TSA.
– There is no cockpit indication for the flight crew that the
TSA function has been activated.
– TSA commands are limited to only 8° of elevator deflection,
thus do not provide full protection against tail strikes. Pitch
angles should be maintained below 10° to ensure
clearance.
!190/195 models, MAU load 23.1 and on
For landings and GO AROUND with flap 5, it is not possible to engage
TSA function before 5 min have elapsed from takeoff.
"
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LEFT ELEVATOR
SURFACE
SURFACE
PCU
PCU
P−ACE
P−ACE
FCM
FCM
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM
AIRCRAFT
SYSTEMS
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
OTHER
EM170AOM140348.DGN
DISCONNECT
MECHANISM
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAU − ASCB
AUTOMATIC
AIR DATA FCM FCM FCM FCM FLIGHT
SYSTEM 1 2 3 4 CONTROL
SYSTEM
A B A B A B A B
RIGHT
ELEVATOR
CAN BUS SURFACE
RIGHT
COLUMN P−ACE 3−1
LVDTs
P−ACE 2−2
LEFT
COLUMN
LVDTs P−ACE 2−1
P−ACE 1−1
EM170AOM140097B.DGN
LEFT
ELEVATOR
SURFACE
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
D
N
MIC
U P
P O T
F T
F
HO T
P T RI
A
M
D FD
I S C AP
T C S
COCKPIT ACTIVE
TRIM
CONTROL HS−ACE HSA
PITCH
BACKUP SW
SYSTEM STANDBY
DN
RWD
UP
SYS 1 SYS 2
EM170AOM140473A.DGN
EM170AOM140473B.DGN
OTHER HORIZONTAL
AIRCRAFT FCM STABILIZER
SYSTEMS
STABILIZER TRIM
MANUAL TRIM
The manual trim is commanded through switches installed on the control
columns or a backup switch located on the main pedestal. Signals from
either the control columns switches or the backup switch controls the
electric trim motor.
The backup trim switch and the control wheel trim switches are dual split
switches which have a 7 s time limitation when actuated separately. If
only one half of the switch is actuated for more than 7 s, that switch is
automatically deactivated. The aural warning “TRIM” triggers for 7 s
when the control wheel trim or backup trim switches have failed or when
only half of switch is pressed. If the failure persists for more than 7 s, the
aural message is deactivated and the applicable advisory pitch trim
switch fail message is displayed on EICAS.
In order to avoid a possible pitch trim runaway condition, manual pilot
trim commands are limited to 3 s. After the control wheel trim or backup
AOM-1502-017
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
trim switches have both halves pressed for more than 3 s, the timer
stops the horizontal stabilizer control surface movement and if the switch
remains pressed, the aural warning “TRIM” triggers. When the switch is
no more pressed, the aural warning stops. In case of stick shaker
activation, the HS-ACE is prevented from responding to any pitch trim
commands by a stick shaker signal from the AFCS.
Stabilizer Trim priority Logic
The HS-ACE responds to all trim commands with the following priority:
1. Backup switches.
2. Captain.
3. First Officer.
4. FCM (auto-trim) commands.
AUTOPILOT TRIM
The autopilot can directly operate the electric trim motor when the
autopilot is engaged. If the autopilot trim function is inoperative, the
autopilot cannot be engaged. If this function is lost during autopilot
operation, the autopilot will disengage.
Autopilot trim function will be active only if:
– Autopilot is engaged.
– Configuration trim is operational.
– Manual electric trim is not active.
– On-side autopilot channel is priority.
NOTE: In case of an electrical failure, followed by RAT deployment,
the trim function will work at half speed operation, for either
manual trim or autopilot trim.
MACH TRIM
Automatic Mach Trim compensates pitch down tendency caused by
changes on the aerodynamic center position, which moves backwards
as Mach number increases.
For further information on Mach Trim operation refer to chapter 14–03
Automatic Flight.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY
In the event of an electrical emergency, only the HS-ACE channel 2 is
operational at low rate. A loss of airspeed data from the FCM also
results in low rate operation of the horizontal stabilizer, providing
structural protection for the surface.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ROLL CONTROL
Lateral control system includes both conventional ailerons and the fly by
wire multi function spoilers witch provides the roll axis control.
MULTIFUNCTION MULTIFUNCTION
SPOILERS SPOILERS
AILERON AILERON
EM170AOM140472A.DGN
FBW SYSTEM
CABLE
AOM-1502-017
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LH CONTROL
CABLE
RH CONTROL
RH CONTROL CABLE
CABLE (REF.)
EM170AOM140914A.DGN
LH CONTROL
CABLE (REF.)
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PCU DISCONNECT
In the event of a disconnection of one aileron PCU from the surface or
wing structure, the other PCU attached to the surface will operate
normally, but the force authority will be halved. Hence the aileron PCUs
normally share air-loads during flight, if the FCM detects a difference in
load sharing from the actuators, a message will be displayed on the
EICAS.
MULTI−FUNCTION
SPOILERS
EM170AOM140098.DGN
AILERON
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ROLL TRIM
The aileron control system is manually trimmed by using the roll trim
switch on the trim control panel, located in the cockpit on the center
pedestal. The trim system is operated via the roll trim switch on the trim
control panel, commanding the actuator to move, and repositioning
neutral feel position of the aileron system.
The actuator is equipped with a timer, limiting a single trim command to
three seconds. A quick disconnect switch, located on the control wheels,
disables the roll trim actuator by interrupting DC power to the trim motor,
as long as the switch remain depressed.
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
YAW CONTROL
Yaw control is performed by means of an electronic control system that
commands electrohydraulic actuators of the rudders.
14-08-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RUDDER JAM
PEDAL JAMMED
In case of pedal assemblies jammed, the rudder remains active and will
be actuated by high-level functions (yaw dumping and turn coordination).
PCU JAMMED
In case of a jammed PCU actuator the rudder will be hydraulically locked
at the current position. Aircraft control will be established through the
ailerons and roll spoilers.
14-08-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAU − ASCB
AUTOMATIC
AIR DATA
FLIGHT CONTROL
SYSTEM FCM’s SYSTEM
LEFT
PEDAL AIR DATA
LVDT’S SYSTEM
P−ACE 1−2
EM170AOM140230.DGN
RUDDER
P−ACE 3−2 SURFACE
RIGHT
PEDAL
LVDT’S
14-08-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SLAT/FLAP SYSTEM
The high lift control system consists of flaps and slats.
The slat system controls eight slat surfaces on the leading edge of the
wing (four per wing) and the flap system controls four double slotted flap
surfaces on the trailing edge (two per wing).
Surface position commands are given to the Slat/Flap-ACE (SF-ACE)
via a Slat/Flap control lever installed on the center pedestal in the
cockpit.
SLAT
INBOARD
SLAT
OUTBOARD
FLAP
INBOARD
FLAP
OUTBOARD
EM170AOM140099.DGN
There are seven slat/flap control lever positions. Slat and flap motion is
sequenced such that slats extend first and flaps retract first when the
motion command requires both surfaces to move. The system uses
electrical power to move the surfaces.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SLAT/FLAP UP
0 0
SELECTOR
1 1
LEVER
SLAT /
FLAP
5 5
FULL FULL
DOWN
SLATS SLATS
SLAT
PDU
SF−ACE 1 SF−ACE 2
FLAP
PDU
EM170AOM140100B.DGN
FLAPS FLAPS
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STRIKE PROTECTION
The SF-ACE monitors PDU load and if an excessive load is detected it
stops the electrical power to the respective PDU for further movement to
the selected direction. The FLAP (SLAT) FAIL message displays and the
SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAG also displays, as the affected surface has
not reached the selected position.
In such cases, the affected surface can be commanded in the opposite
direction (i.e., for FLAP FAIL during retraction, the Flap can be
commanded for extension and vice-versa).
When the strike protection actuates, the affected surface can be
commanded in both directions if it is returned to the previously selected
position. SF-ACE allows two attempts in addition to the first applied
command that originated the excessive PDU load. After two unsuccessful
attempts to select a position, the affected surface is de-energized since
the strike protection cuts the PDU power for both directions.
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SPOILER SYSTEM
The spoiler control system consists of ten spoiler panels numbered
inboard to outboard as follows:
• L1, L2, L3, L4, L5 (left wing) and
• R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 (right wing).
Panels L3, R3, L4, R4, L5 and R5 are called multifunction spoilers and
have three modes of operation:
• Roll Control: deployed asymmetrically for roll augmentation as
commanded by the pilots control wheel. Displacement angle is
proportional to control wheel displacement.
• Speed Brakes: deployed symmetrically during flight by speed brake
handle to increase aerodynamic drag to reduce airspeed or increase
rate of descent. Panel displacement is proportional to speed brake
handle position.
• Ground Spoilers: deployed symmetrically during landing roll to
increase wheel braking efficiency and aerodynamic drag to reduce
the stopping distance. Panels are fully and automatically extended
when ground spoiler deployment conditions are met.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140102.DGN
SPOILERS LOCATION
14-08-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GROUND OPERATION
The spoiler control system provides automatic ground spoiler deployment
to increase wheel-braking efficiency reducing the lift generated by each
wing and to reduce the stopping distance producing aerodynamic drag.
During ground operation, all spoiler panels function as ground spoilers
and are commanded to the fully extended or fully retracted positions.
The ground spoiler function drives all ten spoiler’s panels to the limit
deflection of the actuators.
IN-FLIGHT OPERATION
ROLL SPOILERS
The roll spoiler function drives the multifunction spoiler panels
asymmetrically as a function of control wheel position.
For further information on the roll spoilers operation, refer to AOM
14-08-20.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SPEED BRAKES
When actuating as speed brakes, the spoiler control system deploys all
six multi function spoiler panels symmetrically up to the in-flight limit of
30 degrees following speed brake handle position.
If extended during approach, the speed brakes will automatically retract
upon selection of slat/flap 2 or above.
Speed brakes will not be deployed if airspeed is below 180 KIAS, and
will also automatically retract if airspeed decreases below this threshold.
In order to prevent inadvertent operation during a go-around maneuver
the speed brakes will automatically retract anytime the thrust levers are
advanced beyond Thrust Lever Angle (TLA) 70 degrees.
In the event of a disagreement of the speed brake handle position with
actual surface position, the EICAS advisory message SPDBRK LEVER
DISAG is displayed on the EICAS.
NOTE: In the direct mode, speed brakes are not available.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
ELEV (RUDDER) Normal mode of the
(SPOILER) NML associated system is
MODE FAIL no longer operative.
One of the ground
WARNING spoiler surfaces has
GROUND SPOILERS extended
FAIL inadvertently or has
failed to extend when
commanded.
Stall protection
AOA LIMIT FAIL
function has failed.
One or more sensors
required to perform
Elevator Thrust
ELEV THR COMP
Compensation
FAIL
function have failed
and the function is no
longer available.
Left and right elevator
control system has
ELEVATOR FAULT
reverted to direct
CAUTION mode.
Left (right) elevator
ELEVATOR LH (RH)
control system is no
FAIL
longer available.
Both flaps electronic
control channels are
inoperative and the
flaps system is no
FLAP FAIL longer available or
there is a jam in the
mechanical portion
that precludes the
flaps from moving.
AOM-1502-017
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-08-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-09
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
Block Page
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM................................ 14-09-20 .... 23
Flight Management System................................ 14-09-25 .... 1
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM........................ 14-09-25 .... 1
FLIGHT PLANNING............................................... 14-09-25 .... 1
VERTICAL FLIGHT PLAN..................................... 14-09-25 .... 2
FMS SPEED PLAN................................................ 14-09-25 .... 5
DATA BASE............................................................ 14-09-25 .... 7
FUNCTIONS.......................................................... 14-09-25 .... 8
FMS ANNUNCIATORS.......................................... 14-09-25 .... 9
PREFLIGHT........................................................... 14-09-25 .... 11
PROGRESS........................................................... 14-09-25 .... 51
DIRECT-TO............................................................ 14-09-25 .... 57
PATTERNS............................................................. 14-09-25 .... 61
CROSSING POINTS.............................................. 14-09-25 .... 73
ARRIVAL................................................................ 14-09-25 .... 89
LANDING............................................................... 14-09-25 .... 93
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-09-35 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-09-35 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-09-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The airplane is equipped with a complete set of Communication and
Navigation functions. The main interface for the system is done through
the Audio Control Panel (ACP) and the Multi-function Control Display
Unit (MCDU).
The MCDUs provide radio frequency and mode control. The frequencies
can also be selected on the Primary Flight Displays (PFDs) through the
Cursor Control Devices (CCDs). The system provides a backup tuning
page that may be used when a failure is detected. This backup page is
displayed on MCDU 2 and enables tuning for COM 1, NAV 1 and
Transponder (XPDR) 1.
The audio system is controlled via three individual ACPs that are
available to the captain, first officer and observer, and also provides
interface with the Passenger Address (PA), Aural Warning, and Digital
Voice and Data Recorder (DVDR) systems.
Optional communications equipment includes a third VHF COM, HF and
Selcal systems.
Navigation may be performed using only the navigation radio sensors or
Flight Management System (FMS) resources. The FMS uses the
standard navigation radio sensors, Global Positioning System (GPS)
and Inertial Reference System (IRS) for positioning and navigation.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
AIRSPEED TAPE INDICATIONS
PFD
1
14O
2
16O
17 3
15O
4
14O FS
F
5
13O 2
4O
6
16
1 25 AC
7
12O 12O R
AP
8
11O 11O RF
1OO 1
1OO 15 1OO 1 9 12O R
13O 2 18
EM170AOM140266A.DGN
9O 9O 10 14O FS
19O M 14 19O M 11
GSPD
12
13 13O KT
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5 - V2 SPEED (2)
– Takeoff V2 speed.
8 - VR SPEED (R)
– Indicates rotation speed.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
11 - GREEN DOT
12 - V1 SPEED (1)
– Decision Speed.
13 - GROUND SPEED
– Displays IRS-based ground speed.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
1
35OO 2OOO 2
35OO 3
4
4
2
1 5
3OOO 1OOO
6
1
2
EM170AOM140382.DGN
4
25OO
29.92 IN
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
8
1O67 M
7 35OO 2OOO
6 35OO
4 1
2
1
2
914 M
5
3OOO 1OOO
3
1
2
EM170AOM140381.DGN
4
25OO
4 29.92 IN
1 - ALTITUDE TAPE
– Indicates actual airplane altitude. The altitude tape is labeled
with tick marks every 100 ft and single or double-lined chevrons
at 500 ft or 1000 ft intervals, respectively.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - BAROMETRIC CORRECTION
– Displays the barometric correction as selected.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADI INDICATIONS
PFD
5 6 7 8 9 10
FMS
VERTICAL
DEVIATION,
NO PREVIEW
2O 2O
4
1O 1O
3 12
-3.O 11
11
2
1O 1O ILS
VERTICAL
2O 2O DEVIATION, FMS AND PREVIEW
1 NO PREVIEW MODE ACTIVE
13
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
2O 2O
1O 1O
16
1O 1O
2O 2O
17
5O 5O
4O 4O
3O 3O
EM170AOM140469C.DGN
2O 2O
1O 1O
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - AIRPLANE SYMBOL
– Fixed and used with the pitch tape to reflect airplane pitch
attitude in relation to the horizon line.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6 - SLIP/SKID INDICATOR
– Indicates slip or skid if flight is not coordinated.
8 - ROLL POINTER
– Indicates the current airplane roll attitude.
10 - FLIGHT DIRECTOR
– Shows lateral and vertical FD guidance cue.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
15 - PITCH TAPE
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
16 - TAKEOFF CROSSBAR
– In the takeoff mode, the takeoff crossbar is displayed. The
horizontal line moves vertically along the center of the Airplane
Symbol to provide vertical guidance. The vertical line moves
horizontally along the center of the Airplane Symbol to provide
horizontal guidance.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADI ANNUNCIATIONS
PFD
7 8
ADS1 FLO9O
IRS1 2O 2O 9
6 VTA
1O 1O
1
5 1O 1O
EICAS MIN 5OO
2O 2O 2
BARO
4OO
4 3
2O 2O O M I
1O 1O
EM170AOM140474E.DGN
1O 1O
2O 2O
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - MINIMUM ANNUNCIATION
– Advises that the airplane is near or at the minimum altitude
preselected by the pilot.
5 - MONITOR ANNUNCIATIONS
The annunciator and the trigg limits for ADI/HSI miscompare
annunciations are:
– PIT: Pitch > 5°
– ROL: Rol > 6°
– ATT: ATT - Both Monitors Tripped
– HDG: > 6°
NOTE: The HDG mode is inhibited if one of the HDG indicators
is set to a different mode.
– ALT: > 200 ft
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
HSI INDICATIONS
PFD
3 4 5 6 7 4 8 9 10 11
2
15 12
12
3O
VOR1
33
14
E
VOR2
6 N
3
VHF1 NAV1
13 118 5O 119 1O 13
119 25 119 15
16 17 18 19
VOR1 22
VOR2 MSG DR
APPR
EM170AOM140380D.DGN
VHF1 NAV1
23
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15
24 ARC MODE
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
ZUN
1OO
EM170AOM140512C.DGN
28
VHF1 NAV1
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15
O.4 R
30 29 27
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - BEARING POINTERS
– Displays up to two bearing pointers.
CYAN: indicates bearing for ADF1, VOR1 or FMS1 (circle head).
WHITE: indicates bearing for ADF2, VOR2 or FMS2 (diamond
head).
6 - HEADING READOUT
– Displays the actual airplane heading.
GREEN: valid information.
AMBER DASHES: invalid information.
– When an invalid information occurs a label HDG FAIL is also
displayed.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
9 - WIND DISPLAY
– Indicates wind magnitude and direction.
– Direction can be displayed as a single arrow (default) or as
parallel and perpendicular arrows.
11 - CHRONOMETER READOUT
– Displays chronometer.
– Information removed after 30 seconds of inactivity (chronometer
in stop or reset).
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
22 - MCDU ANNUNCIATIONS
– MSG label is displayed whenever a caution message appears in
the MCDU.
– DR label is displayed whenever the FMS is operating in dead
reckoning mode.
– DGRAD label is displayed whenever the FMS is operating in
degrade mode.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
28 - WAYPOINT DISPLAY
– Indicates waypoint symbol.
– If selected, also indicates waypoint identifier.
MAGENTA: next waypoint.
WHITE: other waypoints.
Up to five waypoints shall be displayed on the HSI Display subject
to the range considerations.
30 - RANGE SELECTION
– Displayed only in MAP mode, provides the selected half-ring
range.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
2 FMS1
N 5
KPHX
55 .6 NM 33
23 MIN
WX
EM170AOM140291A.DGN
1
VHF1
1OO
-9 A
. NAV1
118 5O WX/R/T S 119 1O
119 25 STAB TGT 119 15
O.2R
4 3
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADI/HSI MISCOMPARES
PFD
4
OVRD AP LOC GS
125 35 OO
SPD E AT VOR ASEL 1OOO
3
C A
A16O 4OOO
L 4
S T
2O 2O 5
15O PIT FPA 2
2 1O 1O 1
14O
125 35OO
-3.O
1 11O 1
6
RA GS
1OO 1O 1O 2
9
CAS MSG 3OOO 4
9O 2O 2O
19O M 29.92 IN
LOC 8
12
VOR1
EM170AOM140272A.DGN
E
VOR2
6 3
VHF1 NAV1
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADI/HSI FAILS
PFD
3 4
OVRD AP LOC GS
125 35 OO
SPD E AT VOR ASEL 1OOO
2 ATT
FAIL
5
--- ---- IN
FMS1
HDG
1 7
FAIL
EM170AOM140470A.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 - HDG FAIL
– An ‘x’ appears whenever HDG indication is lost. It is still possible
to revert the HDG source from IRS 1 to IRS 2, in case of a
PFD 1 Heading Indication failure, and the opposite in case of
HDG 2 failure.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
2 3 4 5
FMS1 36 O 15 SAT ^C 6
5 25 TAT ^C
ZUN
3OO TAS KTS
55.6 NM PUMPS
23 MIN N DME1
1
33 3 LAX 7
GUP44 65.3 NM
2O MIN
14
8
3O
GUP
6
13 ZUN 9
10
W
12
E
1OO 1OO
WEATHER
EM170AOM140270A.DGN
5 A O.O5 L
PROGRESS
11
3 - HEADING READOUT
– Displays airplane’s actual heading.
GREEN: valid information.
AMBER DASHES: invalid information.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5 - WIND DISPLAY
– Indicates wind magnitude and direction of the wind.
– Direction can be displayed as a single arrow (default) or as
parallel and perpendicular arrows.
9 - RANGE SELECTION
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14 - WAYPOINT DISPLAY
– Indicates waypoint symbol.
– If selected, also indicates waypoint identifier.
MAGENTA: next waypoint.
WHITE: other waypoints.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
1 2 3 4 5
FMS1
380 00
[ 5O ] 1OO
360 00 XTRACK
6
340 00
GUP44
320 00
EM170AOM140293B.DGN
FL320
7
300 00
9 8
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6 - WAYPOINT DISPLAY
– Indicates waypoint symbol.
– If selected, also indicates waypoint identifier with altitude and, if
applicable, a HOLD label that indicates a holding pattern.
MAGENTA: next waypoint.
WHITE: other waypoints.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ZUN
WEATHER
1OO
5 A O.O5 L
PROGRESS TCAS
15 WX/R/T S WPT DIST ETE FUEL TA ONLY
STAB TGT NEXT ZUN 55.6 O1+32 11.4 FLT LVL
LX DEST GUP 95 O2+52 1O.4 EXPANDED
14
FSBY OVRD
13
WX SECT TGT LX
12 GMAP STAB Off RCT CLR TST
10
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
10 - OFF MODE
– Turns off the weather mode, provided OFF is selected in both
weather radar virtual controllers.
– In flight only, a single virtual controller selected to OFF operates
in SLAVE mode.
11 - STANDBY MODE
– Selects the radar system into a standby mode, provided STBY is
selected in both weather radar virtual controllers.
– A green FSBY label is displayed within the weather box when
forced standby is active, on the ground.
13 - RADAR MODE
– In flight, activates the radar mode.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MCDU CONTROLS
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
1L 1R
2L 2R
3L 3R
1 1
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
2
6
3
5 A B C D E F
G H I J K L 1 2 3 +/ −
M N O P Q R 4 5 6 / 4
S T U V W 7 8 9
EM170AOM140136A.DGN
X Y Z 0
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - TUNING KNOB
– Rotating this knob selects frequencies or other numeric values.
4 - ALPHANUMERIC BUTTONS
– Enter alphanumeric inputs.
– Space key (SP) is used to insert a space.
– A toggle plus/minus key inserts the corresponding signal.
6 - FUNCTION BUTTONS
– Menu (MENU): Displays the menu page.
– Data link (DLK): Displays ACARS main menu page.
– Radio (RADIO): Displays the radio page.
– Circuit breaker (CB): Displays the circuit breaker page.
– Thrust Rating Selection (TRS): Display the engine thrust ratings
for various flight phases.
– Performance (PERF): Displays the performance page (FMS
function).
– Navigation (NAV): Displays the navigation page (FMS function).
– Flight plan (FPL): Displays the flight plan page (FMS function).
– Progress (PROG): Displays the progress page (FMS function).
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
7 - SCRATCHPAD
– It is the working area, located on the bottom line of the display,
where the pilot can enter data and/or verify data before line
selecting the data into its proper position.
– Data is retained on the scratchpad throughout all mode and
page changes.
– The scratchpad also provides advisory and alerting messages to
be displayed.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GLARESHIELD PANEL
1 2 3
HSI WX FMS
BARO SET MINIMUMS
IN hPa RA BARO 4
PREV V/L
11
BRG
5
EM170AOM140122A.DGN
FPR
PUSH STD
10
9 8 7 6
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 4 5 6 7 8
2
ILS STD 9
.57 M IRS1
18 CAGE BARO
14
17
16 15
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - ILS BUTTON
– Selects the display of ILS 1 deviations and the label LOC 1 is
annunciated on the left top corner. In case of failure, a red cross
replaces the annunciation.
5 - ROLL INDICATION
– Indicates the bank angle of the airplane.
7 - STANDARD BUTTON
– Sets the barometric pressure to standard atmospheric pressure.
8 - SLIP/SKID INDICATION
– Indicates slip or skid angle if flight is not coordinated.
10 - BRIGHTNESS CELL
– Automatically adjusts the instrument brightness according to the
ambient lighting.
11 - ALTITUDE INDICATION
– Indicates actual altitude, with graduated scale of 20 ft.
– A NEG indication is displayed vertically in white in case of
negative altitude.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
13 - VERTICAL SPEED
– Indicates the actual vertical speed in feet per minute (ft/min).
– An arrow indicates climb or descent.
– In case of failure the corresponding pointer and scale will be
removed.
15 - ILS DEVIATIONS
– Vertical scale: green diamond indicates glide slope position.
– Horizontal scale: green diamond indicates localizer position.
– Vertical and horizontal scales are not displayed when ILS is not
selected.
– In case of failure, the pointer and the scale are removed from
view and replaced by a red cross.
16 - CAGE BUTTON
– Resets attitude to zero, eliminating accumulated drift when the
button is pressed for more than two seconds.
– Not operational during the initialization mode and must be used
with wings leveled on stabilized flight conditions.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
18 - AIRPLANE SYMBOL
– Reference for airplane attitude indication.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CLOCK/CHRONOMETER
MAIN PANEL
MAIN PANEL
MIN SEC
2 UTC GPS
INT
4
SET
SET
DATE HR/MO MIN/DY SEC/Y
EM170AOM140273.DGN
1 AUTO
RST
5
HR ET MIN
6
1 - DATE/SET KNOB/BUTTON
– Allows time setting when GPS/INT/SET selector is in the SET
position. Repeated pressings of the SET button causes the
selector to cycle between minute, hour, year, month and day.
The desired digits flashes and the setting is obtained by rotating
the DATE/SET button clockwise to increase and
counter-clockwise to decrease.
– Selects the date to be displayed on the associated indicator,
when GPS/INT/SET selector is in GPS or INT.
2 - RESET BUTTON
– Reset the chronometer to zero if chronometer is stopped.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– LCD display is blanked when the RST button is pressed and the
chronometer is running.
3 - CHRONOMETER BUTTON
– Starts/stops the chronometer.
4 - GPS/INT/SET SELECTOR
– GPS: synchronizes with UTC and DATE from GPS.
– INT: displays information from the internal clock.
– SET: sets the clock modes.
6 - CLOCK/CHONOMETER DISPLAY
– Displays chronometer, time/date and elapsed time.
– If no GPS signal is detected, the clock will display dashes and
only the positions INT and SET on the GPS/INT/SET selector
will be available.
– The chronometer display is blanked in the non-operating mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL WHEEL
MI O
HR
P
C
O T
F T
F
T
SE
OT
E
−R
P TOP
A
S C AP
S
EM170AOM140515A.DGN
1 - CHRONOMETER BUTTON
– Starts/stops/resets the chronometer displayed on PFD.
– Independent information/functioning for each control wheel.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140323.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COMMUNICATION
CONTROL WHEEL
MI O
HR
P
C
O T
F T
F
T
SE
OT
E
−R
P TOP
A
S C AP
S
EM170AOM140144.DGN
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GLARESHIELD COMMUNICATION
MAIN PANEL
1 1
PTT
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
2
EM170AOM140145.DGN
PA
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1
EM170AOM140146.DGN
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MIC
ANR HDST
1
EM170AOM140147.DGN
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OBSERVER
STATION
OBSERVER JACKS
MICROPHONE
ANR
BOOM HDPH
HOT
OFF
PTT
EM170AOM140294.DGN
HDST
2 1
1 - OBSERVER JACKS
– Allows plugging in headphone (HDPH), headset (ANR HDST)
and boom microphone (BOOM).
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RAMP STATION
MAINTENANCE PANEL
CKPT CALL
LAN
R
A GCU / EPM
M
P
MIC/PHONE I
N
P
H
1
STEERING RAMP INPH
CKPT CALL 2
LAN
AC GPU
MIC/PHONE
GROUND
SERVICE SW
AVAIL
IN USE
P
1 H
2
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - MICROPHONE/HEADPHONE JACK
– Allow ground personnel to plug in a headphone and a
microphone equipped with a PTT Button.
NOTE: Ground personnel panel is linked to the hot mic once the
ramp button is selected.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
OBSERVER STATION
1 2 3 4
MIC
AUD
EMER
NAV1 NAV2 NAV3 ADF1 ADF2 ID
RAMP
DME1 DME2 MKR
SELCAL CAB
SPKR INPH HDPH
EM170AOM140151A.DGN
VHF1: 47
NORM BKUP AUTO MASK
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
7 - ID FILTER BUTTON
– Activates a filter that eliminates voice on VOR and ADF audio so
the identification can be heard.
9 - ACP DISPLAY
– Displays the selected transmission channel and digital volume
information.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
AFT
FWD
EM170AOM140125.DGN
4 3 2 1
1 - SELECTOR SWITCH
– Selects forward and afterward DVDR switch to set the source of
the headphone audio for the aural indication when the DVDR
test is successful (to maintenance task only).
2 - HEADPHONE JACK
– Monitors tone transmission during test or to monitor playback of
voice audio.
3 - TEST BUTTON
– Simultaneously tests all CVR and FDR functions on both DVDR.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
1 2 3
PASS/ PASS/
FAIL FAIL
FDR 1 FDR 2
CVR 1 CVR 2
EM170AOM141102B.DGN
7 6 5 4
2 - HEADPHONE JACK
– Monitors tone transmission during test.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - AUDIO INDICATOR
– GREEN: an audio signal at a minimum level is detected in any of
the four CVR channels during the self-test.
6 - TEST BUTTON
– Simultaneously tests all CVR and FDR functions on both DVDR.
7 - EVENT BUTTON
– Not used in this configuration.
"
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PRINTER
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
OPEN
PUSH
6
OFF
5
FAULT
4
PUSH TO CLOSE
ALRT
RST
3
TEST
2
LOW
PPR
1
EM170AOM140478A.DGN
PPR
ADV
OPEN
PUSH
1 - PPR ADV
– Continuously advances paper while pushbutton is depressed.
2 - LOW PPR
– Illuminates when the printer senses the last remaining 10 feet of
paper on the paper supply roll.
3 - TEST BUTTON
– Illuminates all indicators followed by a printout of test results and
a test pattern.
– ″TEST″ button indicator bar will remain lit in conjunction with the
″FAULT″ indicator to report a self test failure.
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Not functional.
5 - FAULT BUTTON
– Illuminates when senses no paper or printer door open.
– Illuminates in conjunction with test button in case of self-test
failure.
6 - OFF BUTTON
– Alternatively turns the printer off and on. When power is applied
to the printer, it automatically is in the on state.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADSP
TAT
MFP
ADC
EM170AOM140318A.DGN
TOTAL PRESSURE
STATIC PRESSURE
AOA
TAT
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Reversionary Logic
Normal
1st reversion 2nd reversion
Operation
Captain ADS 1 ADS 3 ADS 2
First Officer ADS 2 ADS 3 ADS 1
AOM-1502-017
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ADSP 4 ADSP 3
TAT 2 TAT 1
ADSP 2 ADSP 1
EM170AOM140118.DGN
PROBE LOCATION
AOM-1502-017
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CLOCK
The electronic clock provides the flight crew with the following
information:
– Universal time coordinated (UTC);
– Date (day/month and year);
– Elapsed time (ET) and
– Chronometer (CHR).
NORMAL OPERATION
GPS TIME
With the switch set to GPS the system receives the UTC time from the
GPS automatically as long as the GPS is receiving a satellite signal.
INTERNAL TIME
The clock can be set to operate without the GPS.
To adjust the internal time proceed as follows:
– Turn the GPS – INT switch to SET position;
– Rotate the SET switch to adjust the blinking field;
– Press the SET switch to move to another clock field;
– Repeat the process until all clock field are as desired;
– Turn the GPS – INT switch to INT to start the clock internal operation.
ELAPSED TIME
The elapsed time starts automatically when the airplane is airborne and
stops when the airplane returns to the ground state.
There is no automatic reset between flights.
To reset the counter set the AUTO - RST switch to RST and release it.
CHRONOMETER
The CHR switch starts and stops the chronometer.
The RST switch resets the chronometer when it is stopped.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL
The communication system comprises the radio communication (VHF),
interphone, audio control panels and digital data voice recorder.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 1 / 2
COM1 SQ SQ COM2
123 . 200 TX
118 . 600
NAV1 FMS FMS NAV2
114 . 80 AUTO AUTO 117 . 4
DME H PXR
115 . 60 116 . 8
W123456 XPDR
TCAS/XPDR 1471
IDENT
EM170AOM140325B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 / 1
COM1
ACTIVE SOUELCH
123 . 200 ON OFF
PRESET MODE
118 . 000
MEM TUNE FREO
1 KDVT TWR 8 . 33 25
118.400
EM170AOM140839A.DGN
MEMORY RADIO 1 / 2
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RNP 1O.1
E
W
VOR1
VOR2
24
12
EM170AOM140893A.DGN
COM1
21 5
15
NAV1
18O 55 115 6O
119 4O 119 O3
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 /2
COM MEMORY
COM 1
123 . 722
1 - KDVT TWR MEMORY - 4
118 . 400
2 - KDVT GND MEMORY - 5
121 . 800
3 - MEMORY MEMORY - 6
COM 1
EM170AOM140840A.DGN
RADIO 1 / 2
VHF 3
RADIO PAGE 2/2:
– To bring up the RADIO PAGE 2/2, with the radio PAGE 1/2 displayed,
press the NEXT button;
– On RADIO page 2/2 it is possible to tune and activate the VHF 3
frequencies for voice mode. Press LSK 6L twice to go to COM 3 page
1/1, and then press LSK 2R to cycle the operational mode (data or
voice). It is possible to tune a radio frequency in the same manner as
VHF 1 and 2;
– The frequencies for data transmission are selected on a specific
ACARS page. With data mode selected, the indication ‘DATA’
displays, otherwise VHF 3 active and standby frequencies display.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 2 / 2
ADF1
1L 1R
230 . 0
2L 365 . 0 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
EM170AOM140490A.DGN
COM3
5L DATA 5R
6L 6R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 2 / 2
ADF1 SQ ADF2
230 . 0 235 . 5
365 . 0 360 . 0
HF1
8 . 8550 UV
10 . 0960
COM3
EM170AOM140326.DGN
121 . 7
118 . 5
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COM 3 1/1
ACTIVE SQUELCH
1L 123.200 ON OFF 1R
PRESET MODE
2L 2R
118.000 DATA VOICE
MEM TUNE FREQ
3L 3R
1 - KDVT TWR 8.33 25
118.400
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140491B.DGN
HIGH FREQUENCY
The HF frequency transceiver is tuned/activated through the MCDU.
When an HF transmitter is keyed after a frequency change, the antenna
tunes to the selected frequency. While the frequency is being tuned, a
steady tone may be heard through the audio system.
The flight crew may tune the HF frequency on the MCDU as follows:
– Press RADIO button on the MCDU to go to RADIO page 1/2.
RADIO PAGE 1/2:
– Press NEXT button to go to RADIO page 2/2.
RADIO PAGE 2/2:
– On RADIO page 2/2 it is possible to tune and activate the HF
frequency. Tuning can be accomplished using the tuning knob or the
numeric buttons. If the tuning knob is used, the standby frequency
must be boxed prior to tuning by pressing its respective line select
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
key. In case of the numeric keys use, the standby frequency has to
be entered in the scratchpad and press the respective line select key.
To activate the standby frequency, press the respective active
frequency;
– Press the respective standby frequency twice if not boxed, otherwise
press once, to go to HF page 1/2;
HF PAGE 1/2:
– Press LSK 5L to cycle to the operational mode:
SMPL: transmission and reception on the same frequency.
SPLT: transmission and reception frequencies differ.
ITU: frequencies in accordance with International Telecommunication
Union channel designations;
EMRG: single button access to six pre-stored emergency
frequencies;
– Press LSK 1R to cycle the squelch type:
SBH - Syllabic Squelch High: This is the basic squelch type and is
usually best for normal voice communications. A syllabic squelch
opens upon receiving a signal with voice-like characteristics while
ignoring other signals.
With syllabic squelch, there is the possibility that the first syllable of a
voice reception may be partially squelched. The possible adjustment
levels are OFF, meaning no squelch action, minimum (MIN), medium
(MED) and maximum (MAX).
SBL - Syllabic Squelch Low: This squelch is also a syllabic squelch
and is intended for voice communications where the desired signal is
very weak and noisy. This squelch is more prone to opening (no
squelch action) on noise than the SBH squelch. The possible
adjustment levels are OFF (no squelch action), minimum (MIN),
medium (MED) and maximum (MAX).
SQH - (Signal/Noise Squelch High): This is a traditional
signal-to-noise squelch best suited for listening to non-voice signals,
or voice signals that do not respond well to one of the syllabic
squelches. Compared to the syllabic squelches, a higher signal level
is generally required for this squelch to perform well. The possible
adjustment levels are 0-31, where 0 is off squelch.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MENU
1L MISC 1R
2L 2R
3L 3R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BACKUP RADIO
COM1
1L 1R
123 . 2OO
2L 365 . 0 2R
NAV1
3L 3R
114 . 8O
4L 11O . 6O 4R
EM170AOM140511A.DGN
XPDR
5L 5R
1471
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LAN
TUNNING
BACKUP
MAU 1 MAU 3
CMF 2 PFD 1 MFD 1 MFD 2 PFD 2 MAU 2
CMC CMF 1
ASCB
HF ANTENNA
ANTENNA VHF 3
MRC 2 MRC 1
AUDIO BACKUP
EM170AOM140727A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SELECTIVE CALLING
Selective Calling (SELCAL) monitors selected frequencies on the VHF
and HF radios in case the ground station desires to communicate with
the flight crew. Each airplane is assigned a unique four-letter SELCAL
code.
INTERPHONE SYSTEM
The interphone system provides communication between the flight crew,
flight attendants and ramp personnel.
The flight attendants communicate between flight attendant stations or
with the flight crew using any of the attendant handsets.
Communication between flight crew and flight attendants may be done
through the ACP.
Call chimes are annunciated at the beginning of the call from the cockpit
to the flight attendants and vice-versa.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ATTENDANT CALL
The call system is used as a mean for crewmembers to gain the
attention of other crewmembers and to indicate that interphone
communication is desired.
Attention is gained through the use of lights and aural signals (chimes or
horn). The cockpit may be called from either flight attendant station or by
the ground personnel. The ground personnel may only be called from
the cockpit. Flight attendants may be called from the cockpit through
interphone buttons on the ACPs or flight attendant call button on the
overhead panel, the other attendant station, or from any passenger seat
(PSU) or lavatory. Call lights in the passenger cabin identify the source
of incoming calls to the attendants.
Call system chime signals low, high or high/low tones are audible in the
passenger cabin through the PA system speakers. The PA speakers
also provide an alerting chime signal whenever the NO SMOKING,
FASTEN SEAT BELT or RETURN TO SEAT (in the lavatory) signs and
STERILE COCKPIT light illuminate or extinguish.
The attendant call lights located on the forward and aft main ceiling
panel areas provide a visual indication to attendant when there is a call
from the flight crew or passengers.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SYSTEM INTERFACES
The CMF has the following interfaces:
– Multifunction Control Display Unit
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
The MCDU is the primary flight crew interface with the CMF functions,
which are accessed through the ACARS MAIN MENU by pressing
the DLK function key. Alternative access to the CMF functions is
performed by pressing the MENU function key on the MCDU, entering
the MISC page and selecting the ACARS prompt. Further access to
other pages is provided through the line select keys (LSK) on the
MCDU.
Crew alerting and advisory messages are displayed on the MCDU
scratchpad. Alerting messages are displayed regardless of whether
CMF is active on the MCDU, while advisory messages are displayed
only when the CMF is active on the MCDU. If it is the first access to
the CMF pages since power up, the CMF ACARS MAIN MENU is
displayed.
If it is not the first access since power up and there are new
messages, the NEW MESSAGES page is displayed. If it is not the
first access since power up and there are no new messages, the last
CMF page accessed is displayed.
– Printer
The CMF uses the Local Area Network (LAN) to interface with an
optional Printer. CMF data may be printed from an MCDU by using
the print prompt displayed on an active CMF page.
– Central Maintenance Computer
The CMC receives fault and event reports from the CMF and allows
communication between the CMF and an optional Printer.
– Primary Flight Display
The amber “MSG” annunciation is displayed on the PFD when uplink
messages are received from ground Datalink Service Providers. Also,
this annunciation is displayed following an advisory message on the
MCDU scratchpad.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APPR1
SPD T AP LOC GS
115 AT 3O OO 1OOO
16O 4OOO 4
2O 2O
15O 2
FS
1O 1O 1
14O
AC
-3.O
11O RF
1
1OO 1O 1O 2
9O 2O 2O BARO 3OOO 4
W
12
3O
VOR1
VOR2 MSG
EM170AOM141231A.DGN
33
E
N
VHF1 NAV1
6 3
118 5O 119 1O
119 25 119 15
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PRE FLIGHT
The PRE FLT option allows access to the PRE-FLIGHT page, which
may be used to send information related to pre-flight activities. This
page is also used to perform system initialization and it is available
during all flight phases. After initialization, the crew receives a message
to confirm that the flight has been recognized as an ACARS flight. The
ACARS system uses the VHF COM 3 when in DATA mode.
INITIALIZE
ACARS PRE-FLIGHT
4L < WX REQUEST 4R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ACARS INITIALIZE
FLT NO SKED DAY
1L 0123 24 1R
DEP XPDR FLT ID DEST
2L SBSJ ABC123 SBCT 2R
FUEL QTY BD FUEL
3L 9.6 ----- 3R
CAPT ID CREW-3 ID
4L CYPE LANA 4R
F/O ID CREW-4 ID
5L CHLS CECI 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140856B.DGN
INITIALIZE PAGE
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DEPARTURE DELAY
The DEP DELAY option allows access to the DEPARTURE DELAY
page, which may be used to inform the AOC of a departure delay.
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
----------------------------------
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140857B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WEATHER REQUEST
The WX REQUEST option allows access to the WEATHER REQUEST
page, which may be used request weather information. After selecting
the desired information, it is necessary to insert the station ICAO code in
the respective line select key (1R to 4R).
2L * TAF ----- 2R
STA3
3L * FCST-14HS -----
STA4
3R
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140858A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VOX CONTACT
The VOX CONTACT option allows access to the VOX CONTACT REQ
page, which may be used by the flight crew to downlink a request to the
AOC on the selected frequency. The flight crew needs to access the
radio page to tune the desired frequency, which is displayed as VOX
FREQ adjacent to line select keys 4L or 4R, depending on the VHF
bandwidth selected on line select keys 2L or 2R.
1L 1R
3L 3R
VOX FREQ
4L 131.80 4R
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140871B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IN FLIGHT
The IN FLT option allows access to the IN FLIGHT page, which may be
used to send information related to in-flight activities. It is available
during all flight phases.
ACARS IN FLIGHT
4L < WX REQUEST 4R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ENROUTE DELAY
The ENRT DELAY option allows access to the ENROUTE DELAY page,
which may be used to inform the AOC of an enroute delay.
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
----------------------------------
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140860B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ARRIVAL DELAY
The ARR DELAY option allows access to the ARRIVAL DELAY page,
which may be used to inform the AOC of an arrival delay.
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
----------------------------------
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140861B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3L ---------------------------------- 3R
----------------------------------
4L 4R
----------------------------------
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140862A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DIVERSION
The DIVERSION option allows access to the DIVERSION page, which
may be used to inform the AOC of a diversion to another airport.
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
----------------------------------
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140863A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VOX CONTACT
The VOX CONTACT option allows access to the VOX CONTACT REQ
page, which may be used by the flight crew to downlink a request to the
AOC on the selected frequency. The flight crew needs to access the
radio page to tune the desired frequency, which is displayed as VOX
FREQ adjacent to line select keys 4L or 4R, depending on the VHF
bandwidth selected on line select keys 2L or 2R.
1L 1R
3L 3R
VOX FREQ
4L 131.80 4R
5L 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140871B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POST FLIGHT
The POST FLT option allows access to the POST-FLIGHT page, which
may be used to send information related to post-flight activities. It is
available during all flight phases.
ACARS POST-FLIGHT
POST-FLIGHT PAGE
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POST-FLIGHT REPORT
The POS FLT REPORT option allows access to the POST FLT RPT
page, which may be used to inform flight data to the AOC. This display
is only accessible from the ON event until the end of the flight. Refer to
the definition of the OOOI reports in the previous pages.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2L ---------------------------------- 2R
3L ---------------------------------- 3R
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
READY
5L PRINT * 5R
NO COMM
EM170AOM140866B.DGN
FREE TEXT
The FREE TEXT page may be used to send a free text message to the
AOC.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2L ---------------------------------- 2R
3L ---------------------------------- 3R
4L ---------------------------------- 4R
READY
5L PRINT * 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140867B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLIGHT TIMES
The FLT TIMES option allows access to the FLIGHT TIMES page. This
page allows the flight crew to obtain flight statistics on the flight phases.
It displays flight number, flight day and the ACARS times for OOOI
events. Refer to the definition of OOOI reports in the previous pages.
The current and previous flight times information is displayed on two
pages. At the end of a flight event, all the parameters on the current
flight times page are copied to the previous flight times page and the
parameters on the current flight times page are cleared.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NEW MESSAGES
The NEW MSGS option allows access to the NEW MESSAGES page.
This page lists up to 30 messages received that have not been viewed
by the crew. When the log file reaches 28 messages, a “RESPOND TO
UPLINKS” scratchpad message is displayed and continues to be
displayed until 30 messages are stored in the log. If a 31st message is
received, the message can not be stored in the log file. The “RESPOND
TO UPLINKS” message is again displayed and the uplink message is
discarded once it is acknowledged by the CMF as received.
1250Z NEW
1L MESSAGE FREE TEXT > 1R
1235Z NEW
2L MESSAGE TWIP REQUEST > 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140869B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MESSAGES SENT
The MSGS SENT option allows access to the MSG SEND LOG page.
This page lists all messages that have been sent by the flight crew. The
Airline Modifiable Information (AMI) database may define up to 8 log
files for AOC messages, each one capable of holding up to 100
messages. Each log has a DELETE LOG.
1L 1301Z SENDING 1R
FREE TEXT , , , >
2L 1259Z SENT 2R
WEATHER REQUES , , , >
3L 1259Z SENT 3R
INITIALIZE , , , >
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140870B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MESSAGES RECEIVED
The MSGS RCVD allows access to the MSG RCVD LOG pages. These
pages list all uplink messages that have been received and viewed by
the crew. Each log has a DELETE LOG.
1250Z DISPLAYED
1L MESSAGE FREE TEXT > 1R
1235Z DISPLAYED
2L MESSAGE TWIP REQUEST > 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140885B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STATUS
The STATUS option allows access to the STATUS MENU page, which
may be used to obtain information about sensors and FMS displays.
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140872A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SENSORS
The SENSOR option allows access to the SENSOR STATUS page,
which may be used to obtain information about sensors status, including
doors, engine, fuel quantity and brakes sensors.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ASCB DATA
The ASCB DATA allows access to the ASCB DATA page, which may be
used to obtain ASCB-related information.
FLIGHT ID TIME
1L ABC123 13:35:50 1R
DEST APT DATE
2L SBSJ 24APR08 2R
ORING APT FOB
3L SBCT 9.6 3R
GND SPEED AIRSPEED
4L 0.0 10.5 4R
ALTITUDE DIST TO GO
5L 2949 1.3 5R
FUEL UNITS
EM170AOM140874B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4L S25 31.91’ 4R
LONGITUDE
5L W 49 10.52’ 5R
EM170AOM140875A.DGN
6L < RETURN 6R
PORT ACTIVITY
The PORT ACTIVITY option allows access to the PORT ACTIVITY
page, which may be used to obtain information about the state of
operation for some systems.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FMC 1 MCDU 1
1L ACTIVE ACTIVE 1R
FMC 2 MCDU 2
2L ACTIVE ACTIVE 2R
FMC 3 MCDU 3
3L NOT INSTLD NOT INSTLD 3R
CMC OFFSIDE CMU
4L ACTIVE ACTIVE 4R
PRINTER
5L ACTIVE 5R
EM170AOM141232A.DGN
6L < RETURN 6R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VDR 1 HFDR 1
1L NOT INSTLD NOT INSTLD 1R
VDR 2 HFDR 2
2L NOT INSTLD NOT INSTLD 2R
VDR 3 SDU 1
3L ACTIVE INACTIVE 3R
CABIN 1 SDU 2
4L NOT INSTLD NOT INSTLD 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM141233A.DGN
6L < RETURN 6R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN MENU
LSK 6R
ATC MENU
LSK 5R
FLT TIMES
LSK 5L DIVERSION VOX CONTACT
LSK 3R LSK 5R
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ATS MENU
The ATS MENU option on the ACARS MAIN MENU allows access to all
ATS applications.
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TWIP REQUEST
The TWIP REQ option allows access to the TWIP REQUEST page,
which may be used to send a downlink request for a TWIP uplink report.
2L 2R
MODE
3L * NORMAL <SEL> 3R
4L * AUTO UPDATE 4R
5L * TERMINATE AUTO 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140877A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ATIS REQUEST
The ATIS REQ option allows access to the ATIS REQUEST page, which
may be used to send a downlink request for an ATIS uplink report.
AIRPORT
1L SBCT 1R
2L * ARRIVAL <SEL>DEPART * 2R
3L * AUTO UPDATE 3R
4L * AUTO ENROUTE 4R
5L * TERMINATE AUTO 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140878A.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLT ID DEP
1L ABC123 SBSJ 1R
ATIS STAND
2L O R11 2R
DEST
3L SBCT 3R
REMARKS
4L --------------------------------- 4R
5L --------------------------------- 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140879C.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L -------------------------------- 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140880D.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L -------------------------------- 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140881C.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L -------------------------------- 5R
DATALINK
EM170AOM140882C.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ATS LOG
The ATS LOG option allows access to the ATS LOG page. This page
displays all uplink and downlink ATS messages.
1217Z DISPLAYED
1L KSLX TWIP . . . > 1R
1216Z SENT
2L TWIP REQUEST . . . > 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
READY
EM170AOM140884A.DGN
There are also Flight System Message pages, which display unsolicited
uplink messages providing additional information that the Departure and
Oceanic Clearance uplink messages did not provide.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4L 4R
5L 5R
READY
EM170AOM140883B.DGN
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OCEANIC OCEANIC
REQ Report
LSK 4L
PUSHBACK PUSHBACK
REQ Report
LSK 5L
ATC STAT
MSG
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PRINTER
The airplane is equipped with a full-format thermal line printer device
installed in the cockpit on the control pedestal. DC BUS 1 powers the
printer and a CB located in the cockpit Circuit Breaker Panel provides
electrical protection.
The flight crew accesses printer via MCDU by CMF during all flight
phases. On ground, maintenance personnel accesses printer via MFD 2
to print maintenance reports. CMF and CMC communicate with the
printer via the LAN BUS.
The printer provides a self test which, in case of failure, illuminates the
printer fault indicator in conjunction with printer test indicator. The Fault
light also illuminates when printer door is open or paper out is sensed.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IRS I STATUS 1 / 1
STATIONARY ALIGNMENT
1L 1R
IAS POSITION
2L N09.59.9 E009.00.0 2R
4L 4R
SET MAG HOG
---*
5L 5R
EM170AOM140894A.DGN
6L POS SENSOR 6R
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WEATHER
RADAR MCDU 1 ASCB
IRU 1
MAU 1
ADSP 1/ 2
MAU 2 PFD 1/ 2
ADSP 3/4
MAU 3
IRU 2
EM170AOM140126A.DGN
WEATHER MCDU 2
RADAR
IRS SCHEMATIC
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POSITION INIT 1/ 1
LAST POS
N33 26.8 W112 01.5 LOAD
KPHX REF WPT
N33 26.2 W112 00.5 LOAD
GPS 1 POS
N33 26.9 W112 01.2 LOAD
EM170AOM140127.DGN
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TIME
CLOCK
POSITION
IRU 1 GPS 1
POSITION
ELT/NAV
MAU 1
POSITION
TIME
VELOCITY
MCDU 1
MCDU 2
POSITION
EM170AOM140319.DGN
TIME
VELOCITY
IRU 2 GPS 2
POSITION
MAU 3
GPS SCHEMATIC
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GPS 1 STATUS 1 / 2
GPS POSITION
1L N34 04.6 W111 08.2 1R
GRD SPD = 318 GPS ALT
2L N302 KT E68 KT 14999 2R
MILES FR FMS POS
3L 3R
N0.1 W4.4 TOTAL 4.4
4L 4R
5L 5R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GPS ALTITUDE
EARTH’S SURFACE
WGS−84 ELLIPSOID
GPS ALTITUDE
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GPS 1 STATUS 2 / 2
RAIM = 0.10 NM
1L FOM = 0.05 NM 1R
HDOP = 2 UTC 1730
2L VDOP = 2 DATE 21AUG94 2R
MODE = NAVIGATION
3L SATELLITES TRACKED = 7 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Any faults within the GPS module will be reported on the MCDU. The
Message (“MSG”) indicator on the PFD will illuminate, and “GPS 1
FAILED” or “GPS 2 FAILED”, as appropriate, will be displayed in the
scratchpad area.
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PREDICTIVE RAIM 1 / 1
FROM GPS 1
1L DEST PILOT SEL 1R
KLAX KPHX
2L 0953Z < -TIME- > 1521Z 2R
YES < -RAIM- > NO
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
The FMS uses the high priority GPS for predictive RAIM. The priority
order for FMS 1 is GPS 1, GPS 2. The priority order for FMS 2 is GPS
2, GPS 1. If only a single GPS is available, both FMSs use it for
predictive RAIM.
Should the GPS fail or the interface between the FMS and GPS not
work properly, the FMS displays the message PREDICTIVE RAIM
UNAVAILABLE on the PREDICTIVE RAIM page.
Predictive RAIM is calculated using GPS almanac information. The
almanac within the GPS is automatically updated whenever the GPS is
on and tracking satellites. The almanac within the GPS is set invalid if it
is older than 3.5 days. Should this occur, the message ALMANAC
EXPIRED is displayed on the PREDICTIVE RAIM page. The almanac
takes approximately 12–25 minutes to update once the GPS is tracking
satellites. RAIM predictions are not possible with an expired almanac.
Selecting the DEST prompt from the PREDICTIVE RAIM page displays
DESTINATION RAIM page 1/2.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DESTINATION RAIM 1 / 2
PLACE RAIM@TIME
1L KLAX NO 0953Z 1R
RAIM@TIME RAIM@TIME
2L YES 0938Z NO 0958Z 2R
YES 0943Z NO 1003Z
3L NO 0948Z NO 1008Z 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DESTINATION RAIM 2 / 2
SATELLITE DESELECT
1L BY PRN NUMBER 1R
2L 4 -- 2R
3L -- -- 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
The satellite deselection can also be done in the PILOT SELECT RAIM
page 2/2.
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VOR/ILS
RADIO PAGE 1/2:
– The frequency is changed using either the scratchpad or the tuning
knob on the MCDU.
– To change a frequency value with the scratchpad, use the keypad to
enter the new frequency value, and then push the LSK next to the
frequency to be modified. This transfers the value from the scratchpad
to the selected frequency.
– To change a frequency value with the MCDU tuning knob, the standby
frequency must be boxed prior to pressing the LSK 4L/4R. Tune the
frequency with the cursor around the standby frequency and the
swap icon displayed, push the LSK to swap the standby and active
frequencies.
RADIO 1 / 2
COM1 SQ SQ COM2
123 . 200 TX
118 . 600
NAV1 FMS FMS NAV2
114 . 80 AUTO AUTO 117 . 4
DME H PXR
115 . 60 116 . 8
W123456 XPDR
TCAS/XPDR 1471
IDENT
EM170AOM140325B.DGN
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PROGRESS 1/3
TO DIST ETE FUEL
4L 4R
DMEDME RNP = 2.00 EPU = 8.23
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 / 1
NAV I
ACTIVE
1L 114.80 1R
PRESET DME HOLD
2L 117.40 ON OFF 2R
3L 3R
MEN TUNE TEST
4L 1 TFD ON OFF 4R
114.80 FMS AUTO
5L ON OFF 5R
EM170AOM140896A.DGN
6L MEMORY RADIO 1 / 2 6R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RNP 1O.1
E
W
VOR1
VOR2
24
12
EM170AOM140893A.DGN
COM1
21 5
15
NAV1
18O 55 115 6O
119 4O 119 O3
ADF
RADIO PAGE 2/2:
The frequency is changed using either the scratchpad or the tuning knob
on the MCDU.
To change a frequency value with the scratchpad, use the keypad to
enter the new frequency value, and then push the LSK next to the
frequency to be modified. This transfers the value from the scratchpad to
the selected frequency.
To change a frequency value with the MCDU tuning knob, the standby
frequency must be boxed prior to pressing the LSK 4L/4R. Tune the
frequency. With the cursor around the standby frequency and the swap
icon displayed, push the LSK to swap the standby and active
frequencies.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 2 / 2
ADF1 SQ ADF2
230 . 0 235 . 5
365 . 0 360 . 0
HF1
8 . 8550 UV
10 . 0960
COM3
EM170AOM140326.DGN
121 . 7
118 . 5
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 / 1
ADF 1
ACTIVE
1L 1299.5 1R
PRESET
2L 600.0 2R
MEN TUNE
3L 3 SDL NDB 3R
TEST
224.0
4L ON OFF 4R
MODE
5L ADF ANTENNA BFO VOICE 5R
EM170AOM140897A.DGN
6L MEMORY RADIO 2 / 2 6R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NAV MEMORY 1 / 2
NAV 1
1L 108.70 1R
1 - TFD MEMORY - 4
2L 114.80 2R
2 - MEMORY MEMORY - 5
3L 116.50 3R
3 - MEMORY MEMORY - 6
4L 4R
5L NAVA 1 5R
EM170AOM140898A.DGN
6L RADIO 1 / 2 6R
TRANSPONDER
The transponders are located in the Modular Radio Cabinet (MRC).
Each transponder provides conventional ATC functions. The dual Mode
S XPDR system enables secondary surveillance by transmission of
airplane identification information, altitude (barometric) and coded
message data to ATC ground stations and TCAS installations on other
airplane.
The transponder code is entered/activated through the MCDU. A tuning
backup is available in MCDU 2 in case of loss of both MAUs.
The transponder receives and transmits altitude information from the
ADS of the coupled side. Flight ID information is provided by the FMS,
or it can be entered by the pilot. The XPDR also receives the ICAO
address programmed into the airplane personality module (APM) and
the pilot enters the squawk code.
For Airplanes Post-Mod. SB 170-34-0017 or equipped with an equivalent
modification factory incorporated, the installed Transponder Mode S
Enhanced Surveillance system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
XPDR Replies
MODE TCAS
Modes Altitude
STANDBY None No Disabled
ALT-OFF A and S No Disabled
ALT-ON A, C and S Yes Disabled
Traffic Advisory
TA A, C and S Yes
only
Traffic Advisory/
TA/RA A, C and S Yes Resolution
Advisory
On ground, and in any mode except Standby, the XPDR only replies to
discretely addressed mode S interrogations. The replies in mode A and
mode C will occur when the airplane is airborne and the XPDR/TCAS
mode is not set to Standby or ALT-OFF.
The flight crew may enter the transponder code on the MCDU as
follows:
– Press radio button on the MCDU to go to RADIO page 1/2.
RADIO PAGE 1/2:
– On RADIO page 1/2 it is possible to enter the transponder code. The
entering can be accomplished using the tuning knob or the numeric
buttons. If the tuning knob will be used the transponder field must be
boxed prior to pressing its respective line select key. In case of the
numeric keys, enter the transponder code and press the respective
line select key.
– Press LSK 5L to go to TCAS/XPDR page 1/2.
– Press LSK 6L to alternately select STBY or the selected active mode.
The active mode can be set on TCAS/XPDR page 2/2.
– Press LSK 6R to select identification mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 1 / 2
COM1 SQ SQ COM2
123 . 200 TX
118 . 600
NAV1 FMS FMS NAV2
114 . 80 AUTO AUTO 117 . 4
DME H PXR
115 . 60 116 . 8
W123456 XPDR
TCAS/XPDR 1471
IDENT
EM170AOM140325B.DGN
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 / 2
TCAS/XPDR
ACTIVE PRESSURE ALT
1L 1471 41000 1R
PRESET FLT ID
2L 1200 N123 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
XPDR SEL
5L XPDR 1 XPDR 2 IDENT 5R
EM170AOM140899A.DGN
6L RADIO 1 / 2 6R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TCAS/XPOR 2 / 2
TCAB/XPDR MIDE
1L * TA/RA TR ALT-ON ALT-OFF 1R
ALT RANGE
2L 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
EM170AOM140900A.DGN
6L RADIO 1 / 2 6R
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Antenna unit (RTA) and two virtual weather radar controllers. The RTA is
mounted in the nose of the airplane, whereas the virtual controllers
consist of the CCDs and the weather mode information displayed on the
MFDs below the weather information.
CCD 1 CCD 2
IRS
VIRTUAL WX VIRTUAL WX
CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
RTA
EM170AOM140130.DGN
ASCB
MAU 1 MAU 3
GUIDANCE PANEL
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WX RADAR MODES
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LEFT RIGHT
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE RTA MODE
CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Slave
OFF Standby Standby Standby
Standby
Slave
Standby OFF Standby Standby
Standby
OFF ON Slave ON ON ON
ON OFF ON Slave ON ON
Standby ON Standby ON ON
ON Standby ON Standby ON
ON ON ON ON ON
Standby Standby Standby Standby Standby
FSBY is displayed when the airplane is on the ground. The RTA is in
forced standby mode when the airplane is on the ground, the transmitter
and antenna scan are both inhibited, display memory is erased, and
FSBY is displayed in the mode field. Overriding the forced standby
requires that both pilots select the FSBY OVRD menu item on the
respective weather controllers or one pilot selects the Antenna
Stabilization checkbox (STAB OFF) 4 times in less than 3 seconds
enabling the WX mode on ground.
OFF MODE
Turns the radar off, provided OFF is selected on both virtual controllers.
The system is no longer radiating power and the antenna is stowed.
SLAVE MODE
One controller is in OFF position whereas the other controller is in an
operating mode. The operating one is in control of both sweeps.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RANGE FUNCTION
The range can be manually set (CCD) to a desirable value (10 NM,
25 NM, 50 NM, 100 NM, 200 NM, 300 NM). The label OVRG is shown
whenever the Map range is greater than 300 NM.
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
this warning is received, the flight crew should select longer ranges to
view the questionable target. Note that TGT is inactive when hazards
are within the selected range.
Selecting the TGT function forces the system to preset gain and turns off
variable gain mode. Selections of ranges of 200 NM or greater
automatically turns off TGT function and allows variable gain mode. It
can only be selected in the WX mode.
NOTE: – The TGT annunciation on MFD may occur when the range
is increased to 200 NM or greater, even though the function
is deactivated.
– In such cases, system logic follows the TGT function
annunciation, and gain is automatically preset.
– Selection of 1000 NM range always clears TGT
annunciation.
TILT FUNCTION
The inner knob on the CCD provides tilt control giving the pilot manual
control of the antenna tilt angle. The CCD inner knob is a dedicated tilt
knob if VAR Gain is not active. Tilt can be varied between 15 degrees up
(clockwise rotation) and 15 degrees down (counterclockwise rotation).
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TEST FUNCTION
The test function is selected on MCDU avionics test page. The test is
used to select a special test pattern to allow verification of system
operation. If fault codes are detected they will be displayed at the same
location where tilt angle is displayed in the Weather mode field.
NOTE: Output power is radiated in test mode, unless the WX radar is in
FSBY mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLIGHT PLANNING
In general, flight plans may be divided in four categories: active, stored,
lateral or vertical.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL OPERATION
Climb: VNAV performs all climb profiles contained in the VFLCH mode.
If the FMS levels-off at an altitude constraint defined over a waypoint, it
resumes the climb automatically upon sequencing the waypoint. If the
FMS levels-off at an altitude set on the Altitude Pre Selector, after setting
the Altitude Pre Selector to a higher altitude, the FLCH button must be
pressed on the guidance panel in order for the VNAV to transition from
VALT to VFLCH.
Cruise: The FMS will transition to cruise phase when reaching the initial
cruise altitude set in the PERF INIT page. If the airplane levels at an
altitude lower than the initial cruise altitude, the FMS does not transition
to cruise.
If the ALT SEL is set to an altitude higher than the FMS cruise altitude,
after few seconds, the cruise altitude in the PERF INIT page is reset to
match with the ALT SEL selection.
NOTE: To reset the FMS cruise altitude to an altitude lower than the
current FMS cruise altitude, it may be necessary to delete the
current cruise altitude in the FMS CRUISE PAGE 1/1 prior to
insert the new altitude.
To leave cruise level to either climb or descent, the altitude selector must
be set to an altitude higher or lower than the present altitude and a
vertical DIRECT-TO or VFLCH must be commanded.
When TCS is used to exit a leveled altitude, the command logic is to
return to the original altitude when the change is less than 50 ft. For
changes greater than 50 ft, the new achieved altitude is maintained.
TOD: The Top of Descent is calculated using the values inserted in the
PERF INIT page and is displayed in the VNAV page and on the
PFD/MFD.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
schedule if the difference between the current and the intended level is
more than 5000 ft, otherwise it remains in cruise speed schedule.
Cruise: When in VALT or ALT and the present altitude is equal to the
cruise altitude selected on the PERF INIT, the speed command is the
cruise schedule selected. If the airplane levels-off at an altitude lower
than the Initial Cruise altitude, the speed command continues on the
climb schedule.
Descent: The default descent speed schedule is 290 kt/0.76 M/3.0°.
During step descents, the descent speed schedule will be the default
speed commanded by the FMS. After level off FMS commands cruise
speed schedule if the aircraft is before 50 NM from the TOD or descend
speed schedule if it is within this range. Approaching the set limitation in
the Speed/Altitude limit of the PERF INIT page 3/3, the FMS commands
a speed reduction to comply with any existing the speed constraint.
Approach: The transition to approach speeds is at 15 flight plan nautical
miles from the destination or 5 NM from the first approach fix. This
selection is made on the DEP/APP speeds pages.
When the flaps are set to position 1, the FMS commands speeds for the
next flap. These speeds are calculated by the FMS for the actual
airplane weight.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
During cruise and descent, the FMS commands the AFCS to cross the
waypoint at the selected speed and applies this speed for the subsequent
waypoints.
DATA BASE
The FMS has three databases in its memory, a navigation database, a
custom database, and an aircraft database.
NAVIGATION DATABASE
The Navigation Database contains data on NAVAIDS, airports and
airways. It contains two consecutive effective cycles and it is updated
every 28 days. The correct database may be automatically or manually
selected. The FMS automatically sequences to a new database cycle at
0900Z on the date the cycle becomes effective, but this only occurs with
the airplane on ground and after a power up is performed. Active flight
plans are cleared when the active database cycle changes.
If the system is powered up at 0901Z on the effective date of a new
database cycle, the new cycle color will change from amber to green on
the MCDU NAV IDENT page, while the old database cycle will change
from green to amber. When both cycles are displayed in amber, either
the date is wrong or both navigation databases are expired.
Depending on the location, the database cycle date may not agree with
the current local date. Most FMSs are configured so the time displayed
on the MCDU NAV IDENT page is synchronized with the GPS date and
time.
CUSTOM DATABASE
The custom database contains information entered by the pilot. This is
where the pilot can create and store flight plans and waypoints. This
database is not updated on a scheduled basis.
AIRCRAFT DATABASE
The airplane database contains all airplane-specific performance
parameters. The performance learning function within the FMS, known
as SmartPerf, has the ability to “learn” performance characteristics based
on information gathered on previous flights. This performance learning
requires no pilot action. Therefore, all performance data (learned and
fixed) is contained in the file.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUNCTIONS
PERFORMANCE (PERF)
This function gives access to performance related pages including
performance initialization, climb, cruise, descent, wind, fuel management
and takeoff and landing data. In addition, permits the initialization of
stored flight plans and execute performance computations.
NAVIGATION (NAV)
This function gives access to Index providing access to position sensor
data, stored flight plans, FIX INFO, selection of waypoints and
maintenance pages. In addition, in this page is possible to perform data
loading using a remote terminal or DMU.
PROGRESS (PROG)
This function summarizes important dynamic flight parameters and the
airplane relationship with the active flight plan, such as Estimated Time
Enroute (ETE), distance to go, fuel information, current NAV mode,
number of long range NAVs used, NAVAIDS that are presently tuned,
FMS navigation mode, closest NAVAIDS, and air data information
(current speed, altitude and temperature).
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FMS ANNUNCIATORS
Annunciators are displayed on the electronic display system (EDS).
Magenta indicates an advisory annunciator and amber indicates an
alerting annunciators.
– Dead Reckoning (DR) - DR is an alerting (amber) annunciator. This
annunciator is displayed or lit when operating in the DR mode. The
FMS enters DR mode after loss of required navigation performance
(see DGRAD) and loss of radio updating and all other position
sensors (IRS and GPS) for greater than 2 minutes.
– Degraded (DGRAD) - DGRAD is an alerting (amber) annunciator.
This annunciator is displayed or lit when the FMS loses required
navigation performance (RNP). This is accompanied by the UNABLE
RNP scratchpad message.
The DGRAD annunciator is displayed on the HSI and LNAV display
when FMS is the selected airplane navigation source on EDS and
any of the following conditions exist:
– FMS EPU is greater than RNP.
– FMS position integrity estimate is greater than the integrity alarm
limit (this can occur when EPU is slightly less than RNP).
– GPS is not available and GPS is required for the selected flight
plan procedure.
If the DR annunciator is displayed or lit when the DGRAD annunciator is
displayed or lit, the DGRAD annunciator is removed or turned off.
– Message (MSG) - MSG is an alerting (amber) annunciator. This
annunciator is displayed when a message is shown in the MCDU
scratchpad. The annunciator is removed or turned off after the
message(s) has been cleared from the scratchpad.
Messages are displayed in the MCDU scratchpad at various times.
They inform or alert the pilot as to system status. Messages are
divided into the following two major groups:
– ADVISORY MESSAGES - Advisory messages are usually the
result of a pilot action on the MCDU (e.g., making an entry with
the incorrect format). These messages do not turn on The MSG
annunciator.
– ALERTING MESSAGES - Alerting messages alert the pilot to the
FMS status, assuming the pilot is not looking at the MCDU (e.g.,
a message annunciating a sensor failure).
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Messages are stacked for display in priority order on a first in, last out
basis. In cases where there are multiple messages stacked, the message
annunciator remains displayed or lit until all messages are cleared. Only
one message can be cleared per CLR key push.
– Approach (APPR) - APPR is an advisory (magenta) annunciator. The
annunciator indicates the FMS is in the approach mode of operation.
In this mode, the EDS deviation sensitivity and FMS tracking gains
are increased. The approach annunciator is displayed if ALL of the
following conditions are valid:
– The FMS is the selected airplane navigation source on EDS.
– A non–precision instrument approach must have been activated
from the navigation database. If no approach, or an ILS, LOC,
LOC-BC, LDA), simplified directional facility (SDF), or MLS
approach is selected, the APPR annunciator does not light.
– The airplane position is between 2 NM outside the final approach
fix (FAF) and the missed approach point (MAP).
– The DGRAD annunciator must be removed or turned off.
– When the approach requires the use of GPS, GPS navigation
mode must be valid.
– Terminal (TERM) - TERM is an advisory (Magenta) annunciator.
TERM indicates the FMS is in the terminal area and that required
navigation accuracy has increased.
– Lateral Track Alert (WPT) - WPT is an advisory (magenta)
annunciator. FMS gives a WPT 30 seconds prior to sequencing a
waypoint.
– Vertical Track Alert (VTA) - VTA is an advisory (magenta) annunciator.
A vertical track annunciation is given to warn of an impending FMS
vertical track command change.
A VTA is issued for the following conditions:
– The airplane is within 1000 ft of capturing an altitude constraint
that is not collocated with the altitude preselect.
– In CRUISE, one minute prior to TOD.
– One minute prior to resuming a climb or descent from a
constrained waypoint.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PREFLIGHT
A preflight procedure for a normal flight can be accomplished on the
ground with the following steps:
– Radios page.
– Navigation identification.
– Position initialization.
– Route selection.
– Departure.
– Performance initialization.
– Performance data check.
– Takeoff.
– Preflight status verification.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AVIONICS
POWER
RADIOS
PAGE
NAVIGATION OPTION
IDENTIFICATION
MAINTENANCE
POSITION
AND SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION
CONFIGURATION
ROUTE
SELECTION
PERFORMANCE
INITIALIZATION
PERFORMANCE
DATA CHECK
DEPARTURE
EM170AOM140728A.DGN
ACTIVE FLIGHT
TAKEOFF PROGRESS FLY !
PLAN
AOM-1502-017
SBBV
UA300
SBEG MAN
UZ6
BRS
UW2
PCL
EM170AOM140467C.DGN
SBSJ
NAVIGATION EXAMPLE
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
4
6L MAINTENANCE POS INIT 6R 6L POS SENSORS RTE 6R 6L POS SENSORS RTE 6R
EM170AOM140715B.DGN
NAVIGATION IDENTIFICATION AND POSITION INITIALIZATION
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 15
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 16 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CO ROUTE
2L 2R 2L SBFL 2R
2L TORUK.RDE RDE 2R
SBSJ-SBFL 5
3L 3R 3L 3R
3L DIRECT NIBGA 3R
FPL REQST FPL REPORT
4L DATA LINK UNAVAILABLE 4R 4L 4R
4L DIRECT BROCK 4R
CALL SIGN FLIGHT ID
5L 5R 4 5L 5R
5L 5R
DIRECT CLARO
FPL LIST PERF INIT
6L 6R 6L DEPARTURE PERF INIT 6R
6L CANCEL ACTIVATE 6R
VIA TO VIA TO
1L DIRECT SBFL 1R 1L DIRECT SBFL 1R 1L
ALTERNATE
1R
DEST DEST
2L 2R 2L 2R 2L 2R
SBFL SBFL
3L 3R 3L 3R 3L 3R
EM170AOM140716A.DGN
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 8 5L 5R
7
6L CANCEL ACTIVATE 6R 6L DEPARTURE PERF INIT 6R 6L DEPARTURE PERF INIT 6R
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 19
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 20 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
2 - Press LSK 6L (FP LIST) or enter the flight plan name in the
scratchpad through alphanumeric keys to access the FLIGHT PLAN
LIST page.
3 - In the FLIGHT PLAN LIST page, select the desired flight plan by
pressing the respective LSK flight plan that appears in the scratch
pad.
4 - Press LSK 1L (SHOW FPL). Verify the loaded flight plan by pressing
NEXT button to scroll on the pages.
8 - Access the last page (ALTERNATE FPL) by pressing the NEXT key.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L 5R 5L SBGP-SBSJ SBSJ-SBMA 5R
4 FLIGHT PLAN LIST 1/2 SBSJ-SBEG FPL 1/3 FLT PLAN SELECT 1/1
6
SHOW FPL ORG/DEST ORIGIN DIST/ETE GS FLT PLAN
1L 1R 1L SBSJ 1514/07+10 @ 211 1R 1L SBSJ-SBEG INSERT 1R
355 92.0NM
2L GPS-CAB02 SBSJ-SBEG 2R 2L PCLNB 00+26 2R 2L INVERT/INSERT 2R
007 44.9NM
3L SBGP-SBGP SBSJ-SEG 3R 3L KERBO 00+13 3R 3L STORED FPL PERF 3R
007 86.8NM
4L SBGP-SDJL SBSJ-SBGA 4R 4L ARX 00+25 4R 4L 4R
005 100NM
5L SBGP-SBSJ SBSJ-SBMA 5R 5L VALDI 00+29 5R 5L 5R
5
6L SBSJ-SBEG FPL SEL 6R 6L PATTERN FPL SEL 6R 6L FPL LIST 6R
FLT PLAN 1/5 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5 ALTERNATE FPL 5/5
ORINGIN/ETD ORINGIN/ETD
1L SBSJ 1R 1L SBSJ 1R 1L 1R
355 92.6NM 355 92.6NM ALTERNATE
2L PCLNB 00+26 / 2R 2L PCLNB 00+26 / 2R 8 2L 2R
007 44.9NM 007 44.9NM
3L KERBO 00+13 / 3R 3L KERBO 00+13 / 3R 3L 3R
EM170AOM140441D.DGN
007 86.8NM 007 86.8NM
4L ARX 00+25 / 4R 4L ARX 00+25 / 4R 4L 4R
005 100NM 005 100NM
5L VALDI 00+29 / 5R
7
5L VALDI 00+29 / 5R 5L 5R
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 23
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 24 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1L 1R 1L VIA TO 1R 1L VIA TO 1R
ALTERNATE 1 DIRECT PONCA
ALTN
2L 2R 2L 2R 2L 2R
SBCT
3L 3R 3L 3R 3L ALTN 3R
SBCT
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
1L VIA TO 1R 1L VIA TO 1R
DIRECT PONCA DIRECT PONCA
2L 2R 2L 2R
DIRECT SBCT DIRECT SBCT
3L ALTN 3R 3L ALTN 3R
SBCT SBCT
4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R
4
CANCEL ACTIVATE
6L 6R 6L DEPARTURE PERF INIT 6R
EM170AOM140729A.DGN
ALTERNATE FLIGHT ROUTE
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 27
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 28 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
PERFORMANCE INITIALIZATION
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DESCENT
5L 5R
1 5L
290/.77M/3.0 OR 5R 5L 5R
DESCENT DESCENT
5L
290/.77M/3.0 OR 5R 5L 5R 5L
290/.77M/3.0 OR 5R
(CONTINUE)
EM170AOM140443C.DGN
4L 4R 4L
LRC OR 4R
5
4L VMO/MMO/3.0 4R
DESCENT
5L MXR SPD 5R 5L
290/.77M/3.0 OR 5R 5L 5R
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 33
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
DESCENT
5L 5R 5L
290/.77M/3.0 OR 5R 5L 5R
11
EM170AOM140444F.DGN
CONTINGENCY FUEL ZFW (GAUGE) FUEL
4L 4R 4L 300 KG 4R 4L 25000 (5000) 5000 4R
GROSS WT
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 30000 5R
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 34 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
2 - Press NEXT button to go to PERF DATA 2/3 page. On this page the
following information is displayed:
– Average cruise wind.
– Preflight fuel remaining.
– Latest estimated fuel remaining.
– Difference between preflight and estimated fuel remaining.
3 - Press NEXT button to go PERF DATA 3/3 page. On this page the
following information is displayed:
– Required fuel reserve.
– Predicted fuel remaining.
– Updated plan (most recent of the fuel remaining).
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140445C.DGN
4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 37
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 38 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
TAKEOFF
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 - Press NEXT button to go to TAKEOFF page 3/3. Enter with V1, VR,
V2, VFS and crosscheck the takeoff pitch angle. The entry is
accomplished in the scratchpad through alphanumeric keys and
pressing the respective LSK.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1L V1 1R 1L V1 1R
137
2L VR 2R 2L VR 2R
2 142
3L 3R
3 3L 3R
V2 V2
150
4L VFS 4R 4L VFS 4R
T/O PITCH 195 T/O PITCH
5L 5R 5L 5R
LANDING . LANDING 9.2
6L CLIMB 6R 6L CLIMB 6R
EM170AOM140730C.DGN
TAKEOFF
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 41
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 42 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
DEPARTURE
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VIA TO
1L DIRECT SBFL 1R 1L SBSJ 1R 1L SBSJ RW15 1R
2
DEST
2L 2R 2L 15 2R 2L CACI MIDO 2R
SBFL
3L 3R 3L 33 3R 3L CACO MOCA 3R
3
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L FAME TORUK 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L LUSO XUXIT 5R
VIA TO
1L SBSJ RW15 TORUK 1R 1L SBSJ RW15 TORUK.RDE 1R 1L DIRECT *ALT15 1R
4
2L RDE 2R 2L 2R 2L 2R
TORUK.RDE RDE
3L SAT 3R 3L 3R 3L DIRECT 3R
SBFL
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L DEST 4R
SBFL
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
5
6L REVIEW INSERT 6R 6L REVIEW INSERT 6R 6L CANCEL ACTIVATE 6R
VIA TO
1L DIRECT *ALT15 1R
2L 2R
TORUK.RDE RDE
EM170AOM140731A.DGN
3L DIRECT 3R
SBFL
4L DEST 4R
SBFL
5L 5R
DEPARTURE
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 45
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 46 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
LANDING SPEEDS
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
4 - Enter with VREF, VAP, VAC and VFS for the departure runway. The
entry is accomplished in the scratchpad through alphanumeric keys
and pressing the respective LSK.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
APPROACH TYPE
5L INIT <-- WHAT-IF --> DATA 5R 5L
CAT-1 OR 5R
VREF VREF
1L 1R 1L 120 1R
VAP VAP
2L 2R 2L 130 2R
VAC VAC
3L 3R
4 3L 140 3R
VFS VFS
4L 4R 4L 180 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R
EM170AOM140732A.DGN
LANDING SPEEDS
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 49
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 50 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
PROGRESS
1 - Press PROG button to go to PROGRESS 1/3 page.
On PROGRESS 1/3 page the following information is displayed for
the to, next and destination waypoints:
– Distance to go.
– Estimated time enroute.
– Estimated fuel remaining.
– Primary navigation source.
– Required navigation performance (RNP) value.
– Estimated position uncertainty (EPU) value. If EPU becomes
greater than RNP the message UNABLE RNP is displayed.
– Tuned navigation radios frequencies.
Any active waypoint entry is permitted. The entry is accomplished in
the scratchpad through alphanumeric keys and pressing the
respective LSK (1L or 2L).
5 - Pressing LSK 6L (RNP) enters in the RNP 1/1 page. The following
information is displayed:
– Manual override RNP value at LSK 1L. If one does not exist,
then entry prompts are displayed. Entry of DELETE clears the
manual override RNP value.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
7 - Press the LSK 6R to enter the VNAV DATA page. On this page, the
following information displays.
– VNAV Figure of Merit at LSK 1L.
– Vertical Deviation at LSK 1R.
– TOC pseudo waypoint distance/time to go at LSK 2L and TOC
altitude at LSK 2R.
– TOD pseudo waypoint distance/time to go at LSK 3L and TOD
altitude at LSK 3R.
– Bottom of Descent (BOD) pseudo waypoint distance/time to go
at LSK 3L and BOD altitude at LSK 3R.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– Airplane track.
– Airplane drift.
– Airplane heading.
– Wind.
– Ground speed.
9 - Pressing LSK 6L (AIR DATA) enters in the AIR DATA 1/1 page.
The following information is displayed:
– Pressure altitude.
– Barometric altitude.
– Vertical speed.
– Static air temperature.
– ISA deviation.
– Total air temperature.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L
--- 115.60 --- 111.50 5R 5L
CNF 114.40 GOI 112.70
5R 5L
--- 115.60 --- 111.50 5R
6L NAV 1 <-- SELECT --> NAV 2 6R 6L PROGRESS 6R 6L NAV 1 <-- SELECT --> NAV 2 6R
2 3
2L 6243 2R 2L
1.00 0.30 2R 2L 6243 2R
TOD CROSS WT ENRT/REMOTE MISSED APP TOD CROSS WT
3L 31243 3R 3L
2.00/10.00 1.00 3R 3L 31243 3R
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
6
6L RNP VNAV DATA 6R 6L PROGRESS 2 6R 6L RNP VNAV DATA 6R
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
EM170AOM140734A.DGN
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
6L PERF INIT PROGRESS 2 6R 6L RNP VNAV DATA 6R 6L AIR DATA FLT SUM 6R
9 (CONTINUE)
PROGRESS 1/2
"
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 55
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
11
10 12
PROGRESS 3/3
XTK ERROR OFFSET
1L 0.00NM - --.- NM 1R
TRACK DRIFT HDG
2L 355 0 355 2R
WIND <-- GS
3L 000T/1 1 0 422 3R
EM170AOM140735A.DGN
4L 4R
5L 5R
PROGRESS 2/2
"
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 56 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
DIRECT-TO
!MAU load 21.2 and on OR POST-MOD SB 0190-31-0015
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3 4
ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5 DIRECT-TO 1/1
CLB SPD CLB SPD
1 1L TICA 2008Z 300/ .78M 1R 1L TICA 2008Z 300/ .78M 1R 1L DIRECT 1R
301 29.0NM 301 29.0NM 5
2L CGO 2016Z 300/ .78M 2R 2L CGO 2016Z 300/ .78M 2R 2L ACTIVE 2R
249 42.0NM 2100 249 42.0NM 2100
3L NIBGA 2032Z 252 / FL269 3R 3L NIBGA 2032Z 252 / FL269 3R 6 3L MISSED APPROACH 3R
249 76.5NM 2100 249 76.5NM 2100
4L BROCK 2044Z 3.0 / FL222 4R 4L BROCK 2044Z 3.0 / FL222 4R 4L ALTERNATE 4R
249 60.0NM 700 249 60.0NM 700
5L 5R 5L 5R
7 5L 5R
ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/5
CLB SPD CLB SPD CLB SPD
1L DIRECT 2018Z 300/ .78M 1R 1L DIRECT 2018Z 300/ .78M 1R 1L DIRECT 2018Z 1R
257 53.2NM 257 53.2NM 257 53.2NM .78M/FLP330
2L NIBGA 2026Z 252 / FL280 2R 2L NIBGA 2026Z 252 / FL280 2R 2L NIBGA 2026Z 2R
>> DISCONTINUITY >> 249 76.5NM 2100 069 42.0NM .78M/FLP330
3L 3R 3L BROCK 2038Z 3.0 / FL222 3R 3L CGO 2038Z 3R
249 60.0NM 700 065 20.0NM .78M/FLP330
4L BROCK 2038Z 3.0 / FL222 4R 4L CTB 2048Z 3.0 / 3100 4R 4L BCO 2049Z 4R
249 60.0NM 700 289 0.4NM 700 DES 120 43.0NM 700 DES
5L CTB 2048Z 3.0 / 3100 5R 5L SBCT 2049Z 3.0 / 2990 5R 5L SBSJ 2103Z 3.0 / 4000 5R
289 0.4NM 700 DES
6L ACTIVATE 6R 8 6L ACTIVATE 6R 8 6L ACTIVATE 6R 8
EM170AOM980103B.DGN
DIRECT-TO
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 59
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 60 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
PATTERNS
HOLDING
1 - Press NAV button to go to NAV INDEX 1/2 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1L OREN 1517Z
1R 1L
OREN 1517Z
1R
355 2.3NM CLB 355 2.1NM CLB
EM170AOM140454C.DGN
007 44.9NM 900 44.9NM 900
HOLDING
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 63
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 64 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
FLYOVER
The flyover is used to proceed to a waypoint before commencing the
turn.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/4 NAV INDEX 1/2 NAV INDEX 2/2
EM170AOM140465B.DGN
TAKEOFF
6L REVIEW 6R
5 6L DEPARTURE 6R 6L 6R
DEPARTURE TAKEOFF
*FLYOVER*
FLYOVER
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 67
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 68 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
PROCEDURE TURN
The procedure turn is used to reverse the course during an approach. A
procedure turn is only available from approaches in the navigation data
base.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3
ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/3 NAV INDEX 1/2 NAV INDEX 2/2
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/3 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/3 ACTIVE FLT PLAN 1/3
EM170AOM140464B.DGN
103 3.5NM 500 DES 103 3.5NM 500 DES 103 3.5NM 500 DES
5L RW10 1128Z 3.1 /0320 5R 5L RW10 1128Z 3.1 /0320 5R 5L RW10 1128Z 3.1 /0320 5R
PROCEDURE TURN
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 71
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 72 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
CROSSING POINTS
The crossing points are used to determine some information regarding a
waypoint relative to the current airplane position. The following types of
crossing points are presented:
– Present position direct to a waypoint from the current airplane
position.
– Crossing radial from a waypoint for the current airplane position.
– Equal time point between any two given waypoints. This option is
only available when operating in full performance mode.
– Latitude/longitude crossing for the current flight plan.
– Point abeam a waypoint for current flight plan.
– Point of no return from any given waypoint. This option is only
available when operating in full performance mode.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1L NAV IDENT 1R
2L WPT LIST 2R
4L POS SENSORS 4R
6L DEPARTURE ARRIVAL 6R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1
3L EQ TIME PT PT NO RET 3R
EM170AOM140451B.DGN
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
CROSSING POINTS
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1
1
1L PPOS DIR LAT/LON 1R
3L EQ TIME PT PT NO RET 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
2L 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING RADIAL
1 - On the CROSSING POINTS 1/1 page press LSK 2L (CROSS
RADIAL) to go to CROSS RADIAL 1/1 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
3L EQ TIME PT PT NO RET 3R 3L 3R 3L 3R
4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
2L TRM/260.0/117 2R
CRS DIST ETE FUEL
008 76.7 00+10 5.8
3L 3R
EM170AOM140462B.DGN
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
CROSSING RADIAL
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 77
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 78 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
4 - Press LSK 6R (EQ TIME PT) to return to EQUAL TIME POINT 1/1
page.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1 EQUAL TIME POINT 1/1 CRUISE ALT WIND 1/1
1 4L 4R 4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
2
6L 6R 6L CROSS PTS WIND 6R 6L CROSS PTS EQ TIME PT 6R
WPT 1 WPT 2
1L SBSJ SBEG 1R
DIST ETE FUEL
2L D>SBSJ 219 00+44 5.3 2R
D>SBEG 1257 03+10 1.8
3L FP>ETP 544 01+16 4.0 3R
EM170AOM140459B.DGN
4L 4R
5L 5R
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 81
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 82 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE CROSSING
1 - On the CROSSING POINTS 1/1 page press LSK 1R (LAT/LON) to
go to CROSS LAT/LON 1/1 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1
1
1L PPOS DIR LAT/LON 1R
3L EQ TIME PT PT NO RET 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
2L 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE CROSSING
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POINT ABEAM
1 - On the CROSSING POINTS 1/1 page press LSK 2R (PT ABEAM)
to go to POINT ABEAM 1/1 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1
3L EQ TIME PT PT NO RET 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
2L 2R
3L 3R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
POINT ABEAM
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
POINT OF NO RETURN
1 - On the CROSSING POINTS 1/1 page press LSK 3R (PT NO RET)
to go to POINT OF NO RETURN 1/1 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CROSSING POINTS 1/ 1
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L 6R
4L 4R
5L 5R
6L CROSS PTS 6R
POINT OF NO RETURN
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ARRIVAL
1 - When the airplane is within 200 NM to the destination the prompt
ARRIVAL appears. Press LSK 6R (ARRIVAL) to enter in the
ARRIVAL 1/1 page.
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
1
6L ARRIVAL 6R 6L LANDING 6R 6L APPROACH ARRIVAL 6R
5L 5L 5L
RW10 1118Z 3.1 /0320
5R 5R 5R
8
6L ARRIVAL 6R 6L REVIEW INSERT 6R 6L CANCEL ACTIVATE 6R
1L
VIBOT 1100Z
1R
352 19.2NM
EGAP 1107Z 261/15000
2L 2R
329 41.2NM 500 DES
CF10 1115Z 3.0 /2000A
3L 3R
EM170AOM140449D.DGN
103 2.3NM 500 DES
FF10 1116Z 3.0 /1500A
4L 4R
103 F 3.5NM 500 DES
RW10 1118Z 3.1 /0320
5L 5R
6L LANDING 6R
ARRIVAL
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 91
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 92 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
LANDING
!MAU load 19.3 and on OR POST-MOD SB 190-31-0009
3 - Enter with VREF, VAP, VAC and VFS. The entry is accomplished in
the scratchpad through alphanumeric keys and pressing respective
LSK.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2L 2R 2L FLAP-2 OR FLAP-4 2R
TORUK.RDE RDE LANDING FLAP 2
3L 3R 1 3L FLAP-FULL OR FLAP-5 3R
DIRECT
SBFL ICE
DEST
4L 4R 4L NO OR YES 4R
SBFL APPROACH TYPE
5L 5R 5L
CAT-1 OR 5R
*
2L 2R 2L 130 2R 2L ALT03 00+00 218/ 2520 A 2R
VAC VAC 227 13.7NM CLB
3L 3R
3 3L 140 3R
4 3L TORUK 00+03 218/ FL080 B 3R
VFS VFS 227 7.0NM CLB
4L 4R 4L 180 4R 4L D227S 00+01 218/ FL070 A 4R
227 8.0NM 2400
5L 5R 5L 5R 5L 5R
ISKUL 00+01 270/FL158
EM170AOM140736A.DGN
LANDING
""
AOM-1502-017
"
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REVISION 8 Flight Management System Page 95
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS OPERATIONS
MANUAL
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 96 Flight Management System REVISION 8
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT
OPERATIONS INSTRUMENTS/COMM/NAV/FMS
MANUAL
COLD OR
SETUP
""
"
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
Associated ADS has
ADS 1 (2) (3) FAIL
failed.
At least one of the
two smart probes that
ADS 1 (2) (3) (4) feed a respective Air
HTR FAIL Data System has the
associated heater
failed.
One or more ASCB
AVNX ASCB FAULT
buses have failed.
Display controller is
DISPLAY CTRL FAIL
no longer operating.
Loss of a display
DISPLAY CTRL controller channel.
FAULT Maintenance is
required.
A position
CAUTION disagreement
FMS POS DISAG
between FMSs was
detected.
A position
disagreement
FMS 1 (2) GPS POS
between the
DISAG
associated FMS and
GPS was detected.
Associated FMS
FMS-GPS POS computed position
DISAG and GPS position do
not agree.
Associated IRS has
IRS 1 (2) FAIL
failed.
Excessive motion of
IRS EXCESSIVE airplane is disturbing
MOTION associated IRS
aligning sequence.
AOM-1502-017
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-09-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-10
FUEL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-10-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-10-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The fuel system is designed to continuously provide fuel to the engines
and APU.
Fuel is stored in two integral wing tanks, interconnected by a crossfeed
valve.
The fuel system incorporates:
• Storage: vented integral fuel tanks in the airplane.
• Distribution: engine/APU feeding and tank refueling/defueling.
• Indication.
The fuel system parameters and indications are displayed on both MFD
synoptic pages. System messages are displayed on EICAS display.
AOM-1502-017
14-10-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-10-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL
ENG 1 XFEED ENG 2
OFF
LOW 1 LOW 2
APU 1
DC PUMP
AUTO
OFF ON 2
AC PUMP 1 AC PUMP 2
EM170AOM140157.DGN
AUTO AUTO
OFF ON OFF ON
3
"
AOM-1502-017
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
1 2 3
AC AC
TEMP
8 °
C LOW 1 DC
5
TOTAL 94OO KG
EM170AOM140158B.DGN
USED OOOO KG
4 8 7 6
AOM-1502-017
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 - TEMPERATURE INDICATION
– Digital Temperature.
The digital information indicates the fuel temperature measured
in the left fuel tank.
GREEN: normal operating range.
AMBER: cautionary operating range.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information.
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPEN: a circle with a line aligned with the flow line, both the
circle and the line either green (positive fuel pressure) or white
(no fuel pressure).
CLOSED: a white circle with a white line perpendicular to the
flow line.
UNDETERMINED: an amber dashed circle with no line.
IN TRANSIT: a circle with a line diagonal to the flow line, both
the circle and the line either green (positive fuel pressure) or
white (no fuel pressure).
FAILED CLOSED: a white circle with a white line perpendicular
to the flow line, beneath an amber cross.
FAILED OPEN: a circle with a line aligned with the flow line,
beneath an amber cross. Both the circle and the line either
green (positive fuel pressure) or white (no fuel pressure).
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS INDICATION
EICAS
1
EM170AOM140198A.DGN
FUEL QTY
45OO FQ KG 45OO
9OOO
2
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6
CLOSED CLOSED FUEL QTY REMAINING
OPEN
T 4000 kg
LH TANK RH TANK
5000 kg
2 OPEN OPEN
SELECTED
7
EM170AOM140239.DGN
INCR TK SEL
!
CLOSED CLOSED
DECRT TEST
REFUELING DEFUELING
1 8 9
AOM-1502-017
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
4 - DISPLAY
– The upper display indicates the fuel remaining in the associated
tank as selected by the TK SEL/TEST switch (L for the left tank,
R for the right tank and T for both tanks).
– The lower display indicates the total fuel quantity pre-selected
via the INCR/DECRT switch. Zero is indicated when the refueling
compartment door is opened.
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
8 - INCR/DECRT SWITCH
– Spring-loaded switch.
– Increases or decreases the value for fuel quantity selected.
9 - TK SEL/TEST SWITCH
– Spring-loaded switch.
TK SEL: selects the fuel quantity that is indicated on the upper
display. When the display is first powered on, the total
fuel quantity is shown. Sequentially actuating the
switch will select, in order: left tank fuel quantity, right
tank fuel quantity and total fuel quantity.
TEST: performs a repeater display indication test.
AOM-1502-017
14-10-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL TANKS
The fuel system comprises two integral fuel tanks, with one tank located
in each wing. Each wing tank incorporates:
– a collector tank
– a surge tank
The collector tank (inboard section) keeps the fuel pumps submerged,
ensuring a constant fuel flow to the respective engine. The surge tank is
designed to collect any fuel that may enter the vent system during wing
down and uncoordinated maneuvers.
A vent system is designed to ensure that the differential pressure
between the tank and surrounding environment remains within structural
limits and to prevent fuel spillage during flight maneuvers and hard
breaking. Each fuel tank is vented through a vent tank in the outboard
section (surge tank) of the wing. Vent lines provide adequate capacity
for tank venting and are supplemented by a high capacity pressure relief
valve to protect from fuel tank over-pressurization.
One water drain valve collects water by gravity in each tank.
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FLIGHT SUMMARY 1/ 1
T/O ENROUTE LAND
1232 Z 00+01 1233 Z
FUEL USED AVG TAS/GS
2881 124/136
AIR < -- DIST -- > GROUND
01 NM 02 NM
EM170AOM140353.DGN
PROGRESS 3
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
550
MAGNETIC
LEVEL
INDICATOR
EM170AOM140240A.DGN
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL PUMPS
Each wing fuel tank contains the following pumps:
• Ejector fuel pump.
SCAVENGE PUMPS
Three scavenge jet pumps maintain the fuel level in the collector tank,
ensuring a constant flow of fuel to the engine during normal flight.
DC FUEL PUMP
A DC electric fuel pump is installed only in the right wing tank. It provides
pressurized fuel for normal APU operation and engine start, when AC
power or the AC fuel pump is not available. The DC electric fuel pump is
powered by the DC ESS BUS 2 and can be used in flight or on ground.
AOM-1502-017
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL CROSSFEED
The crossfeed valve permits fuel supply to both engines from one tank in
order to correct and avoid wings fuel imbalance condition during dual
and single engine operations. Setting the crossfeed selector knob to
LOW 1 position opens the crossfeed valve and activates the AC PUMP 2,
feeding both engines from wing tank 2. Setting the crossfeed selector
knob to LOW 2 position opens the crossfeed valve and activates
AC PUMP 1, feeding both engines from wing tank 1.
When the crossfeed knob is selected to LOW 1 or LOW 2, the amount of
fuel supplied to the lower level side is higher than the actual fuel burn of
the engine on that side. This characteristic causes fuel to be transferred
from one tank to the other.
NOTE: – Setting AC PUMP 1 or 2 selector knob to any position
different than AUTO overrides fuel crossfeed pumps
command.
– During crossfeed normal operation, the ejectors and
electrical pumps that are not in use and their respective fuel
lines are displayed in white on the MFD fuel synoptic page.
AOM-1502-017
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUEL
ENG 1 XFEED ENG 2
OFF
LOW 1 LOW 2
APU
DC PUMP
AUTO
OFF ON
AC PUMP 1 AC PUMP 2
AUTO AUTO
OFF ON OFF ON
AC AC
TEMP
18 ° C LOW 2 DC
TOTAL 4000 KG
USED 1230 KG
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
When the wings fuel imbalance reaches its maximum operational limit
(360 kg), the EICAS CAUTION message FUEL IMBALANCE is
displayed. When the wings fuel imbalance reduces to 45 kg, the EICAS
ADVISORY message FUEL EQUAL – XFEED OPEN is displayed,
indicating that there is no fuel imbalance condition and the crossfeed
valve is open.
NOTE: If the crossfeed valve is open prior to reaching the wings
fuel imbalance condition (360 kg), the message FUEL
EQUAL – XFEED OPEN is displayed even if wings fuel
imbalance is more than 45 kg.
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ENGINE
PRESSURE DRIVEN
SWITCH PUMP
REVISION 9
ENGINE
SCAVENGE
EJECTOR
VENT
LINES
COLLECTOR
BAY AC AC DC
14-10-10
MANUAL
AIRPLANE
OPERATIONS
Page 9
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE
FUEL
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-10-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
Low-level sensors indicate
that 400 kg (880 lb) of fuel
WARNING FUEL 1 (2) LO LEVEL
remain in the respective
tank.
Shutoff valve is not in the
APU FUEL SOV FAIL
commanded position.
Associated shutoff valve is
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV
not in the commanded
FAIL
position.
Indicates a discrepancy
FUEL AC PUMP 1 (2) FAIL
between the commanded
(Pre-Mod. Load 19.3 or SB
and actual associated
CAUTION 190-31-0009)
pump state.
Indicates an imbalance of
fuel between the two
tanks greater than or
FUEL IMBALANCE equal to 360 kg (800 lb). It
remains displayed until the
imbalance is reduced to
45 kg (100 lb).
NOTE: FUEL 1 (2) LO LEVEL may appear spuriously when flying with
high pitch and/or bank angles.
AOM-1502-017
14-10-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-10-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-10-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-11
HYDRAULIC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-11-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-11-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The airplane has three independent hydraulic systems to provide power
for:
• Flight controls
• Spoilers
• Landing gear
• Nose wheel steering
• Wheel brakes
• Thrust reversers
Normal operation of the hydraulic system is automatic.
The hydraulic systems do not have any fluid communication point,
therefore, hydraulic fluid cannot be transferred from one system to
another. All three systems use skydrol hydraulic fluid and operate at a
nominal pressure of 3000 psig.
The hydraulic system’s parameters and indications are displayed on
both MFD synoptic pages. System messages are displayed on the
EICAS display.
AOM-1502-017
14-11-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-11-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
HYDRAULIC
ENG PUMP PTU ENG PUMP
SHUTOFF SHUTOFF
AUTO 2
OFF ON
S S
Y Y
S ELEC PUMP ELEC PUMP S
AUTO AUTO
1 2
OFF ON OFF ON
SYS 3
ELEC PUMP A ELEC PUMP B 4
ON AUTO
EM170AOM140161.DGN
5
OFF OFF ON
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
1 2 3
A B
5
PTU
LANDING GEAR 6
EMER/PARK BRAKE
9 8
AOM-1502-017
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 - PRESSURE INDICATION
– Digital Pressure
GREEN: normal operating range.
AMBER: cautionary operating range.
GRAY: label (PSI).
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or a value out of the valid
range.
– Pressure Scale/Pointer
The pointer on the scale indicates a value equal to that shown
on the digital display. If the value is invalid, the pointer will be
removed from the display.
– Scale:
WHITE: normal operating range.
AMBER: cautionary operating range.
– Pointer:
GREEN: normal operating range.
AMBER: cautionary operating range.
AOM-1502-017
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - QUANTITY INDICATION
– Digital Quantity
Displays the percentage of fluid remaining for each hydraulic
system.
GREEN: normal quantity.
CYAN: reservoir requires refilling.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or a value out of
displayable range.
GRAY: label (%)
– Quantity Scale/Pointer
The pointer on the scale indicates a value equal to that shown
on the digital display. If the value is invalid, the pointer will be
removed from the display.
– Scale
WHITE: normal quantity.
CYAN: reservoir requires refilling.
– Pointer
GREEN: normal quantity.
CYAN: reservoir requires refilling.
3 - TEMPERATURE INDICATION
– Digital Temperature
Indicates the hydraulic fluid temperature measured in the
reservoir.
GREEN: normal operating range.
AMBER: cautionary operating range.
RED: operating limit exceeded.
AMBER DASHED: invalid information or a value out of the valid
range.
AOM-1502-017
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-11-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
The airplane has three independent hydraulic systems, which provide
power to the primary and secondary flight controls, the landing gear, the
brakes, the nose wheel steering and the thrust reversers.
The hydraulic system is designed in such a way that even a failure of
two hydraulic systems will not result in a complete loss of flight-critical
functions.
NORMAL OPERATION
The operation of the hydraulic system is mostly automatic and requires
little pilot action. The system architecture and level of redundancy allows
it to accommodate most system failures without degradation to the
airplane’s safe operation.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1
Hydraulic System 1 is comprised of one reservoir, one Engine-Driven
Pump (EDP 1), one electric hydraulic pump and one accumulator.
Hydraulic System 1 supplies the following systems:
• Elevator (left hand outboard actuators)
• Rudder (upper actuator)
• Thrust reverser (engine 1)
• Multi-function spoilers (left and right panels 3 and 4)
• Ground spoilers (left and right panel 2)
• Outboard brake
• Emergency parking brake
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The hydraulic system 1 is equipped with an overheating protection
system.
When the hydraulic fluid temperature increases to 100°C, the HYD 1 HI
TEMP EICAS caution message will be displayed.
If the fluid temperature reaches 125°C, the shutoff valve (SOV) will
automatically actuate, thus isolating the EDP 1 from the respective
hydraulic flow line.
In the event of hydraulic system overheat (fluid temperature above
145°C), the HYD 1 OVERHEAT EICAS warning message will be
AOM-1502-017
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2
Hydraulic System 2 is comprised of one reservoir, one engine-driven
pump (EDP 2), one electric hydraulic pump, one accumulator and one
PTU. The Hydraulic System 2 supplies the following systems:
• Elevator (left and right hand inboard actuators)
• Ailerons (right and left inboard actuators)
• Thrust reverser (engine 2)
• Multi-function spoilers (left and right panels 5)
• Ground spoilers (left and right panel 1)
• Inboard brake
• Nose wheel steering
• Landing gear (retraction and extension)
• Emergency parking brake
AOM-1502-017
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The Hydraulic System 2 is also equipped with an overheat protection
system.
When the hydraulic fluid temperature reaches 100°C, the HYD 2 HI
TEMP EICAS caution message will be displayed.
If the fluid temperature reaches 125°C, the shutoff valve (SOV) will
automatically actuate, thus isolating the EDP 2 from the respective
hydraulic flow line.
In the event of hydraulic system overheat (fluid temperature above
145°C), the HYD 2 OVERHEAT EICAS warning message will be
displayed. In this case, the SOV can be manually actuated through a
guarded pushbutton on the hydraulic system control panel.
Also, in the event of engine flameout, the FADEC will depressurize the
respective EDP in order to reduce the torque loads on the engine and
facilitate a windmill restart.
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3
Hydraulic System 3 is comprised of one reservoir, two electric hydraulic
pumps and one accumulator. The Hydraulic System 3 supplies the
following systems:
• Elevator (right hand outboard actuators);
• Rudder (lower actuator);
• Ailerons (left and right outboard actuators).
ABNORMAL OPERATION
The Hydraulic System 3 is also equipped with an overheat protection
system.
When the hydraulic fluid temperature reaches 100°C, the HYD 3 HI
TEMP EICAS caution message will be displayed.
If the fluid temperature increases up to 125°C, both Electric Hydraulic
Pumps (3A and 3B) will automatically be turned OFF.
In the event of hydraulic system overheating (fluid temperature above
145°C), the HYD 3 OVERHEAT EICAS warning message will be
displayed. In this case, the flight crew can manually switch OFF pumps
3A and 3B on the hydraulic system control panel.
NOTE: During an Electrical Emergency condition the Hydraulic System
3 overheating protection system will be inhibited, therefore
preventing the Electric Hydraulic Pumps from being turned off
automatically. In this condition, the associated EICAS messages
HYD 3 HI TEMP and HYD 3 OVERHEAT will also be inhibited,
preventing the flight crew from switching off the only source of
hydraulic power available.
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ENGINE ENGINE
DRIVEN DRIVEN
M M M M PUMP
PUMP
AC AC AC AC
MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP
1B 1A 3A 3B 2B 2A
SOV SOV
ELEC PUV PUMP ELEC
ELEC PUMP 1 ENG PUMP 1 PUMP A ELEC PUMP 2 ENG PUMP 2
UNLOADER PUMP B
VALVE
FLOW
FLV LIMITER
VALVE
PV PV PV
OUTBOARD INBOARD
LINE RESERVOIR
PV
PTU PRIORITY
SELECTOR POWER TRANSFER UNIT
VALVE
VALVE
LANDING GEAR
NOSE WHEEL
STEERING
14-11-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
Associated hydraulic
HYD 1 (2) (3) system temperature
WARNING
OVERHEAT exceeded the caution
operational range.
Associated hydraulic
HYD 1 (2) (3) HI system temperature
TEMP exceeded the normal
operational range.
HYD 1 (2) (3) LO Associated hydraulic
PRESS system pressure is low.
– PTU is not supplying
hydraulic power to
hydraulic system 2 or;
HYD PTU FAIL
– PTU automatic
CAUTION
operation is
compromised.
Depressurization of the
HYD 1 (2) EDP NOT
associated engine-driven
D-PRESS
pump has failed.
One or both hydraulic
system # 3 valves, used
HYD 3 VLV FAIL during an electrical
emergency condition,
have failed.
AOM-1502-017
14-11-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-11-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-12-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-12-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Ice and Rain Protection System provides pneumatic anti-ice
protection for the engine cowls and wing slats. The pitot and static port
heating systems, windshield anti-ice system, and water lines heating
system use electrical power to prevent icing.
The ice and rain protection system includes:
• Wing anti-ice system.
• Engine anti-ice system.
• Windshield heating system.
• Air Data Smart Probe (ADSP)/TAT heating system.
• Windshield wiper system.
The ice and rain protection system’s parameters and indications are
displayed on both MFD synoptic pages. System messages are displayed
on EICAS displays.
Normal operation of the anti-ice system is automatic.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-12-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
WINDSHIELD HEATING
1 2
1
ICE PROTECTION
ENGINE 1 WING ENGINE 2
3 3
MODE TEST
AUTO OFF
ON ENG WING
5 4
EM170AOM140164.DGN
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
EM170AOM140691A.DGN
1 - HEATER BUTTON
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
WINDSHIELD WIPER
OFF OFF
EM170AOM140244.DGN
HI HI
1 2
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
1 2
2 2
3 3
4 2OO 2OO 4
o o
C C
1OO 1OO
o o
C C
4
45 XBLD 45
PSI PSI
EM170AOM140525B.DGN
ICE CONDITION
APU
7 6 5
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
7 - APU ICON
– The APU icon is only displayed on ground.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-12-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ICE DETECTORS
NORMAL OPERATION
!Anti-ice with 5 minutes configuration OR PRE-MOD SB 190-24-0021
The airplane is equipped with two ice detectors installed on the left and
right side of the nose section.
If an icing condition is detected during flight, the ice detectors command
the wing and engine anti-ice valves to open and remain activated for 5
minutes after the icing condition is no longer detected.
"
ABNORMAL OPERATION
Failure of one ice detector results in the loss of system redundancy. If an
icing condition is detected by the remaining sensor, the engine and wing
anti-ice systems will automatically activate.
In case of a dual ice detector failure, the anti-ice operation is only
possible in the manual mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140346.DGN
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ENG START
APU GND CART
APU BLEED VALVE
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MCDU SETTING
To set the anti-ice condition on the TAKE OFF DATA SET MENU page
on MCDU press:
– TRS button;
– TO DATA SET (line select key – 6R).
13K8 ATTCS
TO-1 OFF ON
13KO REF ECS
TO-2 OFF ON
11K8 REF A/I
TO-3 OFF ENG ALL
TO TEMP FLEX T/O
23 C OFF ON
EM170AOM140295A.DGN
FLEX TEMP
ENTER 39 C
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOMATIC OPERATION
During specific conditions, the wing anti ice system will be activated,
regardless of the airplane being in icing conditions. In this case the
system will be activated but the message ICE CONDITION will not be
displayed.
These conditions are the following:
• Airplane in flight.
• Altitude below 22000 ft.
• Combination of air temperature, altitude and speed indicators.
• Airspeed between 150 KIAS and 320 KIAS.
• Vertical speed between -200 ft/min and +200 ft/min.
If all these conditions are true during 2 min the system will be activated,
and will stay activated by 2 min after one or more of these conditions
become false.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL OPERATION
The windshield heating button remains pushed in allowing the system to
automatically control the windshield temperature to a specific range. Left
and right windshields heating are controlled by individual pushbuttons
on the overhead panel.
The system only operates if there are at least two AC electrical sources.
GROUND OPERATION
When a single AC power is available (e.g. one IDG) each windshield
heating controller performs its standard power-up BIT routine heating
the corresponding windshield for 120 seconds.
ABNORMAL OPERATION
In case of a single AC electrical source in-flight only the left windshield
heating is powered. If the left windshield heating system fails, the right
windshield heating becomes available.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTO MODE
The ADSP and TAT are heated whenever an engine is running or
airborne.
MANUAL OVERRIDE
The ADSP Heater pushbutton is installed on the main control panel to
allow the heating of ADSPs with the airplane on the ground.
If the ADSP pushbutton is pushed IN, the ADSP heating system will be
powered, overriding the system logic on ground. When the batteries are
the only electrical source to the airplane, only the ADSP 3 will be heated.
The ADSP Heater pushbutton should be pushed OUT with one or both
engines running.
14-12-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-12-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
An overheating or leakage
is detected in the
WARNING A-I WING 1 (2) LEAK
associated wing anti-ice
system.
Engine anti-ice bleed valve
is closed when
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL
commanded open, or duct
failure detected.
Wing anti-ice bleed air
A-I LO CAPACITY pressure and temperature
capacity is low.
A wing anti-ice system
A-I WING FAIL
failure has been detected.
CAUTION
Wing anti-ice bleed valve
has failed to open.
A-I WING NO DISPATCH
Maintenance action is
required.
ICE DETECTOR 1 (2) Associated ice detector
FAIL has failed.
Associated windshield
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HTR
heating system has failed
FAIL
or is overheated.
Ice protection selector
A-I MODE NOT AUTO knob is not in the AUTO
position.
Ice protection button for
A-I SWITCH OFF engine and/or wing anti-ice
system is pushed out.
ADVISORY An icing condition has
ICE CONDITION
been detected.
Displayed during test if
there is loss of the
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAULT capacity to monitor the
adequate functioning of the
system.
AOM-1502-017
14-12-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-12-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-13-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Block Page
Nosewhell Steering System................................ 14-13-25 .... 1
NOSEWHEEL STEERING SYSTEM..................... 14-13-25 .... 1
OPERATION.......................................................... 14-13-25 .... 1
HANDWHEEL STEERING MODE......................... 14-13-25 .... 1
RUDDER PEDAL STEERING MODE.................... 14-13-25 .... 2
FREE WHEEL STEERING MODE........................ 14-13-25 .... 3
MINIMUM TURNING RADII................................... 14-13-25 .... 5
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-13-30 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-13-30 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-13-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The landing gear system provides ground-rolling capability to the
airplane, thus enabling take-off, landing and taxi operations.
The airplane is equipped with a retractable tricycle landing gear
hydraulically operated. Each landing gear is a conventional dual wheel
unit.
The nose landing gear incorporates a powered steering system, which
performs the airplane directional control on the ground.
The brake system is designed to provide manual or automatic (if
applicable) airplane deceleration during ground operations.
The landing gear and brake system parameters and indications are
displayed on both MFD synoptic pages. System messages are displayed
on EICAS displays.
EM170AOM140165.DGN
14-13-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-13-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
DN UP
LOCK
REL
2
1
EM170AOM140166.DGN
DN
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
NORMAL
EM170AOM140227B.DGN
1 GEAR
DOWN
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS
LG/AUTOBRAKE
DN
EM170AOM140497A.DGN
1
DN DN
"
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DN
DN DN
UP UP
UP UP DN DN
LOCKED UP DISAGREE
LANDING GEAR
DN
DN
EM170AOM140689B.DGN
DISAGREE
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BRAKES
EMERGENCY PARKING BRAKE HANDLE
EM170AOM140761A.DGN
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
ON
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOBRAKE SELECTION
!Airplanes equipped with Autobrake OR POST-MOD SB 190-32-0006
MAIN PANEL
AUTOBRAKE
OFF
LO
RTO MED 1
HI
EM170AOM140174.DGN
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS
LG/AUTOBRAKE
UP
UP UP
EM170AOM140176.DGN
A-BRK HI
1 - AUTOBRAKE INDICATION
– A-BRK: the white A-BRK label indicates the autobrake is armed.
– RTO, HI, MED or LO: green labels indicating the selected
autobrake mode.
– AMBER DASHED: indicates that the data is invalid.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
LG/AUTOBRAKE LG/AUTOBRAKE
DN DN
DN DN DN DN
A-BRK RTO
LG/AUTOBRAKE LG/AUTOBRAKE
DN DN
DN DN DN DN
LG/AUTOBRAKE LG/AUTOBRAKE
DN DN
DN DN DN DN
EM170AOM140170.DGN
A-BRK HI A-BRK
"
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
BRAKES
S EMER S
Y ACCU Y 1
S PSI S
1 2
3OOO 3OOO
TEMP
C
EM170AOM140692A.DGN
OB IB IB OB
2OO 2OO 2OO 2OO
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
BRAKES
S EMER S
Y ACCU Y
S PSI S
1 2
3OOO 3OOO
TEMP
C 2
EM170AOM140693A.DGN
OB IB IB OB
2OO 2OO 2OO 2OO
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STEERING
STEERING HANDLE
EM170AOM140178.DGN
– The handle must be pushed down (1) to engage the steering system.
Releasing the handle will enable rudder pedals mode, keeping it
pressed enables handwheel mode. Rotating the handwheel left or
right (2) commands steering.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EM170AOM140179C.DGN
NOTE:
PILOT’S CONTROL WHEEL SHOWN,
VIEWED FROM BEHIND.
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TOWING LIGHTS
EM170AOM140286B.DGN
1 - TOWING LIGHTS
GREEN:
– Steering disengaged through the external steering disengage
switch and
– Parking brakes not applied and
– Main brakes not applied.
RED:
– External steering disengage switch in the engaged position
or
– Parking brakes applied or
– Main brakes applied.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-13-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-13-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Page 4
STEERING
SYSTEM SUPPLY
DN UP
LOCK
REL RS
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
VALVE
MANUAL
UNLOCK
AIRPLANE
14-13-15
OPERATIONS
ACT.
EXTENSION OVERRIDE
SWITCH
EM170AOM140355B.DGN
REVISION 2
AOM-1502-017
AIRPLANE SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
LANDING GEAR AND BRAKES
OPERATIONS
MANUAL
14-13-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BRAKES
The brake system employs brake-by-wire rudder pedals located at both
pilot stations. Hydraulic system 1 provides pressure to the outboard
brakes and hydraulic system 2 provides pressure to the inboard brakes.
The Emergency/Parking brake has the ability to stop the airplane if a
failure happens simultaneously on both hydraulic systems or if both
brake control modules fail.
The brake wear can be monitored through the brake wear pins located
on each main wheel.
NORMAL OPERATION
The system has two brake control modules (BCM) and one optional auto
brake control module (ABM).
• BCM 1 is connected to DC ESS BUS 1 and controls the outboard
brakes.
• BCM 2 is connected to DC ESS BUS 2 and controls the inboard
brakes.
• ABM is connected to DC BUS 2.
During normal operation the BCM provides protection from skidding and
locking of the main wheels. It also has some functions to improve the
braking performance. The BCM main functions are:
• Locked wheel protection.
• Antiskid protection.
• Automatic wheel braking.
• Touchdown protection.
LOCKED WHEEL PROTECTION
Locked wheel protection is active anytime on ground and at wheel
speeds above 30 kt.
The system logic compares wheel speed signals between the left and
the right inboard brakes or between the left and the right outboard
brakes. If a wheel speed is 33% or below its associated paired wheel
speed, the brake control module commands zero pressure to the brake
of the slower wheel, thus allowing speed equalization.
The tolerance between wheel speeds is provided to permit differential
braking, for steering purposes.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ANTISKID PROTECTION
Anti skid protection prevents tire skidding and maximizes brake efficiency
according to the runway surface.
The system controls the amount of hydraulic pressure applied to the
brakes and, if necessary, reduces the wheel brake pressure in order to
recover wheel speed and prevent tire skidding.
For wheel speeds below 10 kt, the anti skid protection is deactivated,
thus allowing the pilot to lock and pivot on a wheel for maneuvering.
Anti skid protection is not available for the emergency/parking brake
system.
TOUCHDOWN PROTECTION
Touchdown protection prevents the airplane from touching down with
the main landing gear brakes applied.
It is deactivated:
• Three seconds after WOW has sensed the ground; or
• When wheel speed is above 50 kt.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
The Emergency/Parking brake is operated through a handle located on
the pedestal control panel and is powered by hydraulic systems 1 and 2.
The emergency/parking brake system has pressure accumulators
isolated from both normal hydraulic systems. The accumulators have
sufficient pressure to provide six full-brake applications.
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
FUSIBLE PLUGS
The fusible plugs are pins attached to the wheels, which melt relieving
tire pressure in case of tire overheat.
WHEEL
(CUT VIEW)
TIRE
EM170AOM140471A.DGN
FUSIBLE
PLUG
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
BRAKE ASSEMBLY
WEAR PIN
EM170AOM140419.DGN
BRACKET
AOM-1502-017
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AUTOBRAKE
The autobrake system provides automatic braking at maximum
deceleration rates, which may vary according to runway conditions, for
landings and rejected takeoffs. The system modulates hydraulic pressure
to the brakes in order to provide a constant deceleration rate
corresponding to the level selected. If reverse thrust is actuated, the
autobrake system will modulate the brake pressure to maintain the
deceleration rate constant.
The autobrake system can only be armed if the normal brake system is
operational. Anti skid, touchdown and locked wheel protections are
provided during autobrake operation.
Four autobrake levels of deceleration (RTO, LO, MED, HI) are available
via a selector knob on the cockpit main instrument panel.
There are two modes of autobrake control:
• Landing mode (LO, MED, HI).
• Rejected take-off mode (RTO).
NOTE: RTO is the selected takeoff mode with the maximum
deceleration rate. This deceleration is equivalent to the
maximum manual braking.
REJECTED
LANDING MODE
TAKEOFF MODE
Selector Knob Position LO, MED or HI RTO
WOW Indication In flight On ground
Wheel Speed Below 60 kt
Brake Control System No faults
Brake Pedal Position Not pressed Any
Thrust Levers Position Any Idle or REV
Autobrake will be applied if the following conditions are met:
AOM-1502-017
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
REJECTED
LANDING MODE
TAKEOFF MODE
Condition ARMED
Selector Knob Position LO, MED or HI RTO
WOW Indication (MLG) On ground
Wheel Speed Above 60 kt
Brake Control System No faults
Brake Pedal Position Not pressed
Thrust Levers Position Idle or REV
NOTE: For landing mode, the main landing gear WOW must indicate
the airplane is on ground for more than 2 seconds to allow
autobrake application.
Landing and RTO modes will be disarmed if one of the following
conditions occurs:
• The selector switch is set to the OFF position.
REJECTED
LANDING MODE
TAKEOFF MODE
Selector Knob Position OFF or RTO OFF, LO, MED or HI
WOW Indication - In flight
Faults detected
Brake Control System Faults detected below 60 kt of wheel
speed
Pressed while
Pressed (more than
Brake Pedal Position Autobrake is being
20%)
applied
Above idle while Autobrake is being
Thrust Levers Position
applied
AOM-1502-017
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EMERG/
PARKING
BRAKE
AUTOBRAKE HANDLE
PILOT OFF
CO−PILOT
LO
RTO MED
HI
PEDAL
TRANSDUCER
PRESSURE PRESSURE
HYDRAULIC SHUTOFF HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM 1 VALVE SYSTEM 2
BRAKE
1 4 CONTROL 2 3
VALVE
RETURN
HYD FUSE
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
WHEEL SPEED
TRANSDUCER
1 2 3 4
PRESSURE
SWITCH
EM170AOM140950A.DGN
R B B R THERMAL
RELIEF VALVE
P P
DUAL EMERG/
PARKING BRAKE CABLE
VALVE
14-13-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPERATION
To engage the nose wheel steering system:
– The hydraulic system 2 needs to be pressurized.
– The external steering disengage switch must be in the engaged
position.
– The handwheel steering must be pressed and released for rudder
pedal steering or kept pressed for handwheel steering.
NOTE: After a power up, the first steering engagement must be
performed with the airplane stopped. If this condition is not met,
the hardover test might not be successfully accomplished by the
system and STEER FAIL message may be displayed.
The nose wheel steering has three modes of operation: the handwheel
steering mode, the rudder pedal steering mode and the free wheel
steering mode.
OPERATION
To operate in handwheel steering mode the handwheel steering must be
kept pressed.
The steering handwheel command is limited to a maximum steering
angle of ± 76° allowed up to 10 kt. Over around 26 kt the maximum
steering deflection is 20°. Over 100 kt the maximum deflection is ± 7°.
Upon releasing the handwheel steering, the system reverts to rudder
pedal steering mode.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
+/− 76
EM170AOM141080A.DGN
+/− 20
+/− 7
WHEEL
DEFLECTION
+76°
EM170AOM141081B.DGN
+25°
HANDWHEEL
+5°
ANGULAR
20° 50° 80° DEFLECTION
HANDWHEEL GAIN
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OPERATION
Rudder pedal steering is active on ground any time the STEER OFF
message is not displayed on EICAS. If in handwheel steering mode, the
handwheel steering must be pressed and released to activate rudder
pedal steering mode.
The maximum steering angle of the rudder pedal is ±7°.
OPERATION
The steering system can be disengaged reverting to free wheel by
means of:
– The steering disengage button located on both control wheels.
– The external steering disengage switch located on the external power
connection access.
In the free wheel mode, the airplane steering can be carried out by use
of rudder, differential brake or asymmetrical thrust.
The free wheel mode is automatically selected when:
– Failure of the Air/Ground signal occurs.
– Nose wheel angle is greater than 76°.
– Nose wheel steering system failure is detected.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
D CKPT CALL
I
S
E
N
G
LAN
AC GPU
MIC/PHONE
GROUND
SERVICE SW E
N
G
AVAIL A
G
IN USE E
EM170AOM140177B.DGN
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
R 18.39m
60ft 4in
R 20.51m
67ft 4in
R 6.44m
21ft 1in
76°
R 18.12m R 7.04m
59ft 5in 23ft 1in
R 14.07m
46ft 2in
EM170AOM140539B.DGN
21.40m R 14.36m
70ft 3in 47ft 1in
(RUNWAY
MINIMUM
WIDTH)
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-13-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
!Airplanes equipped with Autobrake OR POST-MOD SB 190-32-0006
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
A discrepancy between the
position of the landing gear
WARNING LG LEVER DISAG
control lever and at least
one landing gear is detected.
Autobrake function is no
AUTOBRAKE FAIL
longer available.
Brake temperature has
BRK OVERHEAT exceeded the cautionary
operating range (amber).
Loss of both wheel brakes
(inboard and outboard) of
BRK LH (RH) FAIL
either the left or right landing
gear.
Both brake accumulator
pressures are low and low
EMER BRK FAIL
pressure of hydraulic
systems 1 and 2 is detected.
CAUTION
Landing gear dispatchability
LG NO DISPATCH
is affected.
Nose landing gear is locked
LG NOSE DOOR OPEN up and nose landing gear
door is open.
Indicates a failure condition
LG WOW SYS FAIL in the WOW indication
system.
PRK BRK NOT Parking brake not fully
RELEASED released.
Indicates a steering system
STEER FAIL failure condition when the
landing gear is down.
AOM-1502-017
14-13-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-13-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-14
OXYGEN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-14-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-14-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The oxygen system provides supplemental oxygen to the flight crew and
passengers when a lack of oxygen supply occurs on board.
The airplane oxygen system is comprised of two systems and other
oxygen devices.
Oxygen system parameters and indications are displayed on both MFD
synoptic pages. System messages are displayed on EICAS displays.
14-14-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-14-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2 3
TEST
OXY ON
RESET
0
G 10 % NO
ER RM
EM
A E R O
S Y S T E M S
SY
SW
AS
EE
P
−O
SK
N
200 MA
0 CRE EN
W OXYG
NELLCOR
PURITAN
BENNETT
PURITAN BENNETT
AERO SYSTEMS CO.
6
EM170AOM140187B.DGN
5
AOM-1502-017
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 - FLOW INDICATOR
– A bright yellow star when visible indicates that oxygen is flowing.
3 - OXY ON FLAG
– This flag appears whenever oxygen is supplied to the mask.
4 - PURGE VALVE
– This valve allows oxygen flow into the face seal, purging any
smoke and fumes.
– This valve automatically opens when the oxygen supply control
knob is rotated to the emergency mode position.
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OVERHEAD PANEL
1 2
PASSENGER OXYGEN
AUTO MASK
DEPLOYED
EM170AOM140188.DGN
OFF OVRD
ON
MASKS DEPLOY
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MFD
OXY PRESS 1
PSI EM170AOM140801C.DGN
CREW 171O
""
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AOM-1502-017
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2
3
1000
500 1500
0 2000
USE NO PSI
OIL
OXYGEN
SUPPLY PRSSURE
MADE IN USA
26
1
EM170AOM140181A.DGN
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL
Flight crew oxygen is provided via a conventional, high-pressure,
gaseous-type system in which the oxygen is stored in a rechargeable
cylinder.
OXYGEN CYLINDER
Oxygen is stored in standard 50 ft3, or an optional 77 ft3 cylinder,
pressurized up to 1850 psi at 21°/70°F. The cylinder is installed in the
forward cargo compartment and does not need to be removed to
recharge.
After loss of cabin pressure, sufficient oxygen is provided for all cockpit
members to permit emergency descent from 41000 ft to 10000 ft in
22 min with mask regulator on 100% mode and continuing cruise at
10000 ft for 98 min with mask regulator on NORMAL mode.
Minimum oxygen pressure for dispatch in the cockpit oxygen cylinder is
depicted below:
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2 3
100% NO
ER RM
EM
B/E
AEROSPACE
SK
SW
EE A
P−O M
N CR E W
4 5 6
7 8 9
100% NO
ER RM
EM
B/E
AEROSPACE
SK
SW
EE A
P−O M
N CR E W
100% NO
ER RM
EM
B/E
AEROSPACE
SK
SW
EE A
P−O M
N CR E W
EM170AOM140853A.DGN
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TWO
PRESSURE CARTRIDGES
CONTROL SODA LIME
VALVE
V1
ENVELOPE
RIGID
VISOR
V2
ENVELOPE
PHONIC
MEMBRANE
AUTOMATIC
PRIME
DEVICE
NECK
COLLAR COMPRESSED HANDLE
SEAL OXYGEN MEMBRANE
RESERVOIR
FLEXIBLE HOOD FASTENER GREEN
"GOOD CONDITION"
INDICATOR
COVER
CONTAINER
OPERATION
1 Pull 4 7
out 3
EM170AOM140287.DGN
sharply
5
6
2
14-14-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
OXYGEN SUPPLY
The supplemental oxygen is diluted with ambient air according to the
cabin altitude. At higher cabin altitudes, the mask provides 100%
supplemental oxygen.
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
DISPENSING
UNIT
MASK
RETAINER
GREEN IN−LINE
FLOW INDICATOR
OXYGEN ELASTIC
MASK STRAP
MASK
CORD RESERVOIR
EM170AOM140184C.DGN
ACTUATOR PIN
DISCONNECTED BAG
HOSE
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
ON−OFF VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
2 LITERS
CONTINUOUS
FLOW OUTLET
4 LITERS
CONTINUOUS
FLOW OUTLET
PRESSURE
GAUGE
11 cu.ft
CYLINDER
ADJUSTABLE
CARRYING STRAP CONTINUOUS−FLOW
MASK BAG
(WITH TWO MASKS)
EM170AOM140672A.DGN
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
HI
PRESSURE
GAUGE
LO
EM170AOM140688A.DGN
ON−OFF VALVE
14-14-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
Oxygen cylinder pressure is
CREW OXY LO
below minimum safety limits, or
PRESS
CAUTION the pressure sensor has failed.
PAX OXY NOT Masks are not deployed after an
DEPLOYED automatic or manual command.
PAX OXY SW NOT Passenger oxygen selector is
AUTO set to the OFF position.
Oxygen cylinder pressure is
ADVISORY
OBSERVER OXY below minimum safety limits for
LO PRESS 3 crew members, or the
pressure sensor has failed.
AOM-1502-017
14-14-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-14-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SECTION 14-15
WARNING SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Block Page
14-15-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
Block Page
Stall Protection System....................................... 14-15-25 .... 1
STALL PROTECTION SYSTEM............................ 14-15-25 .... 1
Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System.. 14-15-30 .... 1
ENHANCED GROUND PROXIMITY WARNING
SYSTEM (EGPWS)......................................... 14-15-30 .... 1
EGPWS AURAL WARNINGS................................ 14-15-30 .... 4
TERRAIN MAPPING SELECTION........................ 14-15-30 .... 7
TERRAIN AWARENESS DISPLAY........................ 14-15-30 .... 8
EGPWS MESSAGES............................................. 14-15-30 .... 12
Windshear Detection and Escape...................... 14-15-35 .... 1
GENERAL.............................................................. 14-15-35 .... 1
WINDSHEAR DETECTION................................... 14-15-35 .... 1
WINDSHEAR ESCAPE GUIDANCE MODE......... 14-15-35 .... 3
WINDSHEAR SYSTEM TEST............................... 14-15-35 .... 5
Traffic Collision Avoidance System................... 14-15-40 .... 1
TRAFFIC COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM
(TCAS)............................................................. 14-15-40 .... 1
TCAS OPERATION ON THE MCDU..................... 14-15-40 .... 1
TCAS STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS........................ 14-15-40 .... 3
TCAS WARNING INHIBITIONS............................. 14-15-40 .... 8
EICAS Messages.................................................. 14-15-45 .... 1
EICAS MESSAGES............................................... 14-15-45 .... 1
AOM-1502-017
14-15-TOC
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The airplane is provided with a variety of warnings to notify crew on
systems status, malfunctions, and abnormal airplane configurations.
Alarm lights provide indication of a system status. An Engine Indication
and Crew Alerting System (EICAS) provides the flight crew with a
four-level alert messaging system. A fifth level is provided for
maintenance purposes only.
Besides the five displays in the main panel, two displays are provided
through the Multi-function Control Display Unit (MCDU). Some of the
more critical messages also generate an aural warning.
Sensitive warning is available through the Stall Protection System (SPS),
which shakes the control column if an impending stall is verified.
To aid navigation and approach procedures, an Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning System (EGPWS), Traffic Alert and Collision
Avoidance System (TCAS), and a Windshear Detection and Escape
Guidance System are also provided.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-01
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GLARESHIELD PANEL
MAIN PANEL
1 2
EM170AOM140197.DGN
WARN CAUT
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
T/O CONFIG
EM170AOM140199.DGN
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
STALL WARNING
SHAKER 1 CUTOUT SHAKER 2 CUTOUT
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
GND PROX
TERR INHIB
EM170AOM140213.DGN
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
GND PROX
G/S INHIB
EM170AOM140214A.DGN
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
CONTROL
PEDESTAL
GND PROX
FLAP OVRD
EM170AOM140216A.DGN
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
Navaids
36 O 7
15 SAT ^C
25 TAT ^C
Airports 3OO TAS KTS
TCAS
EM170AOM140379B.DGN
Weather
Terrain X
E
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
MAIN PANEL
PXR
W
EM170AOM140378C.DGN
6
1OO
1 O.37 L
TERRAIN
TERRAIN
2 11O / O9O
1 - TERRAIN ANNUNCIATION
Labels and colors:
– TERRAIN
GREEN: EGPWS is scanning the terrain.
AMBER: system failure.
– TERRAIN INHIBIT
WHITE: terrain inhibit button is pressed in approach mode.
– TERRAIN N/A
AMBER: terrain awareness not available due to position
accuracy degradation.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
– TERRAIN TEST
WHITE: self- test activated.
3 - TERRAIN INDICATION
– Displays images of surrounding terrain. Different colors and their
intensity represent the terrain elevation.
– Colors:
Solid red: warning terrain threat area.
Solid yellow: caution terrain threat area.
High-density red dots: terrain more than 2000 ft above airplane
altitude.
High-density yellow dots: terrain between 1000 ft and 2000 ft
above airplane altitude.
Low-density yellow dots: terrain between 500 ft (250 ft with gear
down) below and 1000 ft above airplane altitude.
Solid green: the highest terrain is not within 500 ft (250 ft with
gear down) of airplane altitude. It may be displayed with dotted
yellow when the airplane altitude is near than 500 ft (250 ft with
gear down) of terrain.
High-density green dots: terrain between 1000 ft and 500 ft
below the airplane altitude.
Low-density green dots: terrain between 2000 ft and 1000 ft
below the airplane altitude.
Low-density cyan dots: sea level.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
PFD
2O 2O 1
1O 1O GND
PROX
-3.O
EM170AOM140376.DGN
1O 1O
2O 2O
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2
WSHR
2O WSHEAR 2O
1O 1O
EM170AOM140274A.DGN
1O 1O
2O 2O
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 3
Navaids
36O 7
15 SAT ^C
25 TAT ^C
4
Airports 3OO TAS KTS
TCAS X
-O2
Weather
6
-O1
Terrain
EM170AOM140277B.DGN
E
Off 5O
O.O5 L
TCAS
TA/LA
REL
EXPD
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
6 - TCAS MODE
– Annunciates the TCAS operating mode.
– Labels and Colors:
TCAS FAIL: amber.
TCAS TEST: green.
TCAS OFF: amber.
TA ONLY: green.
TCAS TA/RA: green.
NOTE: The TA ONLY flashes amber when it is the active mode and
a RA condition is detected.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
1 2 3 4
NO BRG
TA O1ONM -98 5
TA O1ONM -98
TCAS
-O1 TA ONLY 6
+O1 -O2
9 REL
Range +1O EXPD
8 ABS +5
EM170AOM140278.DGN
NRM/ / /
7 OO O
TCAS Weather
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
5 - NO BEARING INDICATION
– TCAS temporarily unable to determine the bearing of other
airplanes when a steep bank angle masks the directional
antenna.
6 - TCAS MODE
– Annunciates the TCAS operating mode.
– Labels and Colors:
TCAS FAIL: amber.
TCAS TEST: green.
TCAS OFF: amber.
TA ONLY: green.
TCAS TA/RA: green.
NOTE: The TA ONLY flashes amber when it is the active mode and
a RA condition is detected.
7 - MODE SELECTION
– Selects the vertical mode to be displayed on TCAS.
8 - ABS SELECTION
– Selects the absolute altitude mode to be displayed on TCAS.
Deselecting this item enables the relative altitude mode.
Absolute altitude mode will be replaced by relative altitude mode
in the following situations:
– An RA or TA intruder is displayed;
– Deselection of the mode; or
– 15 seconds after being selected.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
9 - RANGE SELECTION
– Enable the selection of the range to be displayed. The selection
is changed through the selector knob in the CCD.
MAIN PANEL
AP LOC GS
16O
4OOO 1OOO
19O 25OO
4
18O
1
1O 1O 2
17O
1
FS
EM170AOM140390B.DGN
15O 2OOO
AC
1
13O AP 1O 1O 2
12O RF
4
11O BARO 15OO
3OO M 4OO 29.92 IN
1 - AVOIDANCE ZONE
– Symbol: Trapezoid.
– Color: Red.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
2 - FLY-TO ZONE
– Symbol: Rectangle.
– Color: Green.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-05
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-07
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
SETUP 1 / 1
PILOT WIND COPILOT
XY VECTOR XY VECTOR
CAS SOURCE SELECTION
AUTO CAS 1 CAS 2
MT / YD / AP / FD
A B
AT / ETTS
A B
EM170AOM140523A.DGN
TRS CHANNEL
A B
PFD RADIO
SETUP MISC MENU
14-15-07
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VISUAL WARNING
Visual warnings are provided through illuminated warning buttons,
displays indications and EICAS messages.
WARNING LIGHTS
Master warning and caution lights are installed on the glareshield panel
and blink when any warning or caution message shows on the EICAS or
triggered by the Aural Warning Unit. It alerts to conditions that require
action or caution related to the operation of the airplane.
MESSAGES ON EICAS
EICAS MESSAGES MNEMONICS
CAS messages mnemonic are generally presented in three elements,
as shown in the example:
General Specific
Nature of the
Header or Subsystem or CAS Message Mnemonic
Problem
System location
ENGINE Left side Fire detected ENG 1 FIRE
Valve is
FUEL SOV Left side FUEL SOV CLOSED
closed
ADS standby
ADS Third system ADS 3 FAIL
failed
NOTE: – The above format may not be applicable for all CAS
messages. Therefore, although the standard is
desirable, it shall be subordinated to a clear statement
of the nature of the problem.
– Throughout the manual, number 1 is used to identify
the left side, number 2 to identify the right side and
number 3 for triple systems (usually for backup and
standby systems).
AOM-1502-017
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
STATUS LINE
The CAS window is selected by a CCD when a cyan curl with arrow icon
(meaning knob adjustable data) is displayed, and the alert window
border changes from gray to cyan. In case of an overflow (exceeding the
display capacity – 15 messages), turning the active CCD scroll knobs
scrolls the alert message stack list under the CAS window.
The status line indicates the number (count) and type (color) of
messages out of the CAS window, and if they are located above or
below the window.
The out-of-view message display (digits and arrows) flashes continuously
when there are unacknowledged messages out of view.
Warning messages are not scrolled out of the window.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS
EM170AOM140904A.DGN
O3 O3 O8 O6
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
IN AIR
A/C A/C
TO ROLL
PARKD TAXING
ON GROUND ON GROUND
EM170AOM140300.DGN
K1 K2a K2b K3 K4 K5
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-10
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AURAL WARNING
The electronic display system has two aural warning drivers, which are
responsible for generating and prioritizing aural warnings.
Aural warnings sound in a sequence, are never truncated, and are
automatically canceled when the alerting situation no longer exists, or
when they are reset manually by the pilot. In the event of multiple alerts,
the highest priority alerts sound first.
Aural warnings are used when pilots need immediate knowledge of a
condition without having to look at a visual display or indicator. Aural
warnings are alert tones, bells, horns, clicks, beeps and voice messages.
14-15-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
VOICE MESSAGES
Voice messages are generated whenever a potentially dangerous
condition exists, as determined by the EGPWS, TCAS, and windshear
detection system.
Some voice messages may be canceled, but others are only canceled
when the cause that activates them ceases. When a windshear, TCAS
or EGPWS alert condition takes place, a special situation exists. In that
case, no other voice messages are presented so that the flight crew can
clearly hear the information messages. Only a stall condition takes
precedence over windshear, EGPWS and TCAS alerts.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-15
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-20
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AIR DATA
AIR DATA SMART
APLICATIONS PROBES
(ADA) (DSP)
SPS PANEL
INERTIAL
REFERENCE
SYSTEM
(IRS)
SECONDARY
POWER MCDU
DISTRIBUTION
ASSEMBLY
(SPDA)
STALL
PROTECTION
SYSTEM AUTOPILOT
FLAP/SLAT (SPS)
ACEs (AFGS)
PROXIMITY
SENSOR DISPLAY
EVALUATION UNIT
MODULES (EICAS)
(PSEM)
AIR
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
(AMS) EGPWS
FLIGHT
CONTROL
MODULES COCKPIT
EM170AOM140200A.DGN
(FCM)
14-15-25
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EGPWS INPUTS
The main systems that the EGPWS receives inputs from are the
following:
– Air data system (ADS)
– Flight management system (FMS)
– Global positioning system (GPS)
– Inertial reference system (IRS)
– Radar altimeter
– Slats and flaps control system
EGPWS DATABASE
The EGPWS database consists of all hard surfaces runways greater
than 1067 m (3500 ft) in length.
The EGPWS database is segregated from the FMS database. Those
data shown on MCDU is not the same used by EGPWS.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WARN
EM170AOM140910A.DGN
CAUTION
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
700 ft
400 ft
TCF ALERT AREA
EM170AOM140211A.DGN
1/2 NM
TO 2 NM
4 NM
12 NM
15 NM
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
"SINKRATE, SINKRATE"
"PULL UP"
"SINKRATE"
EM170AOM140203.DGN
"PULL UP"
"TERRAIN TERRAIN"
EM170AOM140204.DGN
"PULL UP"
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
"DON’T SINK"
EM170AOM140205.DGN
"TOO LOW
TERRAIN"
AIRCRAFT SLOWED TO
LESS THAN 190 KTS
EM170AOM140206.DGN
RUNWAY
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GLIDESLOPE
BEAM CENTER
SOFT "GLIDESLOPE"
HARD "GLIDESLOPE"
EM170AOM140207.DGN
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EXCESSIVE
BANK ANGLE AIR TRANSPORT
WARNING 2500 BANK ANGLE
CURVE
TERRAIN CLEARANCE (FEET)
"BANK ANGLE"
"BANK ANGLE"
EM170AOM140208B.DGN
200 150 FT
30 FT
0
0 +/− 10 +/− 20 +/− 30 +/− 40 +/− 50
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
COLOR MEANING
Warning Terrain (Approximately 30 s from
Solid red
impact).
Caution Terrain (Approximately 60 s from
Solid yellow
impact).
Terrain that is more than 2000 ft above
High density red dots
airplane altitude.
Terrain that is between 1000 ft and 2000 ft
High density yellow dots
above airplane altitude.
Terrain that is between 500 ft (250 ft with
Low density yellow dots gear down) below and 1000 ft above
airplane altitude.
Highest terrain not within 500 (250 ft with
gear down) ft of airplane altitude. May
Solid green appear with dotted yellow terrain when the
airplane altitude is within 500 ft (250 ft
with gear down) of terrain.
Terrain that is the middle elevation band
High density green dots when there is no red or yellow terrain
areas within range on the display.
Terrain that is the lower elevation band
Low density green dots when there is no red or yellow terrain
areas within range on the display.
Light density cyan dots Terrain elevation equal to 0 ft MSL.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
The illustration below shows the Peaks display at a low relative altitude:
BLACK
CYAN
EM170AOM140212C.DGN
SEA LEVEL
REFERENCE ALTITUDE IS PROJECT DOWN FROM ACTUAL AIRCRAFT ALTITUDE TO PROVIDE A 30 SECOND
ADVANCE DISPLAY 01 TAMA IN WHEN DESCENDING MORE THAN 1000 fpm.
TERRAIN IS NOT SHOWN IF IT IS BELLOW THE LOWEST BAND AND/OR IS WITH IN 4000 feet OF THE RUNWAY
ELEVATION NEAREST THE AIRCRAFT. SEA LEVEL WATER IS DISPLAYED IF SUPPORTED BY THE DISPLAY.
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
50% RED
REF ALTITUDE +2000 FT
25% YELLOW
REF ALTITUDE −250/−500 FT
(MAXIMUM ELEVATION NUMBER)
SOLID GREEN
HIGHEST BAND
REFERENCE
ALTITUDE
50% GREEN
MIDDLE BAND
16% GREEN
LOWEST BAND
(MINIMUM ELEVATION NUMBER)
BLACK
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EGPWS MESSAGES
The EGPWS provides the following aural and visual messages:
AURAL VISUAL
MEANING
MESSAGE MESSAGE
OBSTACLE PULL UP; and Warning proximity to the
OBSTACLE, terrain shown in projected impact terrain. The
PULL UP red on the MAP terrain is shown in red on the
page display. MAP page display.
CAUTION GND PROX; The projected impact terrain is
OBSTACLE; Terrain shown between 40 and 60 s from the
CAUTION in amber on airplane. The terrain is shown in
OBSTACLE MFD amber on the MAP page display.
TERRAIN PULL UP; and Warning proximity to the
TERRAIN, terrain shown in projected impact terrain. The
PULL UP red on the MAP terrain is shown in red on the
page display. MAP page display.
CAUTION GND PROX; The projected impact terrain is
TERRAIN; Terrain shown between 40 and 60 s from the
CAUTION in amber on airplane. The terrain is shown in
TERRAIN MFD amber on the MAP page display.
TERRAIN; GND PROX Excessive and hazardous terrain
TERRAIN closure rate. Leveled flight or
even climb towards obstructing
terrain also set the alarm. A
continuous TERRAIN aural alert
will be annunciated if landing gear
and flaps are set to landing
configuration.
PULL UP; PULL UP Excessive and hazardous terrain
PULL UP; closure rate becomes severe.
PULL UP Follows the TERRAIN aural
annunciation.
DON’T SINK; GND PROX Excessive loss of altitude after a
DON’T SINK takeoff or go-around.
SINKRATE; GND PROX Excessive descent rate.
SINKRATE
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AURAL VISUAL
MEANING
MESSAGE MESSAGE
PULL UP; PULL UP Excessive descent rate becomes
PULL UP; severe. Follows the SINKRATE
PULL UP aural annunciation.
GLIDESLOPE; GND PROX Airplane excessively below from
GLIDESLOPE glideslope on ILS approach at low
altitudes.
GLIDESLOPE GND PROX Airplane is below glideslope on
ILS approach. Aural warning is
annunciated at half-volume.
TOO LOW GND PROX Unsafe terrain clearance at high
TERRAIN speed. Flaps and landing gear
not in landing configuration.
TOO LOW GND PROX Descent below the approach path
TERRAIN while too far from the airport in
the database.
TOO LOW GND PROX Unsafe terrain clearance at low
FLAPS speed. Landing gear down, but
flaps not in landing configuration.
TOO LOW GND PROX Unsafe terrain clearance at low
GEAR speed. Flaps and landing gear
not in landing configuration.
BANK ANGLE; None Excessive roll or bank angle
BANK ANGLE maneuver.
APPROACHING None Descent below Decision Height
MINIMUMS (DH) or Minimum Descent
Altitude (MDA) setting, plus 80 ft.
MINIMUMS; None Descent below Decision Height
MINIMUMS (DH) or Minimum Descent
Altitude (MDA) bug setting.
MINIMUMS None Descent below Decision Height
(Post-Mod. Load (DH) or Minimum Descent
21.2) Altitude (MDA) bug setting.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AURAL VISUAL
MEANING
MESSAGE MESSAGE
TWENTY FIVE None Radio altimeter callout for
HUNDRED descent below 2500 ft (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact Embraer to
enable this callout.
ONE None Radio altimeter callout for
THOUSAND descent below 1000 ft (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact maintenance
personnel to enable this callout.
FIVE HUNDRED None Radio altimeter callout for
(Smart) non-precision approach below
500 ft.
FIVE HUNDRED None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 500 ft (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact maintenance
personnel to enable this callout.
FOUR None Radio altimeter callout for
HUNDRED descent below 400 ft above
runway (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact Embraer to
enable this callout.
THREE None Radio altimeter callout for
HUNDRED descent below 300 ft above
runway (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact Embraer to
enable this callout.
TWO HUNDRED None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 200 ft.
ONE HUNDRED None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 100 ft (*).
(*) By default this feature is
inhibited. Contact Embraer to
enable this callout.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AURAL VISUAL
MEANING
MESSAGE MESSAGE
FIFTY None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 50 ft.
FORTY None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 40 ft.
THIRTY None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 30 ft.
TWENTY None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 20 ft.
TEN None Radio altimeter callout for
descent below 10 ft.
!MAU load 21.2 and on OR POST-MOD SB 0190-31-0015, standard callouts
NOTE: For decision heights (DH) below 100 ft, the aural “ONE
HUNDRED” sounds first than “MINIMUMS”. Therefore, a delay
for the aural “MINIMUMS” is expected.
"
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-30
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
GENERAL
The E-jets are equipped with the Windshear Detection and Escape
Guidance System. This system provides Detection and Escape
Guidance in case of a Windshear condition is encountered.
WINDSHEAR DETECTION
Windshear detection is activated between 10 ft and 1500 ft radio altitude
during the initial takeoff, go-around and final approach phases of flight.
The label “WSHR” is displayed on the PFD when the Windshear
Detection detects a windshear condition.
Windshear conditions will not be detected if either EGPWS or the Radar
Altimeter is unavailable.
According to the windshear insensitivity it is divided in two levels. Each
one has distinctive aural and visual indications:
– Windshear Caution.
– Windshear Warning.
WINDSHEAR
CAUTION LAMP MICROBURST
EM170AOM140209.DGN
WINDSHEAR !
WINDSHEAR ! RUNWAY
WINDSHEAR !
WINDSHEAR DETECTION
WINDSHEAR CAUTION
Increasing headwind and up drafts detection cause the annunciation of
an amber WSHEAR on PFD and a CAUTION WINDSHEAR voice
message.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WSHR
2O WSHEAR 2O
1O 1O
1O 1O
EM170AOM140909A.DGN
2O 2O
WINDSHEAR WARNING
Decreasing headwind (or increasing tailwind) and down drafts detection
cause the annunciation of a warning windshear condition through a red
WSHEAR on PFD and a “WINDSHEAR; WINDSHEAR; WINDSHEAR”
voice message.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
WSHR
2O WSHEAR 2O
1O 1O
1O 1O
EM170AOM140908A.DGN
2O 2O
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-35
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
RADIO 1 / 2
COM1 SQ SQ COM2
123 . 200 TX
118 . 600
NAV1 FMS FMS NAV2
114 . 80 AUTO AUTO 117 . 4
DME H PXR
115 . 60 116 . 8
W123456 XPDR
TCAS/XPDR 1471
IDENT
EM170AOM140325B.DGN
XPDR Replies
MODE TCAS
Modes Altitude
STANDBY None No Disabled
ALT-OFF A and S No Disabled
ALT-ON A, C and S Yes Disabled
Traffic Advisory
TA A, C and S Yes
only
Traffic Advisory/
TA/RA A, C and S Yes Resolution
Advisory
AOM-1502-017
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TCAS/XPDR 2 / 2
TCAS/XPDR MODE
TA/RA TA ALT-ON ALT-OFF
EM170AOM140905A.DGN
RADIO 1 / 2
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
TRAFFIC DATA
The traffic data, made up of two or three-digit number, a plus (+) or a
minus (-) sign, and which may also include an arrow, appears either
above or below the intruder airplane symbol on the MFD.
– RELATIVE ALTITUDE: two digit numbers, preceded by a plus (+) or a
minus (-) sign, represents the altitude in hundreds of feet. The digits
are displayed above or below the symbol, according to position of
other airplane.
– ABSOLUTE ALTITUDE: the default altitude display is relative to the
airplane. When ABS is selected, the absolute altitude of the targets is
displayed. The display automatically reverts to the relative altitude
AOM-1502-017
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
AURAL ANNUNCIATION
For TA conditions, the aural alert “TRAFFIC–TRAFFIC” is annunciated
once.
The RA aural messages associated to displayed advisories may be the
following:
– “INCREASE CLIMB; INCREASE CLIMB”: Increase immediately the
rate of climb.
– “INCREASE DESCENT; INCREASE DESCENT”: Increase
immediately the rate of descent.
– “CLIMB, CLIMB NOW!; CLIMB, CLIMB NOW!”: The airplane is
descending and stop descending and immediate climbing is
necessary to provide adequate separation.
– “DESCEND, DESCEND NOW! DESCEND, DESCEND NOW!”: The
airplane is climbing and stop climbing and immediate descending is
necessary to provide adequate separation.
– “CLIMB; CLIMB”: Begin to climb immediately at the indicated rate of
climb.
– “DESCEND; DESCEND”: Begin to descent immediately at the
indicated rate of descent.
– “ADJUST VERTICAL SPEED, ADJUST”: Adjust smoothly the vertical
speed to the indicated rate.
– “CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB; CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB”: Start a
climb at indicated rate. The flight path will cross traffic’s altitude.
– “DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND; DESCEND, CROSSING
DESCEND”: Start a descent at indicated rate. The flight path will
cross traffic’s altitude.
– “MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED”: Certain changes in vertical speed
may not be safe.
– “MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, MAINTAIN”: Maintain vertical speed
rate.
– “MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, CROSSING MAINTAIN”: Adjust
vertical speed to the rate indicated.
When the TCAS confirms no conflict condition and the separation is
increasing, a “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” advisory is announced.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
14-15-40
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
EICAS MESSAGES
TYPE MESSAGE MEANING
NO TAKEOFF CONFIG Airplane is not in a valid
WARNING
takeoff configuration.
AURAL WRN SYS FAIL Both aural warning
channels are failed or off.
CREW WRN SYS Monitor warning A or B
FAULT has failed.
GND PROX FAIL Ground proximity function
in EGPWS has failed; or
GND PROX - G/S INHIB
is pushed in for more than
15 s; or GND PROX -
CAUTION FLAP OVRD is pushed in
for more than 60 s with
airspeed above 250 kt.
NO ETOPS SEL Flight was not confirmed
(only for airplanes as ETOPS ENABLE or
ETOPS configured) ETOPS OFF on MCDU.
TERRAIN FAIL Terrain function in
EGPWS has failed.
WINDSHEAR FAIL Windshear function in
EGPWS has failed.
AURAL WRN SYS One aural warning
FAULT channel is failed or off.
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) A The associated MAU
(B) FAULT channel suffered failure
condition(s) that does not
affect its functionality, but
ADVISORY
may cause loss of
redundancy.
TCAS FAIL TCAS has failed.
TERRAIN NOT Terrain databases do not
AVAILABLE cover the airplane flying
area.
AOM-1502-017
14-15-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
AOM-1502-017
14-15-45
Copyright © by Embraer. Refer to cover page for details.